This page intentionally left blank 
This page intentionally left blank 
A Catalogue o f the Collection 

o f America n Paintings 

i n Th e Corcora n Galler y o f Ar t 

Volum e 2 

Painters bor n fro m 1850 to 1910 
This page intentionally left blank 
A Catalogue of the Collection 

of American Paintings 

in The Corcoran Gallery of Ar t 

Volume 2 

Painters born from 1850 to 1910 

by Dorothy W. Phillips 

Curator of Collections 

The Corcoran Gallery of Art, Washington D.G . 1973 

Contents 

Forewor d b y Ro y Slade, Director v i 

Introductio n b y Herman n Warne r Williams , Jr. , Director Emeritus vii 

Acknowledgment s i x 

Notes on the Catalogue x 

Catalogue i 

Inde x o f titles an d artists 199 
This page intentionally left blank 
Foreword 

As Directo r o f the Corcora n Galler y o f Art , I a m pleased tha t Volum e 

I I o f the Catalogue of the American Paintings in the Corcoran Gallery of Art, 

whic h has been i n preparatio n for some five years, has come to fruitio n 

i n m y tenure . Th e second volum e deals wit h the painting s o f artists bor n 

between 1850 an d 1910. Th e documente d catalogue o f the Corcoran' s 

America n painting s carries forwar d the project, initiate d b y forme r 

Directo r Herman n Warne r Williams , Jr. , o f providin g a series o f definitiv e publications o f the Gallery' s considerable collection o f America n 

art. Th e Galler y intends to continue wit h othe r volume s devoted to 

contemporar y America n painting , sculpture , drawings , watercolor s 

a n d prints . 

I n recent years the growin g interes t i n an d concern for America n painti n g has become apparent. As the Directo r Emeritus write s i n his 

introduction , "America n ar t has become respectable. " Th e internationa l 

recognition o f moder n America n ar t since Worl d Wa r I I an d its 

contributio n to worl d cultur e has lead to a realization o f the importanc e 

o f 18th an d 19th centur y work . Naturally , the Corcora n collection, one 

o f the mos t comprehensive o f this period , becomes increasingly relevant 

nationally . Thi s year the Gallery , wit h the ai d o f a matchin g grant 

fro m the Nationa l Endowmen t for the Arts , is reinstalling its collection. 

Paintings wil l be arranged chronologically , beginnin g wit h the early 

wor k o f the Colonia l perio d throug h to the painting s o f the present. Th e 

second volum e o f the catalogue wil l be a n importan t asset i n the study 

o f the collection. 

Wit h the Bicentennia l o f 1976 there wil l be even mor e emphasis placed 

o n the past 200 years o f America n history . Throug h its permanent 

collection o f America n painting , the Corcora n hopes to pla y a n even 

greater role i n the presentation an d recognition o f America n art. 

T h e Corcora n Galler y wil l continue to concern itself wit h the ar t o f 

today . Th e Galler y has a prou d traditio n o f showing innovativ e an d 

avant-garde art. I t wil l continue to do so, particularl y supportin g the 

ever emerging ar t o f the Washingto n area. Throug h fulfillmen t o f its 

responsibilities to the communit y an d the country , the Corcora n wil l be 

able to furthe r the wishes o f Willia m Wilso n Corcora n wh o founded the 

Galler y "i n orde r to promot e an d encourage the America n genius. " 

T h e present catalogue was researched, compile d an d edited b y the 

Curato r o f the Collections , Doroth y W . Phillips , wit h ability , experience 

a n d conscientious zeal. Mr . Corcora n woul d take prid e i n this factua l 

evidence o f the growt h o f the collection whic h he established over a 

centur y ago. 

R o y Slade 

Director 

v i i 
This page intentionally left blank 
Introduction 

Since its inceptio n almos t ten years ago, I have been deeply committe d 

to the projec t o f publishin g a series o f catalogues o f the permanen t 

collection o f the Galler y an d so I was especially delighted to be asked to 

writ e this introdutio n to the second i n the series. On e o f the satisfactions 

i t affords me is the opportunit y to touc h o n the formatio n o f the 

collection, a segment o f whic h is catalogued i n these pages. Th e collection , as a whole , represents the efforts o f a small grou p o f me n wh o 

guide d its growt h over man y years. On e can determine fro m the 

accession numbers , whic h are a par t o f each catalogue entry , the year i n 

whic h a paintin g was acquired, for thi s is the firs t numbe r cited. Thu s 

one can identif y canvases whic h entered the collection as par t o f the 

origina l gift o f Willia m Wilso n Corcora n (1869), an d durin g the 

Directorships o f Willia m MacLeo d (1873 to 1889), F. Sinclai r Barbari n 

(1889 to 1900), Frederic k B. McGuir e (1900 to 1915), C. Powell 

Minnigerod e (1915 to 1947), myself (1947 to 1968), James Haritha s 

(1968 to 1969), an d Walte r Hopp s (1969 to 1972). Whil e admittedl y the 

collection, like al l livin g collections , is still i n a formativ e stage an d 

numerous painters ' works remai n to be added as opportunit y an d funds 

permit, i t nevertheless stands as a n impressive assemblage whic h i n this 

volum e document s the dominan t trends o f America n paintin g i n the 

late 19th an d early 20t h centuries as illustrate d b y fine examples o f the 

majorit y o f the great creative leaders active durin g the period . 

Thi s second volum e o f The Catalogue of American Paintings follows the 

forma t o f the first published i n 1966, except tha t the references cited 

have been made mor e complet e an d eight color plates have been added. 

T h e present catalogue, originall y intende d to includ e al l America n 

artists bor n after 1849 represented i n the collection, has been carried onl y 

throug h artists bor n i n the year 1909. Thi s decision, based primaril y o n 

space limitations , means tha t a thir d volum e wil l be necessary to 

complet e the catalogue o f paintings . I n additio n to completin g the 

catalogue o f works b y artists bor n after 1909, the nex t volum e wil l 

include a n appendi x devoted to the eighteenth an d nineteenth centur y 

works whic h entered the collection after 1966 an d whic h therefore were 

n o t listed i n Volume s I an d II . The y includ e importan t canvases b y 

painter s some o f who m were heretofore absent or inadequatel y represented, me n such as Joseph Blackburn , Rober t S. Duncanson, Willia m 

Dunlap , Christia n Gullager , Joh n Hesselius, Willia m Morri s Hunt , 

Home r Dodg e Martin , Charles Willso n Peale, James Peale, Amm i 

Phillips , Theodor e Robinson , an d Joh n Trumbul l to mentio n bu t a few 

o f the bette r know n painters . 

Thi s volume , as its predecessor, is due to the dedication an d painstaking 

scholarship o f Doroth y Phillips , wh o has devoted such tim e as coul d be 

spared fro m othe r duties to its preparatio n durin g the past several years. 

Withou t her intimat e knowledg e o f the collection, an d her abilit y as a 

careful an d thoroug h researcher, the catalogue woul d never have 

ix 
become a reality . Fro m tim e to tim e an d i n varyin g degrees othe r 

member s o f the staff have mad e thei r contributions , bu t the responsibilit y an d the accomplishment rest wit h Mrs . Phillips . Credit for othe r 

assistance is given i n the Acknowledgments whic h follow o n page xi . 

T h e catalogue is published primaril y as a workin g too l - a reservoi r o f 

t he ra w materia l for research. I t is one contributio n the Galler y makes 

towards the furtheranc e o f the study o f America n paintin g as a serious 

a n d vita l aspect o f ar t history . Finally , durin g the last few decades, after 

years o f neglect an d condescension withi n academi c circles, America n 

a r t has become respectable. T o illustrat e the change i n attitud e whic h 

has occurred i n the hallowe d halls o f academia, fort y years ago whe n I 

was a n undergraduat e at Harvard , no courses i n America n ar t were 

offered an d the onl y names o f America n artists whic h a student heard 

mentione d wer e Copley , Stuar t an d Allston . Tha t has changed. No w 

colleges throughou t the countr y have at last come to admi t tha t 

America n painter s have produce d a bod y o f wor k whic h is worth y o f 

scholarly research an d o f publicatio n as master an d doctora l theses. Th e 

need for such compilations as the present catalogue is apparent to al l 

scholars active i n the field o f America n studies to who m the deart h o f 

reliabl e sources o f reference to availabl e materia l has been a cause for 

constant frustration. Fo r i t is a regrettabl e fact tha t scholarly catalogues 

o f the holdings o f America n ar t i n the collections o f publi c institutions 

are al l too seldom availabl e i n print . I f thi s catalogue serves to ai d i n the 

systematic study an d appreciation o f the lasting contributions o f ou r 

painters , an d to encourage a new generation o f artists an d scholars to 

buil d o n the past, i t wil l have accomplished its primar y purpose. 

Herman n Warne r Williams , Jr . 

Director Emeritus 

x 
Acknowledgments 

A great man y individual s an d institutions have assisted i n the research 

problems tha t have arisen i n the preparatio n o f a catalogue o f this scope. 

I t is impossible to mentio n each individually , bu t we take particula r 

pleasure i n recording ou r indebtedness to the staffs o f the Fric k Ar t 

Reference Library , the Distric t o f Columbi a Publi c Library , the Librar y 

o f the Nationa l Galler y o f Art , an d the Librar y o f the Nationa l Collectio n o f Fine Arts . W e wish also to express ou r gratitud e to the staffs o f 

museums an d to dealers i n America n ar t across the countr y wh o have 

responded to ou r requests for materia l i n thei r files. T o the man y 

volunteer s enlisted fro m the Women' s Committe e o f the Corcoran an d 

othe r friends o f the Gallery , an d to the college interns serving apprentice -

ships, we owe special thanks for assistance i n compilin g biographica l 

information . Mrs . Paul Underwoo d an d Mr . Marcha l Landgre n should 

be cited for thei r untirin g help wit h particula r research problems , as 

wel l as the member s o f the Galler y Staff wh o have assisted wit h numerous 

details, especially Mis s Elle n D . Catledge an d Mrs . Elise Hamilton . Th e 

photographs wer e taken b y Victo r Amato , Staff Photographer . Th e 

design an d productio n supervision o f the catalogue has been abl y carried 

o u t b y Mr . Graha m Johnson o f Lun d Humphries , London . W e wish to 

than k also Mr . Michae l Beaufort-Jones, the printer' s representative i n 

the Unite d States, an d Mr . Geoffrey Hook , Administrato r i n Bradford , 

w h o have given us thei r patient an d painstaking assistance. 

Doroth y W . Phillips 

Curator of Collections 

xi 
This page intentionally left blank 
Notes on the Catalogue 

T he catalogue is arranged chronologically by the birthdate of the artist, the 

works of each artist listed i n chronological sequence following a short 

biography. Each painting is catalogued by title, exact or approximate date 

i f known, and measurement i n inches, height preceding width . Unless specified, all works are i n oil on canvas. Previous collections have been listed 

followed by references to publications pertaining to the work up to the time 

the manuscript of the catalogue was set i n page proof. The source and date of 

acquisition are followed by the accession number . I n addition, some aspects 

of a factual nature are discussed i n a note when such information may add to 

the interest of the painting. A j after the title indicates that the work has been 

given to the Gallery subject to a life estate i n the donor. 

xii i 
This page intentionally left blank 
Julian Walbridge Ri x (1850-1903) 

Julian Walbridg e Rix , landscape painter and etcher, was born i n Peacham, 

Vermont, i n 1850. A t the age o f seventeen he moved to San Francisco, and, 

i n 1872, began his career as a sign and decorative painter . Hi s interest turned 

to landscape painting, and by 1888 his work, which included sketches and 

paintings of the California coast, brought hi m considerable recognition i n 

the West. A t this time he moved to the East Coast, settling first i n Paterson, 

N ew Jersey, and finally i n New York, wit h frequent trips to California. Ri x 

also worked as an illustrator for Harper's Magazine and Harper's Weekly. I n 

1903, shortly before his death i n New York, he wrote to Frederick B. 

McGuire , Director of the Corcoran Gallery, i n answer to a request for biographical information: " I never studied under anybody, never took a drawi ng or painting lesson i n m y life. Al l I know was found out working out of 

doors from nature ... " 

Pompton Plains, New Jersey 1898 

3 0J X 50J 

SIGNED , 1.1.: g8 Julian Rix 

COLL . : Willia m Schaus, Ne w Yor k 

REF . : Catalogue of The Corcoran Gallery of Art, 1904, p . 69, no. 193; C.G.A. Handbook of 

the American Paintings, 1947, p. 56 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1903 03.2 

Pompton Plains is near Nort h Caldwell, Ne w Jersey, where Ri x kept a summer studio 

for man y years. 

George Hitchcock (1850-1913) 

George Hitchcock was born i n Providence, Rhode Island, i n 1850, a lineal 

descendant of Roger Williams i n the seventh generation. H e was graduated 

from Brown University i n 1872, and two years later from the La w School of 

Harvar d University. H e practiced law briefly i n Chicago. As time went on, 

however, he devoted ful l attention to painting . H e went to London i n 1879, 

then to Paris, where he studied under Gustave Boulanger and Jules Lefebvre 

at the Julian Academy, worked a few months i n Dusseldorf, and apprenticed 

under H . W . Mesdag i n The Hague. I n the early 1880's he set up his own 

studio at Egmond, near Amsterdam, a location whic h was to become a 

favorite of Gar i Melchers and the center o f a large colony of artists. Enjoying 

frequent but brief trips to London, Paris and the States, Hitchcock made 

Holland his permanent residence. H e exhibited regularly i n the foremost 

European exhibitions as well as i n America, winnin g numerous medals and 

awards. H e was the first American to be granted the officer's cross of the 

Franz Josef Orde r of Austria and membership i n the Vienna Academy; 

France made hi m a Chevalier o f the Legion of Honor ; and he was elected 

Associate Membe r of New York's Nationa l Academy i n 1909. He died i n 

Holland i n 1913. 

Dutch Landscape 

l7JX2l £ 

SIGNED , 1.1.: -G- Hitchcock 

COLL . : Edwar d C. and Mar y Walker , Walkerville , Ontario , Canada, and Washington, D.C. 

REF . : C.G.A. Handbook of the American Paintings, 1947, p. 56 

BEQUEST : Mar y Emm a Griffin Walker , 1937, Th e Edwar d C. and Mar y Walke r 

Collection 37-24 

I 
Thomas Pollock Anshutz (1851—1912) 

Thomas Pollock Anshutz was born i n Newport, Kentucky , i n 1851. H e had 

his first formal training i n ar t at the Nationa l Academy o f Design i n New 

York, entering the school i n 1873. Tw o years later he worked under Thomas 

Eakins at the Pennsylvania Academy o f the Fine Art s where he became a 

member of the faculty i n 1881. Fro m 1888 he served as chief of the faculty for 

twenty-four years. H e enjoyed unprecedented success as a teacher, and from 

among his hundreds o f students, such men as Henri , Sloan, Prendergast, 

Marin , and Demut h emerged as leading twentieth century American artists. 

H i s only period of study abroad followed his marriage i n 1892 when he 

painted for a year under Lucien Doucet and Willia m Bouguereau at the 

Julian Academy i n Paris. Anshutz was elected an Associate Membe r of the 

Nationa l Academy i n 191 o, and during the years preceding this recognition, 

h ad won such awards as the Silver Meda l at the St. Louis Exposition (1904) 

a nd the Gold Meda l of Hono r at the Pennsylvania Academy exhibition i n 

1909. H e died i n 1912 at For t Washington, Pennsylvania, where he had kept 

a house and studio for many years. 

On the Ohio c.1880 

10\ X 11 i; academy board 

SIGNE D O N TH E BACK , U . r . I T AnshtZ (sic) 

COLL . : estate o f the artist 

REF . : Thomas Anshutz, Th e Graha m Gallery, Ne w York , 1963, n.p., no. 8 

PURCHASE : through the gift of Joseph Sanders, 1963 63.4 

Thoma s Pollock Anshut z On the Ohio 

2 
Thomas Wilmer Dewing (i 851—1938) 

A native of Boston, Thomas Wilme r Dewing, after working briefly wit h a 

local lithographer , moved to Albany , New York. There he accumulated 

funds for study abroad by drawing chalk portraits . H e studied at the Julian 

Academy i n Paris under Gustave Boulanger and Jules Lefebvre from 1876 to 

1879, and, on his return from Europe, settled permanently i n New York. H e 

taught i n the Ar t Students League from 1881 to 1888, and during this period 

his summers were often spent i n Cornish, New Hampshire. H e was elected 

Associate of the Nationa l Academy i n 1887 and an Academician the followi ng year. Fro m 1880 unti l 1897 he was a member o f the Society of American 

Artists and exhibited regularly wit h that group, resigning, however, when, 

i n 1898, he allied himself wit h the New Yor k and Boston painters, such as 

Joh n Twachtman, J . Alden Weir , Childe Hassam and Edmun d Tarbell who 

exhibited together under the name o f the "Te n American Painters," or 

"Th e Ten, " as they were soon called. H e was elected to the Nationa l Institute 

of Art s and Letters i n 1908. The distinguished collectors, John Gellatly of 

N ew Yor k and Charles L . Freer of Detroit, were both among Dewing's 

patrons and bequeathed many of his works to the Nationa l Collection of 

Fine Art s and the Freer Gallery, Washington. After 1920 Dewing painted 

very little ; he died i n New Yor k i n 1938 at the age of eighty-seven. 

Lady with a Mask c. 1907 

22§X24i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: T. W. Dewing 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

Thoma s Wilme r Dewin g Lady with a Mask 

3 
REF . : Exhibition of Paintings by Thomas Dewing, Department of Fine Arts , Carnegie 

Institute , Pittsburgh, 1924, n.p., no. 13; The 75th Anniversary Exhibition of Painting & 

Sculpture by 75 Artists associated with the Art Students League of New Tork, Metropolita n 

Museu m of Art , Ne w York , 1951, p. XIV , no. 8, ill. ; French and American Impressionism, 

Philbrook Ar t Center, Tulsa, Oklahoma , 1967, p . 13, no. 25, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1911 11.18 

Theodore Robinson (1852—1896) 

Theodore Robinson, one of the first i n the American Impressionist movement, was born i n Irasburg, Vermont, i n 1852. Whil e he was still a young 

child his family moved to the Middl e West, finally settling i n Evansville, 

Wisconsin. A t the age of eighteen, he went to Chicago to study art, but 

severe asthma forced hi m to give up his training and go to Denver for relief. 

O n his return to Evansville, he drew crayon portraits enlarged from photographs until , i n 1874, he enrolled i n the Nationa l Academy o f Design i n New 

York, working also at the newly formed Ar t Students League. After three 

years i n Europe, where he studied under Carolus Dura n and wit h Jean-Leon 

Gerome at the Ecole des Beaux-Arts i n Paris and traveled i n northern Italy , 

he returned to the Unite d States late i n 1879. H e took a studio i n New York, 

supplementing his income by teaching and working as a decorator, first wit h 

John LaFarge and later for the Boston firm of Prentice Treadwell. I n 1884 he 

again journeyed to France, and unti l his final return to America i n 1892, his 

time was divided between the two countries. I t was i n 1887 that he first 

visited Giverny, the small village on the Seine which Claude Mone t had 

made his home. Mone t became a close friend and greatly influenced Robinson's work. Durin g the last three years of his life Robinson painted and 

taught i n New England and New Jersey during the summer months, returni ng to New Yor k for the winte r season. H e had been elected a member of the 

Society of American Artists i n 1881 and showed regularly i n the Society's 

exhibitions. Hi s first one-man show was held at the Macbeth Gallery i n 1895. 

H i s health, always precarious, was seriously affected by recurring attacks of 

asthma, and he died i n New Yor k on Apri l 2, 1896. 

Woman with a Veil 1878 

16JX I2 f 

SIGNED , u.r.: T - Robinson) 18- Paris - j8 

COLL . : Mrs . Edwi n H . Low , Washington and Ne w Yor k 

REF . : C.G.A. Handbook of the American Paintings, 1947, p. 48; Theodore Robinson, 

American Impressionist (1852-18g6), Kennedy Galleries, Ne w York , 1966, p. 10, ill . 

GIFT : the estate of Fannie Tucke r Low , 1947 47.1 

Thi s painting was executed whil e Robinson was studying unde r Jean-Leon Gerome 

i n Paris. 

T he Layette 1892 

58ix 36 i 

SIGNED , l.r. : Th. Robinson 

COLL . : estate of the artist (Robinson sale, AAA , 1898, no. 56); George A . Hearn, 

N e w Yor k (Hearn sale, AAA , 1918, no. 127) 

REF. : World's Columbian Exposition, Chicago, 1893, n.p., no. 861 ; Catalogue of the Collection of Foreign and American Paintings Owned by Mr. George A. Hearn, Ne w York , 1908, 

n o. 224, ill. ; The American Magazine of Art, vol. IX , no. 6 (Apri l 1918), p. 251, ill. ; 

American Art Annual, America n Federation of Arts , 1918, vol. 15, pp. 291 , 321 , ill. ; 

E. Clark, "Theodor e Robinson, a Pioneer America n Impressionist, " Scribner's 

Magazine, Dec. 1921, pp. 763 ff., ill. ; R. E. Jackman, American Arts, 1928, p. 163, ill. ; 

American Painting and Sculpture 1862-1932, Museu m of Moder n Art , Ne w York , 1932, 

n.p., no. 83; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 

4 

Theodor e Robinson Woman with a Veil 
Theodore Robinson The Layette 

1933, p. 89, no. 280, ill. ; J . I . H . Baur , Theodore Robinson i8^2-i8g6i Th e Brooklyn 

Museum , 1946, p. 68, no. 131 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fun d and through the gift of Willia m A . Clark, 1918 18.4 

I n his diary , dated Oct. 30, 1892, at Giverny , Robinson wrote : "Worke d a.m. i n the 

Gill' s garden wit h Yvonne on large Layette"; and again, i n the diary , dated Jan. 19, 

1894, Philadelphia : ".. . we spent the afternoon at the Fine Art s Galleries [Pennsylvania Academy ] . . . M y Layette not entirely bad ... " Thi s painting was know n also as 

Girl Sewing and Sewing. Th e artist painted two smaller versions of the subject i n 1891. 

5 
Valley of the Seine from Giverny Heights 1892 

25|X32 i 

COLL . : estate of the artist (Robinson sale, AAA , 1898, no. 39); Willia m T . Evans, 

N e w Yor k (Evans sale, AAA , 1900, no. 250) 

REF . : R. E. Jackman, American Arts, 1928, p. 163, ill. ; J . I . H . Baur , Theodore Robinson 

1852-1896, Th e Brooklyn Museum , 1946, pp. 34 and 79, no. 242; American Landscape 

Painters, 1800-1960, Norfolk Museu m of Art s and Sciences, 1961, n.p., no. 28 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1900 00.5 

Robinson painted at least two other versions of this scene, one of whic h is i n the 

Addison Gallery of American Ar t and the other i n Randolph-Maco n Woman' s 

College, bot h entitled Valley of the Seine. Baur , i n the reference cited above, points out 

tha t "hi s wor k was done chiefly out of doors, often wit h two or three canvases of the 

same subject at hand (as i n the Valley of the Seine), one for sunshine, one for a gray day 

a nd the thir d for partl y overcast." Robinson refers to each of the three i n his diar y as 

Vue de Vernon, and i n the entry dated June 9, 1892, Giverny , writes : "Commenced a 

'Vu e de Vernon ' grey day beautiful and still . . . Charmin g bu t the sunlight wit h 

floating shadows I find more so" [the Corcoran version]; and again, i n entry dated 

Aug . 14, 1892: "[Monet ] liked best the 'Vu e de Vernon ' - the one I tho't nearest m y 

idea .. . he liked the grey & the other sunlight one less." 

Theodore Robinson Valley of the Seine from Giverny Heights 
Boats in Harbor 

I2fX15 J 

SIGNED , O N PRO W O F BOAT , c.: TR? ?; red ink stamp, l.r. : T.Robinson/Sale 

COLL . : the estate of the artist (Robinson sale, AAA , 1898); Gustav Kliman , Boston 

REF. : Selections from the Collection of Hirschl & Adler Galleries, Ne w York , vol. V (1963/ 

64), n.p., no. 45, ill . 

GIFT : Norma n and Barbara Hirschl , 1966 66.35 

Thi s painting ma y represent a European harbor . I t bears the red ink stamp of the 

Robinson Estate Sale {Paintings and Studies by the Late Theodore Robinson, Administrator' s 

Public Sale, American Ar t Association Galleries, Ne w York , Marc h 24, 1898), but it 

is impossible to identify it wit h any one of the paintings listed i n the catalogue of 

this sale. 

Edwi n Austin Abbey, born i n Philadelphia i n 1852, won his reputation first 

as an illustrator and only i n later years turned to painting historical subjects 

a nd mura l decorations. H e studied engraving at the age of sixteen, and the 

following year enrolled i n the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts . Hi s 

work was first published i n Harper's Weekly i n 1870, and i n 1871 he joined the 

staff of Harpe r & Brothers i n New York. Except for a short period of freelancing, he remained wit h Harper' s for some years and was sent to England 

i n 1878 to absorb "local color " for a series of illustrations for Shakespeare's 

plays and other literary works. Fro m this time on he lived mostly i n England, 

settling i n 1885 i n the Worcestershire village of Broadway near John Singer 

Sargent and Henr y James. H e became increasingly interested i n working i n 

watercolor and oil. Hi s first oil painting to be accepted by the Royal Academy was exhibited i n 1890. Tha t same year he received a commission to 

paint The Quest of the Holy Grail, a mura l decoration for the Boston Public 

Library . H e was elected Associate Membe r of the Nationa l Academy i n 1901 

a nd an Academician the following year. I n 1902 he was requested by Kin g 

Edward VI I to paint his coronation picture. Abbey's last large commission, 

to decorate the Pennsylvania State Capitol at Harrisburg, was never completed. The Rotunda was finished i n 1906, but il l health delayed further 

work. H e died i n Chelsea, England, i n 1911 at the age of fifty-nine. 

T he Tria l of Queen Katharine 1898-1900 

84ixi45 § 

SIGNED , l.r. : E. A. Abbey 

COLL . : Willia m A . Clark, Ne w Yor k 

REF . : 1 ooth Anniversary Exhibition, Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , Philadelphia, 1905, p. 40, no. 460; C. H . Caffin, The Story of American Painting; the Evolution 

of Painting in America from Colonial Times to the Present, 1907, p. 194, ill. ; H . SaintGaudens, "Edwi n Austin Abbey , the Career o f a Great American Artist, " Worlds 

Work, 1908, pp. 10191-10204, ill. ; E. V . Lucas, Edwin Austin Abbey, 1921, vol. II , 

p p. 314 passim, ill . 

BEQUES T : Willia m A . Clark, 1926 26.2 

T h e scene depicted is fro m Shakespeare's Henry VIII, Ac t II , Scene 4, i n whic h Queen 

Katharine appeals to Cardina l Wolsey; the Kin g is seated on the throne ; the Arch -

bishop of Canterbur y stands behind Wolsey. Th e setting is the Hal l at BlackFriars. 

Edwin Austin Abbey (1852—1911) 

7 
Sylvia 1899/1900 

48iX48 i 

SIGNED , l.r. : E. A. Abbey i8gg/igoo 

COLL . : Willia m A. Clark, Ne w York , 1901 

REF . : 72nd Annual Exhibition, Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , Philadelphia, 

1903, p. 10, no. 18; C.G.A. First Annual Exhibition of Oil Paintings by Contemporary 

American Artists, 1907, n.p., no. 30; nth Annual Exhibition, Department of Fine Arts , 

Carnegie Institute , Pittsburgh, 1907, n.p., no. 2, ill. ; H . Saint-Gaudens, "Edwi n 

Austin Abbey, the Career of a Great American Artist, " Worlds Work, 1908, pp. 10191 -

10204, ill. ; W . H . Downes, "Abbey' s Art, " Art and Progress, vol. II , no. 12 (Oct. 1911), 

p p. 347-354, ill. ; E. V . Lucas, Edwin Austin Abbey, 1921, vol. II , pp . 281 passim', 

C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of The W. A. Clark Collection, 1932, p. 35, no. 2001 , ill . 

BEQUEST : Willia m A. Clark, 1926 26.1 

O ne of a series of female characters fro m Shakespeare's comedies, this represents 

Sylvia i n The Two Gentlemen of Verona, taken fro m the serenade verse i n Ac t IV , 

Scene 2: "Wh o is Sylvia? wha t is she?/That all our swains commend her? ... " 

Edwi n Austin Abbe y Sylvia 

8 
Julian Alden Weir (1852—1919) 

Julian Alden Wei r was born i n West Point, New York, i n 1852, the fourteenth of the sixteen children of Rober t W . Weir , Professor of Drawing at the 

Unite d States Militar y Academy from 1834 to 1876. Julian and his brother , 

Joh n Ferguson Weir , both studied under thei r father at West Point. After 

several terms at the Nationa l Academy of Design i n New Yor k from 1867 to 

1873, Julian entered the Ecole des Beaux-Arts i n Paris i n the fall o f 1873 to 

work i n the atelier of Jean-Leon Gerome. The generosity of his godmother, 

Mrs . Bradford R. Alden, made the next four years of study and travel 

possible, and it was at this time the artist began signing his paintings J . Alden 

Weir to honor his benefactress. After concentrated wor k i n Paris, wit h 

summer sojourns i n the French countryside, Hollan d and Spain, Wei r 

returned to New Yor k i n 1877. H e took a studio, sought portrait commissions, 

a nd supplemented his income wit h teaching, first at the Cooper Unio n 

Women' s Ar t School and later at the new Ar t Students League as well as i n 

his own private classes. H e exhibited regularly at the Nationa l Academy, 

becoming an Associate i n 1885, an Academician i n 1886, and President from 

1915 to 1917. H e was a charter member o f the Society of American Artists as 

well as a member of "Th e Ten, " exhibiting annually wit h this group from 

its inception i n 1898. H e was represented by two or more paintings i n each 

of the Corcoran Biennials from the first exhibition i n 1907 unti l his death, 

winning the First Prize and Gold Meda l i n 1914/15. H e was always generous 

of his time for organizational activities i n the ar t world , serving on President 

Wilson's Nationa l Commission on the Fine Art s i n 1916 and as President and 

Trustee of the Metropolitan Museum of Art . H e spent his summers either at 

his wife's family farm i n Windham , Connecticut, or on his own place at 

Branchville, interspersed wit h an occasional tri p to Europe. Together wit h 

his friends Theodore Robinson, Joh n Twachtman and Childe Hassam, Wei r 

played a major par t i n pioneering the impressionistic movement i n America. 

H e died i n New Yor k on December 8, 1919. 

Autumn 1906 

36iX29 | 

SIGNED , 1.1.: J . Alden Weir 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Fourth Exhibition of Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1912-Jan. 1913, n.p., no. 76, ill. ; D . Weir , "Lis t of Paintings, " Julian Alden Weir, an 

Appreciation of His Life and Works, Phillips Publications, no. 1, 1922, p. 135; D . W . 

Young , The Life and Letters of J . Alden Weir, i960, pp. 244, 261 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1912 12.4 

Thi s scene was painted on Weir' s far m i n Branchville , Connecticut. 

Obweebetuck c. 1908 

24^X33 ! 

SIGNED , l.r. : J . Alden Weir 

COLL . : George M . Oyster, Jr. , Washington, D.C. (purchased fro m the artist, 1918) 

REF . : C.G.A. Seventh Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1919-Jan. 1920, n.p., no. 161; D . Weir , "Lis t of Paintings, " Julian Alden Weir, an 

Appreciation of His Life and Works, Phillips Publications, no. 1, 1922, p. 137; C.G.A. 

Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1939, p. 97, no. 377, ill. ; 

D . W . Young , The Life and Letters of J , Alden Weir, i960, pp . 200, 261 

BEQUEST : George M . Oyster, Jr. , 1924 24.3 

Thi s view of the slopes of O b weebetuck was painted fro m the garden of Mrs . Weir' s 

family' s far m at Windham , Connecticut. 

9 

Julia n Alde n Wei r Autumn 
T he Pet Bird 1910 

30 X 22^ 

SIGNED , u.r.: J . Alden Weir 

COLL . : Mr . and Mrs . Francis Sydney Smithers, Greenwich, Connecticut 

REF . : D . Weir , "Lis t of Paintings, " Julian Alden Weir, an Appreciation of His Life and 

Works, Phillips Publications, no. 1, 1922, p. 136; D . W . Young , The Life and Letters 

of J . Alden Weir, i960, p. 201 

GIFT : Mabe l Stevens Smithers, 1940, Th e Francis Sydney Smithers Memoria l 40.12 

Portrait of Mis s de L . 1914 

30^X2 5 

SIGNED , 1.1.: J . Alden Weir 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Fifth Exhibition of Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1914-

Jan . 1915, n.p., no. 168; American Art Annual, America n Federation of Arts , 1915, 

vol. XII , p. 69, ill. ; D . Phillips , "Julia n Alde n Weir, " Julian Alden Weir, an Appreciation of His Life and Works, Phillips Publications , no. 1, 1922, pp. 41 f., ill. ; D . Weir , 

"Lis t of Paintings, " ibid., p. 136; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and 

Other Art Objects, 1933, p. 109, no. 344, ill. ; C.G.A. Twenty Fifth Biennial Exhibition of 

Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1957, "Historica l Section, " pp. 15, 23, no. 5, ill. ; 

D . W . Young , The Life and Letters of J . Alden Weir, i960, p. 249 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1914 14.7 

Julia n Alde n Wei r Portrait of Miss de L . 

10 
T h e sitter for this portrait was a young dram a student, Luci e Leveque, who earned 

extra mone y by posing for a numbe r of artists i n Ne w York . Wei r added the de i n his 

title , perhaps intentionally , perhaps mistakenly. For this wor k the artist was awarded 

the First Willia m A . Clark Prize and the Corcoran Gol d Medal . I n a letter writte n 

i n December 1914 to his friend, Charles Erskine Scott Wood , Wei r speaks of the 

prize : " I got a $2000 prize the other day and sent some to the families of the French 

painters i n Paris who must be not onl y har d u p bu t demoralized. I hoped it migh t 

arrive about Januar y 1st, the time they always celebrate and make happy ... " 

Ben Foster (1852—1926) 

Ben Foster (christened Benjamin) was born i n Nort h Anson, Maine , on 

Jul y 31 , 1852. I n i860 his father, a lawyer and politician, moved his family 

to Richmond, Maine , and the following year died, leaving his many dependents i n difficult circumstances. A t the age of eighteen Ben left for New Yor k 

to seek work, and it was not unti l he was about thirt y years old that he was 

able to devote his time to painting. H e studied wit h Abbott Thaye r and at 

the Ar t Students League i n New Yor k and, i n 1886, went to Paris where he 

worked wit h Luc-Olivie r Merson and Aime Moro t for a year. O n his return 

to the Unite d States he settled i n New York, usually spending six out of 

twelve months at his farm i n Cornwall Hollow, Connecticut. H e won his first 

award at the Chicago World' s Fai r i n 1893, which was followed by such 

prizes as a Bronze Meda l i n the Paris Exposition of 1900, the Carnegie Prize 

from the Nationa l Academy of Design i n 1906, and many others i n important 

exhibitions held i n the early years of this century. H e was elected a member 

of the Society of American Artists i n 1897, Associate Membe r of the Nationa l 

Academy i n 1901, and Academician i n 1904, as well as a member i n the 

Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters. H e served for many years as ar t critic 

on the New Yor k Evening Post and contributed regularly to the Nation. H e 

died i n New Yor k on January 28, 1926. 

Sunset in the Litchfield Hills c. 191 o 

30x3 6 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Ben Foster 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : Catalogue of the 23rd Annual Exhibition of Oil Paintings and Sculpture by American 

Artists, Ar t Institute , Chicago, 1910, n.p., no. 83, ill. ; C.G.A. Third Exhibition, Oil 

Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, 1910/1911, n.p. , no. 70; C.G.A. Catalogue of 

the Paintings, 1911, p. 39, no. 75; C.G.A. Exhibition of Oil Paintings by Ben Foster, 1915, 

n.p., no. 1 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1911 11.4 

Foster painted the Connecticut countryside whil e at his summer studio i n Cornwal l 

Hollo w near Litchfield. 

Harr y Chase (1853-1889) 

Harr y Chase was born i n Woodstock, Vermont, i n 1853. H e studied i n 

Munich , at The Hague, and i n Paris under Paul Constant Soyer. Hi s wor k 

was included i n the Paris Salon of 1878. O n his return to America he opened 

a studio i n New Yor k City. H e was elected an Associate Membe r of the 

Nationa l Academy i n 1883, and won the Academy's First Hallgarten Prize 

i n 1885 for the Corcoran's painting listed below. Hi s promising career as a 

marine and landscape painter was cut short by prolonged illness, and he died 

at the age of thirty-six i n 1889. 

11 
T he Harbor of New York 1885 

40 x 72 

SIGNED , l.r. : H. Chase 1885 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF. : 60th Exhibition, Nationa l Academy of Design, Ne w York , 1885, p. 23, no. 379, 

ill. ; The City by the River and the Sea, Dayto n Ar t Institute , 1951, p. 35, no. 73 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1889 89.1 

John Henr y Twachtman was born i n Cincinnati, Ohio, i n 1853, of parents 

w ho had emigrated from Hanover , Germany, to escape political oppression. 

Twachtman was taught the rudiments of painting by his father who decorated window shades i n a Cincinnati factory. The boy eventually worked i n 

the factory also, studying ar t at night, first at the Mechanics Institute and 

then wit h Frank Duveneck at the McMicke n School of Design. H e accompanied Duveneck to Munic h where he studied for two years under Ludwi g 

Loefftz before moving on to Venice where he painted for a time wit h 

Duveneck and Willia m Merritt Chase. H e returned to America i n 1878. H e 

exhibited i n New Yor k i n the first show of the Society of American Artists and 

was elected a member of the Society i n 1879. Durin g the following years he 

traveled back and forth to Europe, painting and teaching i n Florence wit h 

Duveneck i n 1880, traveling during the summer of 1881 wit h J . Alden and 

John Ferguson Wei r on a sketching tri p i n Holland , studying during the 

winte r of 1883 under Gustave Boulanger and Jules Lefebvre at the Julian 

Academy i n Paris, and working throughout the winte r of 1884 i n Venice. 

I n 1885 he settled permanently i n the Unite d States. After a brief stay i n 

Cincinnati, he moved to Branchville, Connecticut, close to J . Alden Weir , 

a nd finally, i n 1889, purchased a farm near Greenwich. The landscape o f 

this area inspired many of his later paintings. Twachtman was a member of 

the famous Til e Club, and was one of the founders of the group which 

exhibited regularly as "Th e Ten. " H e taught at the Ar t Students League 

from 1889 to 1902, and at Cooper Unio n from 1894 on ; during the summers 

he conducted classes at Newport, Cos Cob and, toward the end of his life, at 

Gloucester, where he died i n 1902. 

Spring Landscape c. 1890-1900 

15! X 18J; woo d panel 

SIGNED , l.r. : J H Twachtman 

COLL . : James Parmelee, Washington, D.C. 

REF . : R. J . Boyle, A Retrospective Exhibition: John Henry Twachtman, Th e Cincinnati 

A r t Museum , 1966, p. 14, no. 44 

BEQUEST : James Parmelee, 1941 41.26 

T he Waterfall c. 1890-1900 

30jX22 i 

SIGNED , l.r. : J H Twachtman 

COLL . : estate of the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Handbook of the American Paintings, 1947, p. 59; R. J . Boyle, A Retrospective 

Exhibition: John Henry Twachtman, Th e Cincinnati Ar t Museum , 1966, p. 16, no. 57 

(provenance incorrectly recorded) 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1918 18.7 

Thi s scene is one of a series bearing this titl e painted on the Twachtma n far m i n 

Greenwich, Connecticut, of Horseneck Falls, jus t above the Hemloc k Pool on Blue 

Brook. 

John Henry Twachtman (1853—1902) 
Joh n Henr y Twachtma n The Waterfall 

John Francis Murph y (1853—1921) 

Joh n Francis Murph y was born i n Oswego, New York, on December 11 , 

1853. H e attended school i n Oswego and at the age o f seventeen went to 

Chicago to take a jo b painting advertising signboards. H e had no instruction 

i n art, but from an early age was interested only i n painting. H e moved to 

N ew Jersey near Orange and for several years sketched and painted, supporti ng himself by teaching. I n 1875

n e

 settled i n New Yor k and was soon 

established i n the Tent h Street studio building which at that time housed 

Alexander Wyant, Theodore Robinson and other artists o f note. H e first 

exhibited i n the Nationa l Academy i n 1876, and was elected an Associate 

Membe r i n 1885, the year he won the Academy's second Hallgarten Prize. 

13 
T w o years later he was made Academician. Durin g this period he moved his 

studio to the Chelsea Hote l where he resided unti l his death i n 1921, spending 

many months of each year i n the Catskill Mountains at Arkvill e where he 

h ad built a home and studio. A painter of landscapes, he was linked by his 

contemporaries wit h such "tonalists " as Ben Foster, Bruce Crane and 

Henr y W . Ranger. H e was a member o f the Salmagundi Club and the 

Society of American Artists i n whose 1887 exhibition he wo n the Webb 

Prize, but one of many medals and honors conferred on his wor k i n the 

exhibitions of the period. 

Landscape 1898 

24iX36 i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: J . FRANCIS MURPHY. 9

98 

COLL . : George A . Hearn , New Yor k (from the artist, 1898); Willia m A . Clark, New 

Yor k (1918) 

REF . : M . Knox , "J . Francis Murphy, " Vanity Fair, Ma y 1918, pp. 65 and 96, ill. ; 

C.G.A. Seventh Exhibition, Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1919-

Jan . 1920, n.p., no. 64; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of The W. A. Clark Collection, 1932, 

p. 52, no. 2147 

BEQUEST : Willia m A . Clark, 1926 26.147 

Thi s painting has also been know n as Autumn Landscape. Th e unprecedented price i t 

brought at the Hear n auction i n 1918 caused muc h comment at that time . 

Landscape 

7 i X 9l: canvas mounted on wood panel 

SIGNED , 1.1.: J . Francis Murphy 

COLL . : Mrs . Willia m Sherman Hay , Winnetka , Illinois ; Richar d Madlener , Falls 

Church, Virgini a 

GIF T : Richar d Madlener , 1969 1969.2 

Emil Carlsen (1853—1932) 

Emi l Carlsen was born i n Copenhagen on October 19, 1853. H e studied 

architecture at the Danish Royal Academy and had some training i n painting 

before coming to America i n 1872. Fie went to Chicago, working briefly i n 

an architect's office, then wit h the Danish painter, Laurit s Bernhard Hoist, 

a nd finally as instructor at the Chicago Ar t Institute. I n 1875, after a visit i n 

Denmark, he studied for six months i n Paris. O n his return to America i n 

1876 he worked i n Boston, designing, engraving and painting as well as 

teaching. The next two years were passed i n Paris where he produced paintings for Blakeslee, a New Yor k ar t dealer. H e served as Director of the San 

Francisco Ar t School from 1887 to 1891, after which he settled i n New York, 

his home unti l his death i n 1932. Durin g the summers he painted i n Ogunquit, Maine , or i n Falls Village, Connecticut, and he made at least two further 

trips to Europe i n 1908 and 1912. H e taught i n both the Nationa l Academy 

of Design and the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , and exhibited 

widely, winning many honors, including the Nationa l Academy's Saltus 

Meda l for Merit i n 1916 for Moonlight on a Calm Sea, listed below. H e was 

represented i n all Corcoran Biennials from the first held i n 1907 unti l his 

death, and the Gallery held a large retrospective exhibition o f his work i n 

1923. Carlsen was a member of the Society of American Artists (1902), of the 

Nationa l Academy (Associate Member , 1904; Academician, 1906) and of 

the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters. 

14 
Emi l Carlsen Moonlight on a Calm Sea 

Moonlight on a Calm Sea 1915/1916 

58iX47 i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Emil - Carlsen -

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF. : Ninety-First Annual Exhibition, Nationa l Academy of Design, Ne w York , 1916, 

p. 44, no. 366 (Saltus Meda l for Merit) ; Inaugural Exhibition, Cleveland Museu m of 

Art , 1916, n.p., no. 21 ; C.G.A. Sixth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American 

Artists, Dec. 1916-Jan. 1917, n.p., no. 192; D . Phillips , "Emi l Carlsen, " The International Studio, vol. LXI , no. 244 (June 1917), p. cviii, ill . 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1916 16.7 

T he White Jug c. 1919 

255X3 0 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Emil Carlsen 

COLL . : estate of the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Eighth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1921 -

Jan . 1922, p. 34, no. 171, ill. ; R. E. Jackman, American Arts, 1928, pp. 152 ff., ill. ; 

W . Born, Still-Life Painting in America, 1947, p. 42 , no. 113, ill . 

GIFT : Mrs . Emi l Carlsen and Dines Carlsen, 1935 35.12 

J5 
T he Picture from Thibet c. 1920 

38§X27 i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Emil Carlsen 

COLL . : James Parmelee, Washington, D.C. (1926) 

REF . : The International Studio, vol. LXXIV , no. 293 (Aug . 1921), p. iv , ill. ; Catalogue of 

the nyth Annual Exhibition, Pennsylvania Academy o f the Fine Arts , 1922, n.p., 

n o. 367, ill. ; iyth Annual Exhibition of Selected Paintings by American Artists, Cit y Ar t 

Museu m of St. Louis , Missouri, 1922, n.p., no. 20, ill. ; C.G.A. Special Exhibition of 

Paintings by Emil Carlsen, 1923, n.p., no. 6; C.G.A. The Tenth Exhibition of Contemporary 

American Oil Paintings, 1926, n.p., no. 84 

BEQUES T : James Parmelee, 1941 41.3 

Carlsen painted a second smaller version of the same subject entitled The Sung Jar. 

John Elwood Bundy (1853—1933) 

John Elwood Bundy was born i n Guilford County, Nort h Carolina, i n 1853. 

A t the age o f five he traveled wit h his family by prairie schooner to Mon -

rovia i n western Indiana where he grew up on a farm. H e began to sketch at 

an early age, at first i n pokeberry juice unti l he acquired his first box of watercolors. H e had no ar t training except for a two-week period of instruction i n 

the use of oils from Barton S. Hays, a portrait painter who happened to be i n 

Indianapolis i n 1873. For the next twelve years Bundy worked i n and around 

Monrovia , supporting himself by painting portraits from photographs, but 

pursuing his main interest as time allowed - the painting of landscapes. H e 

taught drawing and painting i n Earlham College at Richmond, Indiana, for 

a number of years, but by the middl e 1890's he devoted himself entirely to 

painting. H e lived the rest of his life i n the environs of Richmond except for 

summer trips to northern Michigan and one winter i n southern California. He 

exhibited regularly i n Chicago and i n group exhibitions i n the Middl e West 

and i n New Yor k and Philadelphia. Bundy died i n Cincinnati i n 1933. 

Path by the River 191 o 

n i x 14! 

SIGNED , l.r. : Bundy 1910 

COLL . : anonymous collector, Washington, D.C. 

GIFT : anonymous i n memor y of Helen Minshall , 1955 55.81 

William Lamb Picknell (i854-1897) 

Willia m Lam b Picknell was born October 23, 1854 i n Hinesburg, Vermout. 

H e lost his parents at an early age and was sent to an uncle i n Boston who, 

recognizing his artistic talents, arranged that the boy go to Ital y to study 

under George Inness who was then working i n Rome. After two years he 

enrolled i n the Ecole des Beaux-Arts i n Paris under Jean-Leon Gerome, and 

subsequently moved to Pont-Aven, a sea coast village i n the Departement de 

Finistere i n Brittany where an international group o f artists had established 

an ar t colony. Here he attracted the attention of Rober t Wyli e who exerted a 

strong influence on his work. Picknell first exhibited i n the Paris Salon of 

1876, but his reputation was established when The Road to Concarneau (see 

below) was awarded an Honorable Mentio n i n the Salon of 1880. After 

several years i n Brittany and a sojourn i n England, he returned to America i n 

the early 1880's, settling i n Annisquam on the Massachusetts coast. Frequent 

trips to Pennsylvania, Florida and California occupied the winter months, 

16 
Willia m Lam b Picknell The Road to Concarneau 

until , shortly after his marriage i n 1889, he returned to France. Hi s last years 

were spent painting on the French Mediterranean coast i n the winter , often 

at Antibes, and i n Normand y during the summer. Il l health brought hi m 

back to the Unite d States i n Jul y 1897, and he died a mont h later i n Marble -

head, Massachusetts. Picknell was elected to the Society o f American Artists 

i n 1880; to the Society of British Artists, London, i n 1884; and to the 

Nationa l Academy as Associate Membe r i n 1891. 

The Road to Concarneau 1880 

42§X79 t 

SIGNED , l.r. : W. L. Picknell.) 1880 

COLL . : Fairma n Rogers, Philadelphia ; Thoma s B. Clarke, Ne w Yor k 

REF . : Supplement au Catalogue Illustre du Salon, Paris, 1880, pp. 489 and 531 , ill . (Honor -

able Mention); E. W . Emerson, "A n America n Landscape-Painter,'' The Century 

Magazine, vol. LXI I (Sept. 1901), pp . 710-713, ill. ; L . R. Bryant, What Pictures to See 

in America, 1915, pp. 182-184, no. 108, ill. ; P. Arbiter , "O n Painting of Sunshine and 

Light, " Art World, Oct. 1928, pp. 318 f., ill. ; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, 

Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1939, p. 77, no. 280, ill . 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1899 99.8 

Concarneau is a French fishing village on the Bay of Biscay, a few miles fro m PontAven i n Brittany . Thi s painting depicts the mai n approach to the village. 

James Henr y Moser, son of the architect Joh n Moser, was born i n Whitby , 

Ontario, Canada, on Januar y 1, 1854. H e spent his boyhood i n Columbus, 

Ohio, and at an early age had his first ar t instruction under the painter 

Joh n H . Witt . H e continued his studies i n New Yor k at the Ar t Students 

League and, after graduation, traveled through the southern states. H e began 

James Henry Moser (1854—1913) 

17 
his professional career as an illustrator , contributing to the Century, Harper's 

Magazine and similar publications. H e illustrated the first edition of Joel 

Chandler Harris ' Uncle Remus while working i n Georgia. After three or four 

years i n the South he settled i n Washington (1886/7) where he made his 

home unti l his death i n 1913, spending the summer holidays i n West Cornwall, Connecticut. H e wrote ar t criticism for the Washington newspapers 

from 1899 to 1905 and for many years was instructor i n watercolor at the 

Corcoran School of Art. H e exhibited his paintings and watercolors regularly 

i n the group exhibitions and international expositions held i n the 1890's and 

the first decade of this century. 

Umbrella Mender 1888 

12 X 9 J ; academy board 

SIGNED , u.r.: J - H- MOSER/ 1888-

COLL . : private collection i n Ne w England 

REF. : The Old Print Shop Portfolio, Ne w York , vol. XXVII , no. 3 (Nov. 1967), p. 69, 

n o. 40, ill . 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1968 68.7 

Charles Arthur Fries (1854—1940) 

Charles Arthu r Fries was born i n Hillsboro, Ohio, i n 1854. H e spent his 

youth i n Cincinnati where he attended the Cincinnati Ar t Academy, and, at 

seventeen, went to New Yor k to wor k i n a lithography shop. I n 1877 he 

traveled to Europe for further study, and, on his return, worked i n both New 

Yor k and Vermont until , i n 1896, he moved wit h his wife and daughter to 

southern California. H e settled i n San Diego where he taught and painted 

the scenes of the California desert, mountains and coast for which he was 

best known. Hi s illustrations were published i n Leslie's Monthly Magazine and 

the McGuffey Readers as well as i n other school textbooks of the period. H e 

died i n San Diego i n 1940. 

Too Late 1896 

25^X35! 

SIGNED , 1.1.: C. A. Fries i8g6; on back, TOO LATE/ Painted in the] dining room of the] 

Capistrano] Mission I 1896 

COLL . : estate of the artist; Alice Fries King , San Diego, Californi a (the artist's 

daughter ) 

REF . : Fine Arts Gallery and Exhibit of Arts and Crafts, California Building , Alaska Yuko n 

Pacific Exposition, Seattle, Washington, 1909, p. 6, no. 102 (Silver Medal) 

GIFT : Alice Fries King , i n memor y of her father, 1967 67.9 

T h e subject of this painting was suggested b y the serious, bu t not fatal, illness of 

Fries's daughter whil e he was livin g i n the old Capistrano Mission, near San Diego, 

California, i n 1896. 

Edward Herbert Barnard (1855—1909) 

Edward Herber t Barnard was born i n Belmont, Massachusetts, on Jul y 10, 

1855. H e first planned to be an architect, studying at the Massachusetts 

Institute of Technology from 1872 to 1874, but after work i n an architect's 

office for a brie f period he found his main interest lay in' painting . H e attended 

the School of the Boston Museum of Fine Art s and later went to Paris to 

study wit h Gustave Boulanger and Jules Lefebvre at the Julian Academy and 

under Raphael Collin. H e exhibited i n the Paris Salons of 1888 and 1889 

18 

James Henr y Moser Umbrella Mender 
before returning to America i n 1889. H e devoted himself principall y to landscape painting, working at Plymouth and Chatham, Massachusetts, and at 

Mystic , Connecticut, often i n the company of the artists Charles H . Hayden 

a nd Charles Harol d Davis who had been fellow students i n Paris. H e exhibited i n national group exhibitions, winnin g numerous prizes and medals. 

Barnard died at Belmont on Apri l 16, 1909. 

Fields and Pastures c. 1895 

30IX40 J 

SIGNED , 1.1.: E H Barnard 

COLL . : Harr y N . Redmond , Boston; Mrs . Mar y Barnard Home , Belmont, Massachusetts 

REF . : 65th Annual Exhibition, Pennsylvania Academy o f the Fine Arts , Philadelphia, 

1895/1896, p. 13, no. 30; Memorial Exhibition: Work of Edward H. Barnard, St. Botolph 

Club , Boston, 1910, n.p., no. 24 

GIFT : Mar y Barnard Home , 1928 28.5 

Thi s scene was painted i n Mysti c Valley , Connecticut. 

William Gilbert Gaul (1855-1919) 

Willia m Gilber t Gaul was born on Marc h 31 , 1855 i n Jersey City, New 

Jersey. After attending the publi c schools of Newark, New Jersey, and the 

Claverack Militar y Academy, he studied drawing and painting i n New 

Yor k under J . G. Brown and L . E. Wilmart h at the Nationa l Academy of 

Design and at the Ar t Students League. H e worked at first i n the sentimental 

genre manner , later specializing i n American militar y subjects which 

brought hi m wide recognition. H e traveled i n the Far West, visiting army 

posts and India n reservations to gather authentic material for his paintings, 

and also went to the West Indies, Panama and Nicaragua. Hi s work as an 

illustrator was i n great demand i n the periodicals of the late nineteenth 

Willia m Gilber t Gau l Picking Cotton 

19 
century. H e exhibited extensively and won many honors, including medals 

i n the Paris Exposition of 1889, the Chicago Exposition of 1893 and the 

Buffalo Exposition of 1902. H e was elected Associate Membe r of the Nationa l 

Academy i n 1879 and Academician i n 1882. Gaul died at his home i n New 

Yor k i n 1919. 

Picking Cotton c. 1890 

i3^ X 18J; academy board 

SIGNED , l.r. : G. Gaul 

PURCHASE : through the gift o f Josephine B. Crane, 1957 57.6 

Thi s painting , so atypica l of the academic wa r scenes for whic h he is best known , was 

probabl y done fro m natur e on one of Gaul's southern trips . 

Louis Charles Moeller (1855—1930) 

Louis Charles Moeller was born i n New Yor k on August 5, 1855, the son of 

a portrait and decorative painter, Charles Moeller , who became his first 

teacher. After a three-year apprenticeship under his father, Moeller studied 

at Cooper Unio n and at the Nationa l Academy of Design under L . E. Wil -

L u Charles Moelle r Disagreement 

20 
marth. H e worked i n Munic h under Frank Duveneck and Wilhel m von Diez 

a nd after six years abroad returned to New Yor k i n 1882. H e first exhibited 

at the Nationa l Academy i n 1883, and the following year won the First 

Hallgarten Prize, awarded by the Academy for the best oil painting by an 

artist under thirty-five. H e was elected Associate Membe r of the National 

Academy i n 1884 and Academician i n 1895. H e specialized i n genre subjects, 

usually depicting a group of elderly gentlemen i n conversation or i n a 

common activity. Moeller maintained his studio i n New Yor k and lived i n 

Weehawken, New Jersey, where he died on November 8, 1930. 

Disagreement 

24§X34 i 

SIGNED , l.r. : Louis Moeller 

COLL . : Thoma s B. Clarke, Ne w Yor k 

REF. : The Thomas B. Clarke Collection Sale, America n Ar t Association, Ne w York , 

Feb. 14-18, 1899,

n o - 362; C.G.A. Handbook of the American Paintings, 1947, p. 61 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1899 99-10 

George de Forest Brush (1855—1941) 

George de Forest Brush was born i n Shelby ville, Tennessee, on September 28, 

1855. H e spent his boyhood i n Connecticut and was encouraged i n his 

interest i n ar t by his mother , an amateur portrait painter . A t the age of 

sixteen he entered the Nationa l Academy of Design i n New Yor k and i n 1874 

traveled to Paris where he worked for six years under Jean-Leon Gerome. 

O n his return to America (c.1880) he went out to the western frontier, studyi ng and painting the habitat and customs of the Indians of Wyoming , 

Montana and Canada. Shortly after his marriage i n 1887, Brush returned to 

Europe, and, unti l the outbreak of Worl d Wa r I , divided his time between 

Ital y and his studios i n New Yor k and Dublin , New Hampshire. H e taught 

intermittentl y at the Ar t Students League between 1885 and 1898 and 

exhibited widely. H e was awarded the First Hallgarten Prize at the National 

Academy i n 1888, the Templ e Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of 

the Fine Art s i n 1897, the Gold Meda l at the Paris Exposition of 1900 and 

many other honors. H e was elected a member of the Society of American 

Artists i n 1880, Associate Membe r o f the Nationa l Academy i n 1888, 

Academician i n 1901, and was a charter member of the Nationa l Institute of 

Art s and Letters. H e died at the age of eighty-five at Hanover , New Hamp -

shire. 

Mother and Child 1902 

38ix 2 8 | 

SIGNED , l.r. : Geo de Forest Brush/ 1902 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : S. Isham, The History of American Painting, 1905, pp. 491 f., ill. ; M . C. Smith, 

"George de Forest Brush, " The International Studio, vol. XXXIV , no. 134 (Apri l 1908), 

p p . XLVI I ff., ill. ; H . W . Henderson, Art Treasures of Washington, 1912, pp . 142, 144, 

ill. ; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1939, p. 31 , 

n o. 42, ill . 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1902 02.1 

Mrs . Brush and her children, as here, were favorite subjects of the artist. 

2 1 

George de Forest Brush Mother and Child 
Mother Reading 1905 

41JX4 2 

SIGNED , l.r. : Geo de. Forest Brush/ Florence 1905 

COLL . : Mr . and Mrs . Francis Sydney Smithers, Greenwich, Connecticut 

REF. : Retrospective Exhibition of Paintings by George de Forest Brush, N.A., Gran d Centra l 

A r t Galleries, Ne w York , 1930, p. 5, no. 27, ill . 

GIFT : Mabe l Stevens Smithers, 1949, Th e Francis Sydney Smithers Memoria l 49.52 

Kenyon Cox (1856-1919) 

Kenyon Cox was born i n Warren, Ohio, on October 27, 1856, son of General 

Jacob Dolson Cox of Civil Wa r fame, twenty-third Governor o f Ohi o and 

President of the University of Cincinnati. A sickly boy, Cox was tutored at 

home unti l he was well enough to enter McMicken' s Ar t Academy i n Cincinnati. H e attended the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s for a year 

before going to Paris i n 1877 to study i n the atelier of Carolus Dura n and i n 

the Ecole des Beaux-Arts under Jean-Leon Gerome. Returning to America i n 

1882, he settled i n New Yor k and gradually turned more and more from easel 

painting to illustration, mura l painting, and the designing of mosaics and 

stained glass windows. H e taught at the Ar t Students League from 1885 to 

1909, lectured widely and wrote on ar t subjects for the Nation, Scribner's and 

other periodicals for more than twenty-five years. H e was elected Associate 

of the Nationa l Academy i n 1900, Academician i n 1903, and was a member 

of the Society of American Artists, the American Academy of Art s and 

Letters, and the New Yor k Architectural League. H e was awarded numerous 

prizes and medals i n the exhibitions of the period, including the Meda l of 

Hono r for Mura l Painting by the New Yor k Architectural League i n 1909. 

H e died i n New Yor k on Marc h 17, 1919. 

Flying Shadows 1883 

30 x 364-

SIGNED , 1.1.: KENTON COX- 1883 -

COLL . : Stanford White , Ne w Yor k ; Charles A . Piatt, Ne w Yor k 

REF . : F. G. Dumas , ed., Catalogue Illustre des Beaux-Arts, 1789-1889, United States 

Section, Exposition Universelle International e de 1889 a Paris, n.p., no. 67, ill. ; 

Society of American Artists Exhibition, Ne w York , 1892, n.p., no. 67n; Official Catalogue: 

Fine Arts, World' s Columbia n Exposition, Chicago, 1893, Par t X , Department K , 

n o. 306; M . C. Smith, "Th e Wor k of Kenyo n Cox, " The International Studio, vol. 

XXXII , no. 125 (Jul y 1907), pp. VII I and XI , ill. ; Exhibition of Paintings, Decorations 

and Drawings by Kenyon Cox, The Ar t Institute , Chicago, 1911, n.p., no. 9 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1922 22.2 

22 
Kenyo n Cox Flying Shadows 

23 
John Singer Sargent (1856—1925) 

Joh n Singer Sargent was born on Januar y 10 or 12, 1856, i n Florence, Italy , 

the son of Dr . Fitz Willia m Sargent and Mar y Newbold (Singer) Sargent. The 

Sargents had left the doctor's successful career as a surgeon i n Philadelphia to 

follow an expatriate life, and the son attended a succession of schools i n 

Europe, encouraged from childhood by his mother , an amateur artist, i n his 

aptitude for drawing. I n 1874, when his family took up residence i n Paris, he 

enrolled i n the Ecole des Beaux-Arts; he soon, however, transferred to the 

atelier of Carolus Duran , one of the most successful portrait painters i n Paris 

at the time. Sargent's work was first shown i n the Salon of 1877, and the 

following year he won an Honorable Mentio n citation i n the Salon for The 

Oyster Gatherers of Cancale, listed below. Portrait commissions, such as those 

from the Pailleron family i n 1879 and for the portrait of Mrs . Henr y Whit e i n 

1883 (see below) added to his prestige, and when he settled i n London i n 

1885, after the scandal i n Paris arising from his daring Portrait of Madame X 

(Metropolitan Museum of Art), his reputation was established. Sargent was 

an indefatigable traveler - to Spain where he studied the works of Velazquez, 

to Holland where he concentrated on the paintings of Frans Hals, to Italy , 

Switzerland, and to the Unite d States. H e was surrounded always by a 

stimulating intellectual circle - such friends as Claude Monet, Auguste 

Rodin, Henr y James and Mrs . John L . Gardner of Boston. Acclaimed inter -

nationally for his portraits, it was actually his landscapes, informa l scenes 

and watercolors he most enjoyed painting. I n 1890 he accepted the commission to decorate the Boston Public Library , wor k that took up much of his 

time intermittentl y for the next twenty-five years and which necessitated 

trips to Egypt and the Near East to gather background material. Durin g 

Worl d Wa r I he served i n 1918 as official war artist for the British Government which resulted i n the painting Gassed, based on his experiences on the 

front, now i n the Imperia l Wa r Museum, and the large portrait group of 

twenty-two members of the British General Staff commissioned for the 

Nationa l Portrait Gallery. Commissions to provide murals for the Boston 

Museum of Fine Art s and the Librar y of Harvar d University occupied his 

later years, curtailing his work i n portraiture, a field i n which he became less 

interested as time went on. The honors that came to Sargent during his lifetime are too numerous to be detailed here. H e declined an English Knighthood i n 1907 on the grounds that was he an American citizen; he refused the 

Presidency of the Roya l Academy i n London ; honorary degrees were conferred on hi m by Oxford, Cambridge, Harvard , Yale and the University of 

Pennsylvania. After his death i n London on Apri l 15, 1925, memoria l 

services were held i n Westminster Abbey and large memoria l exhibitions 

were mounted i n London, New Yor k and Boston. 

T he Oyster Gatherers of Cancale 1878 

314x48 ^ 

SIGNED , l.r. : JOHN S. SARGENT / PARIS 1878 

COLL . : Samuel Colman, Ne w York ; Danie l R. Case, Providence, Rhode Island 

REF . : Explication des Ouvrages de peinture, sculpture . . . des artistes vivant, exposes au Palais 

des Champs-Ely sees, le 25 ma i 1878, p. 174, no. 2008 (En Route pour la peche); G. W . 

Sheldon, American Painters, 1879, p. 72; M . Bell, Representative Painters of the Nineteenth 

Century, 1899, p. 57, ill. ; American Art Annual, America n Federation of Arts , 1917, 

vol. XIV , p. 75, ill. ; The American Magazine of Art, vol. VIII , no. 6 (Apri l 1917), 

p. 233, ill. ; A Catalogue of the Memorial Exhibition of the Works of the Late John Singer 

Sargent, Museu m of Fine Arts , Boston, 1925, p. 4, no. 14; W . H . Downes, John Sargent, 

His Life and Work, 1925, p. 8, ill. ; E. Charteris, John Sargent, 1927, pp. 47 and 281 ; 

24 
Joh n Singer Sargent The Oyster Gatherers of Cancale 

The Main Currents in the Development of American Painting, Virgini a Museu m of Fine 

Arts , Richmond , 1936, p. 35, no. 88, ill. ; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, 

Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1939, p. 85, no. 313, ill. ; A . Hammer , "Th e Corcoran 

Gallery of Art : American Ar t at its Best," The Compleat Collector, Marc h 1943, pp. 8 fT., 

ill. ; J . P. Leeper, "Joh n Singer Sargent, a Revaluation, " Magazine of Art, vol. 44, 

no. 1 (Jan. 1951), pp. 11 ff., ill. ; F. A . Sweet, Sargent, Whistler and Mary Cassatt, The 

A r t Institute , Chicago, 1954, p. 44, no. 40, ill. ; C. M . Mount , John Singer Sargent, a 

Biography, 1955, pp. 47 ff. and 442, no. K783 ; C.G.A. Masterpieces of The Corcoran 

Gallery of Art, 1959, p. 59, ill. ; Reproductions of American Paintings, Ne w Yor k Graphi c 

Society, 1962, p. 26, no. 8279, ill . (in color); D . F. Hoopes, The Private World of John 

Singer Sargent, C.G.A., 1964, n.p., no. 4, ill . (in color); Fine Art Reproductions of Old and 

Modern Masters, Ne w Yor k Graphi c Society, 1965, p. 279, no. 8279, ill . (in color); 

From El Greco to Pollock: Early and Late Works by European and American Artists, The 

Baltimor e Museu m o f Art , 1968, p. 104, no. 83, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1917 17.2 

Thi s scene of oyster gatherers on the Brittany coast near St. Mal o was painted when 

the artist was onl y twenty-two. I t was his second painting to be exhibited i n the Paris 

Salon where it wo n an Honorabl e Mentio n i n 1878. H e sent it to Ne w Yor k that same 

year to the exhibition of the Society of America n Artists where it was purchased by 

the artist, Samuel Colman. Whe n Colman' s friends wondered at his buying the wor k 

of a young , untried artist he replied: "Because I wanted to have it near me to key 

myself u p with . I a m afraid tha t I ma y fall below jus t such a standard, and I wish to 

have it hanging i n m y studio to reproach me whenever I do. " (Downes, John Sargent, 

p. 72). Sargent painted several similar scenes at Cancale, including Low Tide, Cancale, 

Mussel Gatherers (in privat e collections), and an almost identical Oyster Gatherers, a. 

study for the Corcoran version, now i n the Museu m of Fine Arts , Boston. 

25 
Madame Edouard Pailleron 1879 

82x39 ^ 

SIGNED , l.r. : John S. SargentjRonjoux i8yg 

COLL . : Edouard Pailleron, Chambery , Savoie; Marie-Louis e Bourget-Pailleron; 

Henr i Bourget-Pailleron; Mme . Henr i Bourget-Pailleron, Paris 

REF . : Explication des ouvrages de peinture, sculpture . . . des artistes vivant, exposes au Palais des 

Champs-Ely sees, le i e r ma i 1880, p. 339, no. 3428; E. Charteris, John Sargent, 1927, 

p. 52; C. M . Mount , John Singer Sargent, a Biography, 1955, pp . 60 ff. and 428, no. 794; 

D . McKibbin , Sargent's Boston, 1956, p. 115; D . F. Hoopes, The Private World of John 

Singer Sargent, C.G.A., 1964, n.p., no. 7, ill . (in color); D . Sutton, "Bouque t for 

Sargent, " Apollo, vol. LXXIX , no. 27 (Ma y 1964), pp . 395 ff., ill. ; C.G.A. Bulletin, 

vol . 15, no. 1 (Jul y 1965), p. 6, ill. ; F. Boucher, Histoire du Costume en Occident de 

Vantiquite anosjours, 1965, p. 399, no. 1077, ill . (in color); Art of the United States: i6jo1966, Whitne y Museu m of America n Art , Ne w York , 1966, p. 58, no. 247, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fun d and gifts of Katharin e McCoo k Knox , Joh n A . Nevius and 

M r . and Mrs . Lansdell K. Christie, 1964 64.2 

Mari e Buloz Pailleron (1840-1913) was the daughter o f Francois Buloz, Director of 

La Revue des Deux Mondes. She was marrie d i n 1862 to Edouar d Pailleron (1829-1899), 

well-known French poet and playwright. Mme . Pailleron stands i n the sunlight of the 

par k on the Pailleron estate at Chambery , Savoie. Sargent also painted her mothe r i n 

the same year, and her children, Edouar d and Marie-Louise , i n 1880. A second small 

portrait o f Mme . Pailleron b y Sargent, dated 1880, was i n a privat e collection i n 

Kansas City , Missouri, i n 1935. 

Mrs . Henry White 1883 

87X5 5 

SIGNED , l.r. : John S. Sargent 1883 

COLL . : Mr . and Mrs . Henr y White ; Joh n Campbell White , Ne w Yor k 

REF. : The One Hundred and Sixteenth Exhibition of the Royal Academy of Arts, London , 

1884, p. 31 , no. 788; C.G.A. Sixth Exhibition, Oil Paintings by Contemporary American 

Artists, Dec. 1916-Jan. 1917, no. 216, ill. ; The American Magazine of Art, vol. VIII , 

no. 4 (Feb. 1917), p. 128, ill. ; L . Mechlin , "Th e Sargent Exhibition , Gran d Central 

Galleries, Ne w York, " The American Magazine of Art, vol . XV , no. 4 (Apri l 1924), 

p. 183, ill. ; W . Starkweather, "Th e Ar t of Joh n S. Sargent, " The Mentor, vol. 12, 

no. 9 (Oct. 1924), p. 13, ill. ; E. Charteris, John Sargent, 1927, pp . 66 and 73n.; C.G.A. 

De Gustibus . . . an Exhibition of American Paintings Illustrating a Century of Taste and 

Criticism, 1949, n.p., no. 26, ill. ; Art Digest, vol. 23, no. 9 (Feb. 1, 1949), p. 14, ill. ; 

E. B. Swenson, "Whe n the Moder n Battle was New, " Art News, vol. XLVIII , no. 1 

(Marc h 1949), p. 26, ill. ; Life, vol. 27, no. 9 (Aug . 29, 1949), p. 59, ill . (in color); 

C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 3, no. 4 (Ma y 1950), p. 1, ill. ; J . P. Leeper, "Mrs . Henr y Whit e 

b y Sargent, " C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 3, no. 3 (Jan. 1951), pp . 176°., ill. ; C. M . Mount , 

John Singer Sargent, a Biography, 1955, pp . 76, 93 and 429, no. 836; C. M . Mount , 

"Sargent: A n American Ol d Master, " New York Times Magazine, Jan . 8, 1956, p. 28, 

ill. ; D . McKibbin , Sargent's Boston, 1956, p. 131; D . F. Hoopes, The Private World of 

John Singer Sargent, C.G.A., 1964, n.p., no. 24, ill. ; F. Boucher, Histoire du Costume en 

Occident de Vantiquite a nos jours, 1965, p. 397, no. 1061, ill . 

GIFT : Joh n Campbell White , 1949 49.4 

Margare t Stuyvesant Rutherford of Ne w Yor k (1857-1916), daughter of the astronom e r Lewis Morri s Rutherford, was marrie d i n 1879 to the career diplomat, Henr y 

Whit e (1850-1927). Thi s portrait was painted by Sargent i n Paris i n 1883, jus t prio r 

to Mr . White' s appointment as Second Secretary of the Legation of the Unite d States 

i n England. The y lived for many years i n Londo n where the portrait hung i n the 

dinin g roo m of thei r mansion i n Grosvenor Crescent. Mrs . Whit e died i n Washington 

i n 1916. 

26 
Joh n Singer Sargent Madame Edouard Pailleron 
This page intentionally left blank 
Joh n Singer Sargent Mrs. Henry White 

27 
Simplon Pass 1911 

28ix 3 6 i 

SIGNED , l.r. : John S. Sargent 

COLL . : James Parmelee, Washington, D.C. 

REF . : C.G.A. Fifth Exhibition, Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1914-

Jan . 1915, n.p., no. 43; E. Charteris , John Sargent, 1927, p. 290; C. M . Mount , John 

Singer Sargent, a Biography, 1955, p. 450, no. K 1010; D . F. Hoopes, The Private World 

of John Singer Sargent, C.G.A., 1964, n.p., no. 81 ; 75 Masterworks, an Exhibition of 

Paintings in Honor of the Seventy-fifth Anniversary of the Portland Art Association 1892-1967, 

Oregon, 1967/68, n.p., no. 8, ill . 

BEQUEST : James Parmelee, 1941 41.22 

Before Worl d Wa r I Sargent spent many vacations wit h his sisters and friends i n the 

area of the Simplon Pass i n southern Switzerland. 

Apollo and Daphne c. 1916-1919 

32iX28 | 

ESTAT E INVENTOR Y NUMBER , l.r. : I 2.14.1 

COLL . : Miss Emil y Sargent and Mrs . Francis Ormond , the artist's sisters 

GIFT : Viole t Sargent Ormond , 1949 49- I33 

I n planning the decoration of the four sections o f the rotund a of the Museu m of Fine 

Arts , Boston, Sargent originall y planned to include a scene depicting Daphne pursued 

by Apollo . Thi s oil study and a charcoal drawin g (present location unknown) were 

prepared, bu t Sargent later substituted a panel depicting Cupi d and Psyche. 

Charles Harold Davis (1856—1933) 

Charles Harol d Davis was born i n Amesbury, Massachusetts, on Januar y 7, 

1856. A t the age of fifteen he left school to serve an apprenticeship i n a 

carriage shop, painting i n his spare time, unti l i n 1877 he entered the School 

of the Boston Museum of Fine Art s where he studied under the German 

artist, Emi l Ott o Grundmann. The generosity of the retired carriage manufacturer, J . R. Huntingto n of Amesbury, made possible a period o f study at 

the Julian Academy i n Paris. H e worked under Gustave Boulanger and 

Jules Lefebvre for a year and then painted i n the Barbizon area for the next 

ten years, exhibiting regularly i n the Paris Salons and sending his paintings 

back to New Yor k and Boston where they readily sold. O n his return to the 

Unite d States i n 1890, he settled i n Mystic , Connecticut, and spent the rest 

of his life painting the rolling countryside o f that area. H e was elected 

Associate Membe r of the Nationa l Academy i n 1901 and Academician i n 

1906. Hi s work was represented i n the principa l group exhibitions during his 

active years, and he won numerous awards such as the Lippincott Prize at 

the Pennsylvania Academy i n 1901, the second Willia m A. Clark Prize and 

Silver Meda l at the Corcoran Biennial o f 1920, and the Saltus Meda l at the 

Nationa l Academy of Design i n 1921. H e died at Mystic , Connecticut, on 

August 5, 1933. 

Summer Pastoral 

29JX361 

SIGNED , 1.1.: C. H. Davis 

COLL . : George M . Oyster, Jr. , Washington, D.C. 

BEQUEST : George M . Oyster, Jr. , 1924 24.4 

28 
Walter Gay (1856—1937) 

Walte r Gay was born i n Hingham , Massachusetts, i n 1856. H e went to Paris 

i n 1876 to study under Leon Bonnat, and, from that time unti l his death i n 

1937, he lived i n France, returning to the Unite d States for only occasional 

visits. H e first exhibited i n the Paris Salon of 1879, becoming a regular 

contributor to the Salon and to exhibitions throughout Europe, winning , 

over the years, prizes and medals i n Paris, Antwerp, Munich , Vienna and 

Berlin. Although his early works were typical genre paintings of the type 

popular i n the salons of the period, after 1894 he concentrated on the 

"portrait s of interiors " for which he is best remembered today. These views of 

rooms wit h thei r furnishings and objets d'art, painted i n the elegant old houses 

of France and Venice, and such homes as that of Henr y Clay Frick i n New 

York, are found i n most of the principa l museums of the Unite d States and 

Europe. Gay died i n Paris, Jul y 14, 1937. 

Salon in the Musee Jacquemart-Andre 

l8^X2 2 

SIGNED , l.r. : Walter Gay 

COLL . : Marshal l Langhorne 

REF . : C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 11, no. 3 (Ma y 1961), p. 24 

PURCHASE : through the gift of Orm e Wilson, i960 60.10 

G a y painted two views of the Gran d Salon i n the Musee Jacquemart-Andr e - tha t 

depicting the opposite end of the Salon is no w i n the Metropolita n Museu m of Art . 

T h e mansion, designed by Henr i Parent i n 1869-1875 for Edouar d Andr e (1833-

1894),

w a s

 bequeathed intac t wit h all its furnishings and ar t objects to the Institu t de 

France by his wife, the artist Nelie Jacquemar t (1841-1912). Since the two paintings , 

although signed by Gay, are not dated, it is impossible to ascertain whether or not 

they were completed before the death of Mme . Jacquemart-Andr e i n 1912. Th e 

companion piece i n the Metropolita n Museu m was first exhibited i n the Corcoran 

Walte r Gay Salon in the Musee Jacquemart-Andre 

29 
Biennial of 1914/15. Th e furnishings i n the Salon have remained i n place to the 

present day, and Gay's depiction of par t o f the set of four Gobelin tapestries representing the four seasons, the bust of the Marqui s de Marign y by Jean-Baptiste Lemoyne , the table case wit h its collection of snuff boxes, the dessus de porte showing one 

of the four fetes gallantes b y Wattea u can be easily recognized. Gay did , however, take 

liberties i n representing the proportio n of the room. Th e portrait i n the corner cannot 

be identified wit h any painting now i n the museum. 

Charles Frederic Ulrich (1858—1908) 

Charles Frederic Ulric h was born i n New Yor k on October 18, 1858. H e 

studied at the Nationa l Academy of Design i n New Yor k and continued his 

training i n Munich , working under Ludwi g von Loefftz and Wilhel m von 

Lindenschmidt. I n 1884 he was the first recipient of the Thomas B. Clarke 

Prize given by the Nationa l Academy o f Design, winnin g this award for In the 

Land of Promise - Castle Garden (listed below). H e received many other honors, 

Charles Frederic Ulric h In the Land of Promise - Castle Garden 
such as a $2,500 prize from the American Ar t Association, New York, i n 

1886, Honorable Mentio n at the Paris Exposition o f 1889, and a medal at the 

Columbian Exposition, Chicago, i n 1893. H e

w a s

 elected Associate of the 

Nationa l Academy i n 1883. Ulric h spent much of his life i n Europe, living 

for extended periods i n Venice and i n Munich . H e died i n Berlin on Ma y 15, 

1908. 

In the Land of Promise - Castle Garden 1884 

2 8 f X 35I ; woo d panel 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Copyright by Charles F. Ulrich. ANA/1884 

COLL . : Willia m T . Evans, Ne w Yor k 

REF . : Annual Exhibition, Nationa l Academy o f Design, Ne w York , 1884, p. 22, no. 382, 

ill . (Thomas B. Clarke Prize); Catalogue general officiel, Exposition Universelle Inter -

nationale de 1889, Paris, vol. I , p. 185, no. 299 (entitled Dans la terrepromise-, Honor -

able Mention); Harper's Weekly, Feb. 2, 1889, p. 86, ill. ; T . Child , "America n Artist s 

at the Paris Exhibition, " Harper's New Monthly Magazine, vol . LXXXIX , no. 

CCCCLXXI I (Sept. 1889), p. 519, ill. ; Official Catalogue, Par t X , Department K 

(Fine Arts), World' s Columbia n Exposition, Chicago, 1893,

n o -10J 8 (Medal); 

William T. Evans Collection Sale, America n Ar t Association, Ne w York , 1900, no. 115; 

American Genre, Whitne y Museu m of America n Art , Ne w York , 1935, p. 22, no. 98; 

C.G.A. American Processional, 1492-1900, 1950, pp. 216, 218, 250, no. 288, ill. ; M . B. 

Davidson, Life in America, 1951, vol. 2, p. 406, ill. ; H . S. Commager , "Th e Artis t i n 

America n History, " C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 4, no. 2 (June 1951), n.p., ill . (on cover); 

H . Dorra , The American Muse, 1961, p. 116, ill. ; "Moment s of America n Histor y on 

Canvas, " Span, no. 21 (Jul y 1962), pp . 28 f., ill . (in color); T . H . Williams , The Union 

Restored (The LIFE History of The United States, vol. VI) , Tim e Incorporated, Ne w 

York , 1963, p. 160, ill . (in color); The Lower East Side: Portal to American Life (1870-

1924), Th e Jewish Museum , Ne w York , 1966, p. 65, no. 43; This New Man: a Discourse in Portraits, Th e Nationa l Portrait Gallery, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, 

1968, p. 212; 50 American Masterpieces, Shorewood Publishers, Inc. , 1968, n.p., no. 33, 

ill . (in color) 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1900 00.2 

Thi s scene of immigrant s to America , awaiting processing and clearance at Castle 

Garden, situated i n Ne w York' s Battery Park, depicts a typica l group of the nearly 

eight millio n aliens wh o passed through the Garden's gates between the years 1855 

a nd 1890. Originall y built i n 1807 by the Federal Government as protection against 

British attack on Ne w Yor k and know n as For t West Battery, the fortifications were 

renamed Castle Clinto n after the Wa r o f 1812. I n 1822 the for t was ceded to the city, 

roofed over and leased to private interests, and became the famous Castle Garden 

playhouse and opera house. I t was here tha t Jenny Lin d first sang i n 1850 unde r the 

management of P. T . Barnum . After serving as immigratio n center, Castle Garden 

was converted int o an aquarium , i n use fro m 1896 unti l changes i n the Battery area 

forced its close i n 1941. Wor k was then undertaken to restore the for t to its origina l 

state. 

Charles Walter Stetson (1858—1911) 

Charles Walte r Stetson was born i n Tiverton Four Corners, Rhode Island, 

i n 1858, son of a Baptist minister, the Reverend Joshua Stetson. I n 1869 the 

family settled i n Providence where the boy completed his high school education and, immediately after, set about to teach himself to be an artist. There 

was no ar t school i n Providence at that time , but local artists were encouraging, and by 1878 he hired a studio and was successful i n selling some of his 

works. By 1882, he was exhibiting at the Pennsylvania Academy, the Boston 

A r t Club, and i n exhibitions i n the area. Except for a sketching tri p i n the 

Maritim e Provinces i n 1882, a few visits to Philadelphia, and a year i n 

Southern California (1888-1889) he remained i n Providence unti l 1894 when 

he returned to California to stay for seven years. I t was during this period he 

3 i 
made his first tri p to Europe, being particularl y drawn to Italy . When il l 

health forced a change of climate i n 1902, he returned to Rome where he 

remained unti l his death i n 1911. I n the Internationa l Exhibition at Rome 

i n 1904, an entire room was devoted to his canvases. After his death large 

memorial exhibitions were held i n the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine 

Arts , i n the Detroit Institute of Art , the Cincinnati Ar t Museum, and i n the 

Corcoran Gallery of Art . 

A Galley is Leaving 1901 

!9|X23 j 

SIGNED , 1.1.: ch wait. Stetson/ igoi 

COLL . : the artist's widow , Grace Eller y Channing-Stetson 

REF. : Catalogue of the Exhibition of Paintings by Charles Walter Stetson, Pennsylvania 

Academy of the Fine Arts , Philadelphia, 1912, p. 28, no. 34; C.G.A. Catalogue of the 

Memorial Exhibition of Works by the Late Charles Walter Stetson, 1913, p. 28, no. 20 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1913 13.3 

Joseph Rodefer De Camp (1858-1923) 

Joseph Rodefer De Cam p The Seamstress 

Joseph Rodefer De Camp was born i n Cincinnati, Ohio, on November 5, 

1858. H e was a pupi l of Frank Duveneck at the Cincinnati School of Design 

a nd i n 1878 accompanied his teacher and a group o f ar t students to Munic h 

where he studied i n the Roya l Academy. The following year he went wit h 

Duveneck and his students, who became known as "Th e Duveneck Boys," 

to Florence and Venice. De Camp returned to the Unite d States i n 1880 and 

settled i n Boston. H e became well-recognized for his portrait and figure 

paintings and taught for many years i n both the School o f the Boston 

Museum of Fine Art s and the Massachusetts Norma l School. H e maintained 

a studio i n Boston, living i n Medford, Massachusetts, during the winter 

months and spending summers on an island i n Penobscot Bay. De Camp was 

one of the three artists from Boston who joined wit h Hassam, Twachtman 

a nd other New Yor k painters to form the group know n as "Th e Ten 5 5 and 

was a member of the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters. H e was awarded many prizes during his career, including the Second Willia m A . Clark 

Prize and Silver Meda l i n the Corcoran's second exhibition of contemporary 

paintings i n 1908/09. H e died on February 11, 1923, i n Florida where he had 

gone because of il l health. 

T he Seamstress 1916 

36J x 28 

SIGNED , u.l. : JOSEPH- DE - CAMP - 1916 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Sixth Exhibition, Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1916-

Jan . 1917, n.p., no. 90, ill. ; The American Magazine of Art, vol. VIII , no. 4 (Feb. 1917), 

p. 155, ill. ; 32nd Annual Exhibition of American Art, Cincinnati Ar t Museum , 1925, p. 7, 

n o. 1, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1916 16.4 

32 
Willar d Lero y Metcalf May Night 

Willard Leroy Metcalf (i858-1925) 

Willar d Leroy Metcalf was born i n Lowell, Massachusetts, on Jul y 1, 1858. 

After graduation from publi c school he was apprenticed first to a wood 

engraver i n Boston, and from 1876 to 1877 to George L . Brown, a landscape 

artist i n South Boston. Durin g this period he studied as time allowed i n the 

Lowell Institute, the Boston Norma l Ar t School and the School of the Boston 

Museum of Fine Arts . I n 1881 he accompanied Howar d Cushing on an 

exploration expedition i n the South West for the Smithsonian Institution, 

making many sketches of the Indians and thei r life i n the desert. Wit h the 

proceeds from the sale of these sketches he financed a tri p to Paris where he 

studied at the Julian Academy under Gustave Boulanger and Jules Lefebvre. 

H e returned to Boston i n 1889 and, soon after, settled i n New York, doing 

wor k i n illustration and teaching at Cooper Union , the Ar t Students League 

and subsequently at the Rhode Island School of Design. H e kept his studio i n 

N ew Yor k although he spent much time painting i n New England, especially 

i n Maine and at Ol d Lyme , Connecticut. Hi s first award, an Honorable 

Mentio n i n the Paris Salon of 1888, was followed by many others conferred 

i n the exhibitions and international expositions held i n the early twentieth 

century, including the First Prize and Gold Meda l at the Corcoran's first 

33 
annual exhibition of contemporary American painting i n 1907 for his 

painting May Night, listed below. H e was a member o f both the National 

Institute and Academy of Art s and Letters, of the Architectural League and 

of the group known as "Th e Ten. " H e died i n New Yor k of a heart attack 

on Marc h 9, 1925. 

River Landscape 1874 

9fxi 4 f 

SIGNED , 1.1.: W. Metcalf 11874 

COLL . : Mrs . Charles Bechhoefer, St. Paul, Minnesota ; Mrs . Bernhard G. Bechhoefer, 

Washington, D.C. 

GIFT : Estelle Cheffield Bechhoefer, 1965 65.29 

Thi s landscape was painted when the artist was onl y sixteen, before he had enrolled 

i n ar t classes i n Boston. 

May Night 1906 

39! X 36 f 

SIGNED , 1.1.: W. L. METCALF 06 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. First Annual Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, 1907, 

p. 11, no. 166, ill . (First Prize and Corcoran Gol d Medal); C. H . Caffin, Story of 

American Painting: the Evolution of Painting in America from Colonial Times to the Present, 

1907, p. 340, ill. ; American Art Annual, America n Federation of Arts , 1907/08, vol. 6, 

p. 254, ill. ; Third Annual Exhibition of Selected Paintings by American Artists, Cit y Ar t 

Museum , St. Louis , Missouri, 1908, p. 23, no. 91 , ill. ; H . W . Henderson, Art Treasures 

of Washington, 1912, p. 146, ill. ; The American Magazine of Art, vol. XV , no. 12 (Dec. 

1924), p. 614, ill. ; E. Neuhaus, History and Ideals of American Art, 1931, p. 252, ill. ; 

C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1939, p. 69, 

no. 241 , ill. ; Survey of American Painting, Department o f Fine Arts , Carnegie Institute , 

Pittsburgh, 1940, no. 243, ill. ; C.G.A. Twenty Fifth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary 

American Oil Paintings, 1957, "Historica l Section,'' pp . 9 f., 15, no. 1, ill. ; The Art 

Colony of Old Lyme igoo-igjfj, Th e Lyma n Ally n Museum , Ne w London , Connecticut, 

1966, n.p., no. 73, ill . (frontispiece) 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1907 07.7 

T h e Greek-revival house shown is tha t of Miss Florence Griswold i n Lyme , Connecticut, whic h became the focus of a flourishing ar t colony i n the early 1 goo's. Built i n 

1817 by Samuel Belcher, the Ne w England architect wh o also designed the Ol d Lym e 

Congregational Church , it is now the headquarters of the Lym e Historica l Society. 

T he Budding Oak 1916 

36iX36 i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: W. L . METCALF. igi6; inscribed o n back: "The Budding Oak"/W. L . 

METCALF. igi6; inscribed on stretcher: May 18-22/ig 16 

COLL . : George M . Oyster, Jr. , Washington, D.C. 

REF . : C.G.A. Exhibition of Pictures by Ten American Painters, 1919, n.p., no. 22 (under 

title The Blossoming Oak); C.G.A. Handbook of the American Paintings, 1947, p. 64 

BEQUEST : George M . Oyster, Jr. , 1924 24.5 

M r . Oyster purchased this painting fro m the last group exhibition of "Th e Ten, " 

held i n the Corcoran durin g Februar y 1919. 

Willar d Leroy Metcalf The Budding Oak 

34 
Rober t Willia m Vonno h Notre Dame de Paris 

Robert William Vonnoh (1858—1933) 

Rober t Willia m Vonno h was born i n Hartford , Connecticut, September 17, 

1858. H e was educated i n the Boston publi c schools, and later entered the 

Massachusetts Norma l Ar t School where he was a pupi l from 1875

t o J^79 

and an instructor from 1879 to 1881. H e taught also during this period i n the 

Roxbur y Evening Drawin g School and the Thayer Academy i n South 

Braintree, Massachusetts. After two years of study i n Paris at the Julian 

Academy, he returned to Boston to teach i n the Cowles Ar t School (1884-

1885) and as principa l instructor i n portrait and figure painting i n the 

School of the Boston Museum of Fine Art s (1885-1887). H e again went to 

Europe for travel and study, and, after four years abroad, was appointed 

instructor at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , a position he held 

unti l 1896 and resumed i n 1918. H e married the sculptress, Bessie O. Potter, 

i n 1899, and for the most part, during the years that followed, winters were 

spent i n New Yor k and summers at Lyme , Connecticut or at Grez-sur-Loing 

i n France, wit h occasional longer sojourns abroad. Virtuall y deprived of his 

sight during the last decade of his life, the artist di d littl e further painting. 

Durin g his career he completed over five hundred commissioned portraits as 

well as numerous landscapes and figure pieces. H e was elected a member of 

the Society of American Artists i n 1892, an Associate Membe r of the 

Nationa l Academy i n 1900, and Academician i n 1906. H e died of a heart 

attack i n Nice, France, on December 28, 1933. 

35 
Winter Landscape 1890 

i9| x 16 

SIGNED , l.r. : Vonnoh 1890-

COLL . : the estate of the artist; the artist's widow , Bessie Potter Vonno h Keyes 

BEQUEST : Bessie Potter Vonno h Keyes, 1955 55-68 

Notre Dame de Paris c. 1890 

30x3 6 

SIGNED , 1.1.: VonnohCOLL . : the estate of the artist; the artist's widow , Bessie Potter Vonno h Keyes 

BEQUEST : Bessie Potter Vonno h Keyes, 1955 55-7° 

Bessie Potter 1895 

I2| X 10 

SIGNED , u.r.: Vonnoh 95; u.l. : To my Friend Bessie Potter 

COLL . : the estate of the artist; the artist's widow , Bessie Potter Vonno h Keyes 

BEQUEST : Bessie Potter Vonno h Keyes, 1955 55-66 

Bessie O. Potter, sculptress, was bor n i n St. Louis , Missouri, i n 1872. She studied 

unde r Lorado Taft at the Ar t Institut e of Chicago for three years, and briefly i n Paris 

a nd Florence i n 1895 and 1897. She was marrie d to Rober t Willia m Vonno h i n 1899 

a nd outlived the artist b y twenty-two years. 

Silver Grey - Misty Autumn View c. 191 o 

25x3 0 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Vonnoh. 

COLL . : the estate of the artist; the artist's widow , Bessie Potter Vonno h Keyes 

REF . : Exhibition of Paintings by Robert Vonnoh, N.A., Th e Milc h Galleries, New York , 

1928, n.p., no. 20 (listed as Silver Grey)', The Art Colony of Old Lyme 1900-1935, The 

Lyma n Ally n Museum, Ne w London , Connecticut, 1966, p. 48, no. 126, ill . 

BEQUEST : Bessie Potter Vonno h Keyes, 1955 55- J39 

Thi s view of the old bridge at Grez-sur-Loing was a favorite subject of the artist, who 

painted it at different seasons and under varying atmospheric conditions. 

Picking Poppies c. 1913 

i5|Xii i 

COLL . : the estate of the artist; the artist's widow, Bessie Potter Vonno h Keyes 

BEQUEST : Bessie Potter Vonno h Keyes, 1955 55-67 

Thi s sketch is a study for the central figure i n Poppies, exhibited i n the 1914 exhibition 

of the Nationa l Academy of Design, Ne w York , and later acquired by the Butler 

Institut e of America n Ar t i n Youngstown, Ohio , unde r the titl e In Flanders Fields or 

Where Soldiers Sleep and Poppies Grow. 

Self Portrait 1920 

22 X 18 

SIGNED , l.r. : Vonnoh 1920-

COLL . : the estate o f the artist; the artist's widow , Bessie Potter Vonno h Keyes 

REF. : 116th Annual Exhibition, Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , Philadelphia, 

1921, p. 64, no. 464, ill. ; R. Vonna h (sic), "Th e Relation of Ar t to Existence," Arts 

and Decoration, vol. XVII , no. 5 (Sept. 1922), pp . 328 f., ill. ; An Exhibition of Work by 

Robert Vonnoh, N.A. . . ., Th e Kansas Cit y Ar t Institute , Missouri, 1923, p. 3, no. 17; 

C.G.A. The Tenth Exhibition of Contemporary Oil Paintings, 1926, p. 61 , no. 214; Exhibition of Works by Robert Vonnoh, N.A., Retrospect to Date, Durand-Ruel's , Ne w York , 

1926, no. 5, ill. ; Exhibition of Paintings by Robert Vonnoh, N.A., Th e Milc h Galleries, 

N e w York , 1928, no. 7. 

BEQUEST : Bessie Potter Vonno h Keyes, 1955 55-6g 

T h e artist painted at least two self portraits . Th e portrait dated 1911 is i n the collection of the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts . 

36 

Rober t Willia m Vonno h Self Portrait 
Mauric e Brazil Prendergast Landscape with Figures 
This page intentionally left blank 
Maurice Brazil Prendergast (1859—1924) 

Mauric e Brazil Prendergast, according to a recently discovered family Bible, 

was born i n St. John's, Newfoundland, on October 10, 1859. Hi s family 

moved to Boston when he was two years old. Here he attended grammar 

school and on graduation, after wor k i n a drygoods store where he spent 

much of his time sketching, he was apprenticed to a painter of show cards. 

I n 1886 he worked his passage to Europe on a cattle boat, but his stay was 

brief, and it was not unti l 1891 that he was able to return for a period of three 

years, studying i n Paris first at Colarossi's under Gustave Courtois, and later 

at the Julian Academy under Benjamin Constant, Joseph Blanc and Jean 

Paul Laurens. Back i n America i n 1894/5, he joined his brother Charles, also 

an artist, i n Winchester, Massachusetts, assisting hi m evenings i n a growing 

business of making picture frames. Daylight hours were spent taking painting 

excursions about Boston and along the north shore. I n 1897 he established a 

studio i n Boston which he maintained unti l he and his brother moved to New 

Yor k i n 1914. Durin g these years he made several further visits to France and 

Italy . H e was a member of the controversial group of painters i n New York 

known as "Th e Eight, " showing regularly i n join t exhibitions wit h individua l 

members of that group. Seven of his paintings were exhibited i n the 1913 

Armor y Show, and he was included i n the principa l competitive exhibitions 

across the country. I n 1923 he was awarded the Thir d Willia m A . Clark 

Prize and Bronze Meda l i n the Nint h Corcoran Biennial for the painting 

Landscape with Figures, listed below. H e died i n New Yor k on February 1, 1924. 

Landscape with Figures 1921 

3 2 f X42 I 

INSCRIBE D O N BAC K O F CANVAS : Maurice B. Prendergast 1921 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Ninth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Dec. 1923-

Jan . 1924, p. 45, no. 144, ill . (Thir d Prize and the Corcoran Bronze Medal); The 

American Magazine of Art, vol. XV , no. 1 (Jan. 1924), p. 66, ill. ; Maurice Prendergast 

Memorial Exhibition, Whitne y Museu m of America n Art , Ne w York , 1934, p. 16, 

n o. 104, ill. ; Inaugural Exhibition, For t Wort h Ar t Center, Texas, 1954, n.p., no. 80, 

ill. ; C.G.A. Twenty Fifth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1957, 

"Historica l Section, " p. 18, no. 35; C.G.A. Masterpieces of The Corcoran Gallery of Art, 

1959, p. 60, ill. ; C.G.A. The New Tradition, Modern Americans before 1940, 1963, p. 64, 

n o. 80, ill . (in color); J . Harithas , "250 Years of America n Art, " Apollo, vol. LXXXIV , 

n o. 53 (Jul y 1966), p. 71, ill . (in color); E. O. Christensen, A Guide to Art Museums in 

the United States, 1968, p. 149, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Willia m A . Clar k Fund , 1923 23.17 

Prendergast painted at least three other canvases wit h the same title , Landscape with 

Figures, although they are quit e dissimilar. O f these, one is i n Th e Barnes Foundation, 

another i n Th e Detroit Institut e of Arts , and one i n the Munson-Williams-Procto r 

Institute , Utica . 

Ghilde Hassam (1859—1935) 

Frederick Childe Hassam, as he was christened, was born on October 17, 

1859, i n Dorchester, Massachusetts, then a suburb of Boston. After high 

school he worked i n the office of a Boston wood engraver and, i n the late 

1870's, began the study of painting under an obscure Boston artist, I . M . 

Gaugengigl. I n 1883 he made his first European trip , traveling through the 

British Isles, the Lo w Countries, Spain and Italy , and on his return to Boston 

i n the same year, held his first exhibition - sixty-seven watercolors painted 

during his travels. After his marriage he again went to Europe and from 1886 

37 
Frederick Childe Hassam Northeast Headlands - New England Coast 

to 1889 worked at the Julian Academy i n Paris under Gustave Boulanger and 

Jules Lefebvre. Durin g this period, he first became interested i n the work of 

the Impressionists. O n his return to the Unite d States he made New Yor k his 

home, spending the winte r months i n the city and his summers i n New 

England at Ol d Lyme and Cos Cob, or at Gloucester and the Isles of Shoals, 

especially Appledore. H e traveled to Havana i n 1895, to Oregon i n 1908, and 

visited Europe on at least two other occasions. Durin g the last fifteen years of 

his life he worked mostly i n New Yor k and at his summer home i n Easthampton, Long Island, where he died on August 27, 1935. Hassam was one 

of the leading exponents of Impressionism i n America. H e worked extensively 

i n etching and lithography, producing approximately three hundred plates 

before his death. H e was one of the founding members of "Th e Ten, " was 

elected Associate Membe r of the Nationa l Academy i n 1902 and Academician i n 1906, and was a member o f both the Nationa l Institute and the 

38 
Frederick Childe Hassam The New York Window 

American Academy of Art s and Letters. H e was awarded over thirty-three 

medals and prizes during his lifetime, including the First Willia m A . Clark 

Prize and Gold Meda l at the Corcoran's Fourth Biennial exhibition i n 1912 

on the painting The New York Window, listed below. 

Northeast Headlands - New England Coast 1901 

25^X30 ! 

SIGNED , l.r. : Childe Hassam igoi 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : Catalogue of the Fine Arts Exhibit of the Lewis and Clark Centennial Exposition, Portland, 

Oregon, 1905, p. 3, no. 1; C.G.A. First Annual Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary 

American Artists, 1907, n.p., no. 240, ill. ; Brush and Pencil, vol. 19 (Marc h 1907), p. 87, 

ill. ; International Studio, vol. 31 , no. 121 (Marc h 1907), p. VII , ill. ; Third Annual 

Exhibition of Selected Paintings by American Artists, Fine Art s Academy , Buffalo, 1908, 

p. 20, no. 67; Academy Notes, Fine Art s Academy , Buffalo, vol. 4, no. 4 (Sept. 1908), 

p. 57, ill. ; C.G.A. Exhibition of Oil Paintings, Water Colors, Pastels, and Drawings by 

39 
Childe Hassam, Dec. 1911-Jan. 1912, n.p., no. 8; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1939, p. 53, no. 159, ill. ; C.G.A. Childe Hassam, a 

Retrospective Exhibition, 1965, p. 29, no. 32, ill . (in color) 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1907 07.8 

Thi s is one of man y scenes painted b y Hassam of the shore of Appledore , one of the 

Isles of Shoals, an hour's sail fro m Portsmouth, Ne w Hampshire . 

The New York Window 1912 

45iX3 5 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Childe Hassam/igi2 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF. : The 8jth Annual Exhibition, Nationa l Academy of Design, 1912, n.p., no. 235, 

ill. ; International Studio, vol. 46, no. 183 (Ma y 1912), p. LX , ill. ; C.G.A. Fourth 

Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1912-Jan. 1913, n.p., 

no. 165 (awarded First Prize and the Corcoran Gol d Medal); Art and Progress, vol. 4, 

no. 4 (Feb. 1913), p. 850, ill. ; L . M . Bryant, What Pictures to See in America, 1915, 

p. 185, ill. ; C.G.A. Catalogue of Paintings, 1920, p. 45, no. 131, ill. ; L . M . Bryant, 

American Pictures and Their Painters, 1920, p. 172, ill. ; E. Neuhaus, History and Ideals of 

American Art, 1931, p. 256, ill. ; Art of the United States, Th e XXIs t Biennial, Venice, 

1938, n.p., no. 28; American Painting from Colonial Times until Today, The Saginaw 

Museum , Michigan , 1948, n.p., no. 25, ill. ; C.G.A. Twenty Fifth Biennial Exhibition of 

Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1957, "Th e Historica l Section, " pp. 6, 9, 15, 

no. 4, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1912 12.10 

O ld House at Easthampton 1916 

32iX39 i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Childe Hassam igi6 

COLL . : George M . Oyster, Jr. , Washington, D.C. (purchased fro m artist, 1920) 

REF. : Exhibition of Pictures by Childe Hassam, Montros s Gallery, Ne w York , 1917, n.p., 

no. 2; C.G.A. Seventh Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1919-Jan. 1920, n.p., no. 102, ill. ; International Studio, vol. 69, no. 275 (Jan.-Feb. 

1920), p. XCVII , ill. ; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings and Sculptures, 1926, 

p. 44, no. 143, ill. ; Exhibition of American Painting, M . H . De Youn g Memoria l Mu -

seum, San Francisco, 1935, n.p., no. 121, ill. ; American Landscape Painters, i8oo-ig6o, 

Norfol k Museu m of Art s and Sciences, Norfolk , Virginia , 1961, n.p., no. 13 

BEQUEST : George M . Oyster, Jr. , 1924 24.6 

Thi s is probabl y the Egypt Lane Cottage i n Easthampton, Lon g Island, whic h served 

as the artist's summer home fro m 1919 unti l his death. H e executed several views of 

the house i n oil , watercolor and etching. 

Gar i Melchers (i860—1932) 

Gar i Melchers, christened Julius Gari, was born i n Detroit on August 11, 

i860, son of Julius Theodore Melchers, a sculptor and decorator who had 

come to this country from Westphalia. A t the age of seventeen, he was sent to 

Germany where he studied for several years at the Roya l Academy i n 

Dusseldorf wit h Karl-Franz-Eduard von Gebhardt. I n 1881 he entered the 

Ecole des Beaux-Arts i n Paris, working under Gustav Boulanger and Jules 

Lefebvre. H e was accepted for the first time i n the Paris Salon i n 1882, having 

entered the painting listed below, The Letter. H e traveled and painted i n 

Italy , and after a brief visit i n America, returned to Europe, setting up 

studios i n Paris and i n Egmond, Holland , a small fishing village on the Nort h 

Sea. Durin g the following years he divided his time between the two countries, returning to America frequently for short periods. I n 1909 he was 

invited by the Grand Duke of Saxe-Weimar to occupy one of the park 

pavilions i n Weimar , and he was i n residence there intermittentl y for five 

40 
years. A t the beginning of Worl d Wa r I he and his wife returned to the 

Unite d States and settled on an estate at Falmouth, near Fredericksburg, 

Virginia . Know n for his portraits and mura l decoration as well as for his 

figure pieces, Melchers was the recipient of many honors both i n Europe and 

i n the Unite d States, including the Second Prize and Silver Meda l i n the 

Corcoran annual exhibition i n 1910 for the painting Penelope, listed below. 

H e was a member of the Roya l Academy of Berlin, the Internationa l 

Society of Sculptors, Painters and Gravers i n England, the Societe Nationale des Beaux-Arts and the Institut de France, the Roya l Society of Austrian 

Painters, the Nationa l Academy i n New Yor k (Associate Member , 1904; 

Academician, 1906), and the American Academy of Art s and Letters. H e 

was elected a Trustee of the Corcoran Gallery of Ar t a year before his death 

i n Virgini a on November 30, 1932. 

The Letter 1882 

37iX26 f 

SIGNED , l.r. : GARI J . MELCHERS. I PARIS. 1882 

COLL . : Edwar d C. and Mar y Walker , Walkerville , Ontario , Canada, and Washing -

ton, D.C. 

REF. : Catalogue Illustre du Salon, 1882, Paris, p. XLIX , no. 1830; C.G.A. Paintings by 

Gari Melchers, 1918, n.p., no. 2; Paintings by Gari Melchers, Baltimor e Museu m of Art , 

1923, n.p., no. 7; Catalog of a Retrospective Exhibition of Paintings Representative of the Life 

Work of Gari Melchers, N.A., Th e Buffalo Fine Art s Academy , 1930, p. 13, no. 31 , ill. ; 

C.G.A. Memorial Exhibition of Paintings, Drawings and Etchings by Gari Melchers, n.p., 

1933, no. 27; Gari Melchers: A Memorial Exhibition of His Work, Th e Virgini a Museu m of 

Fine Arts , Richmond , 1938, p. 28, no. 50, ill . 

BEQUEST : Mar y Emm a Griffin Walker , 1937, Th e Edwar d C. and Mar y Walke r 

Collection 37-35 

Edward C. Walker c. 1906 

541x40 ! 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Gari Melchers 

COLL . : Edwar d C. and Mar y Walker , Walkerville , Ontario , Canada, and Washington, D.C. 

REF . : C.G.A. First Annual Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, 1907, 

n.p., no. 80; C.G.A. Paintings by Gari Melchers, 1918, n.p., no. 26; Loan Exhibition of 

Paintings by Gari Melchers, Copley Society, Boston, 1919, n.p., no. 39; C.G.A. Memorial Exhibition of Paintings, Drawings and Etchings by Gari Melchers, 1933, n.p., no. 48; 

A Selection of Paintings from The Edward C. Walker and Mary Walker Collection, Willistead 

A r t Gallery, Windsor , Ontario , Canada, 1958, n.p., no. 11, ill . 

BEQUEST : Mar y Emm a Griffin Walker , 1937, Th e Edwar d C. and Mar y Walke r 

Collection 37-34 

Edwar d Chandle r Walker , eldest son of Hira m Walker , was bor n i n Detroit, Michi -

gan, i n 1851. H e joine d his father's business i n 1871, became a Canadian citizen, and 

lived i n Walkerville , near Windsor , Ontario . H e died i n 1915, and his wido w subsequently moved to Washington, D.C. O n her death i n 1937, she bequeathed fortynine paintings to the Corcoran. 

Penelope 191 o 

54iX5oJ 

SIGNED , l.r. : Gari Melchers -

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Third Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1910-Jan. 1911, n.p., no. 39 (Second Prize and Corcoran Silver Medal); H . W . 

Henderson, Art Treasures of Washington, 1912, p. 152, ill. ; C.G.A. Paintings by Gari 

Melchers, 1918, n.p., no. 6; C.G.A. Catalogue of Paintings, 1920, p. 61 , no. 194, ill. ; 

Exhibition of Paintings by Gari Melchers, Th e Detroit Institut e of Arts , 1927, p. 2, no. 

16; H . Lewis-Hind , Gari Melchers, Painter, 1928, passim, ill. ; Catalog of a Retrospective 

Exhibition of Paintings Representative of the Life Work of Gari Melchers, N.A., Th e Buffalo 

Fine Art s Academy , 1930, p. 11, no. 8, ill. ; Memorial Exhibition of Paintings by Gari 

41 
Gar i Melchers Penelope 

Melchers, Telfai r Academy of Art s and Sciences, Savannah, Georgia, 1934, n.p., no. 

17; Reproductions of American Paintings, Ne w Yor k Graphi c Society, 1962, p. 32, no. 

7621, ill . (in color) 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1911 11.1 

T he Smithy c. 1910 

57§X5i i 

SIGNED , l.r. : Gari J Melchers 

COLL . : Dunca n Phillips , Washington, D.C. 

REF . : C.G.A. Third Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1910-Jan. 1911, n.p., no. 131, ill. ; Fifteenth Annual Exhibition of Paintings, Department 

of Fine Arts , Carnegie Institute , Pittsburgh, 1911, n.p., no. 167, ill. ; Illustrated 

Catalogue of the Fine Art Section, Anglo-American Exposition, London , 1914, pp. 39, 49, 

n o. 241 , ill. ; Official Catalogue, Department of Fine Arts , Panama-Pacific Internationa l 

Exposition, San Francisco, 1915, p. 161, no. 3687; D . Phillips , A Collection in the Making, 

1926, pp. 43-4, ill. ; H . Lewis-Hind , Gari Melchers, Painter, 1928, passim, ill. ; D . 

Phillips , The Artist Sees Differently, 1931, vol. 2, n.p., ill. ; A Catalogue of an Exhibition of 

Paintings by Gari Melchers, America n Academy of Art s and Letters, Ne w York , 1932, 

p. 18, no. 19, ill. ; C.G.A. Memorial Exhibition of Paintings, Drawings and Etchings by 

Gari Melchers, 1933, n.p., no. 5; Gari Melchers, a Memorial Exhibition of His Works, The 

Virgini a Museu m of Fine Arts , Richmond , 1938, p. 27, no. 17, ill . 

GIF T : Dunca n Phillips , 1950 50.1 o 

42 
Gar i Melcher s Maternity 

Maternity c. 1913 

63X4 3 

SIGNED , l.r. : Gari Melchers 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : iogth Annual Exhibition of the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts, Philadelphia, 

1914, p. 36, no. 323, ill. ; C.G.A. Fifth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American 

Artists, Dec. 1914-Jan. 1915, n.p., no. 75, ill. ; Official Catalogue, Department of Fine 

Arts, Panama-Pacific Internationa l Exposition, San Francisco, 1915, p. 161, no. 

3684, ill. ; C.G.A. Paintings by Gari Melchers, 1918, n.p., no. 5; Loan Exhibition of 

Paintings by Gari Melchers, Copley Society, Boston, 1919, n.p., no. 3; Paintings by Gari 

Melchers, Baltimor e Museu m of Art , 1923, n.p. , no. 10; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of 

Paintings and Sculptures, 1926, p. 58, no. 215, ill. ; R. E. Jackman, American Arts, 1928, 

43 
p p. 216 ff., ill. ; Gari Melchers: A Memorial Exhibition of His Work, Th e Virgin a Museu m 

of Fine Arts , Richmond , 1938, p. 27, no. 30, ill. ; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of 

Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1939, p. 67, no. 235, ill. ; A . Hammer , "Th e 

Corcoran Gallery of Art : America n Ar t at It s Best, " The Compleat Collector, Marc h 

1943, pp . 8 ff., ill. ; American Traditionalists of the 20TH Century, Columbus Museu m of 

Art s and Crafts, Columbus , Georgia, 1963, p. 15, no. 100, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1919 19.2 

Melcher s painted a series of works using the mothe r and child theme (see examples i n 

the Carnegie Institute , Pittsburgh, and the Metropolita n Museu m of Art , New 

York). A pastel study for this version exists, bu t its location at the present is un -

known . 

James Parmelee 1927 

40 X 29 i 

SIGNED , u.l. : Gari Melchers 192 J 

COLL . : James Parmelee, Washington, D.C. 

REF . : Catalog of a Retrospective Exhibition of Paintings Representative of the Life Work of Gari 

Melchers, N.A., Th e Buffalo Fine Art s Academy , 1930, p. 13, no. 20, ill. ; C.G.A. 

Memorial Exhibition of Paintings, Drawings and Etchings by Gari Melchers, 1933, n.p., 

no. 32 

BEQUES T : James Parmelee, 1941 41.17 

James Parmelee was bor n i n Youngstown, Ohio , December 24, 1855. H e was 

graduated fro m Cornell Universit y and was admitte d to the bar , although he never 

practiced law. Fro m 1876 unti l the early 1900's he lived i n Cleveland, moving then to 

Washington whic h was his home unti l his death i n 1931. H e served for fifteen years as 

Trustee of The Corcoran Gallery of Ar t (1916-1931). O n his death he bequeathed to 

the Corcoran those works i n his ar t collection painted by artists bor n i n the Unite d 

States. These came to the Gallery when Mrs . Parmelee died i n 1941. 

George Gardner Symons was born i n Chicago, but the year of his birt h is i n 

some doubt. Catalogues of his early exhibitions give the year 1861; several 

directories, 1863; while information printed about the time of his death in -

dicates 1865. H e studied at the Chicago Ar t Institute and continued his 

training i n Paris, London and Munich . After about ten years i n Europe, he 

returned to the Unite d States i n 1909, first taking up residence i n Brooklyn, 

N ew York. The vicinit y of New Yor k remained his headquarters for the rest 

of his life, though he traveled extensively, painting i n California and i n New 

England where he had a country home i n Colerain, Massachusetts. H e often 

returned to Europe. Symons' first award granted i n this country, the Carnegie Prize at the Nationa l Academy of Design i n 1910, was followed by 

many, including the Thir d Willia m A. Clark Prize and Bronze Meda l i n the 

Corcoran's Fourth Exhibition of Contemporary Paintings i n 1912. The 

Corcoran held a one-man exhibition of his works i n the same year. H e was a 

member of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1910; Academician, 1911), 

the Institute of Art s and Letters, the Roya l Society of British Artists, and the 

Unio n Internationale des Beaux Art s et des Lettres, and his work is represented i n such institutions as the Metropolitan Museum of Art, the Chicago 

A r t Institute, the Cincinati Ar t Museum and the Toledo Museum of Art. H e 

died at Hillside, New Jersey, i n Januar y 1930. 

George Gardner Symons (1861/5?—1930) 

44 
Gardne r Symons Where Long Shadows Lie 

Where Long Shadows Lie 

50IX60 I 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Gardner Symons 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Seventh Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1919-Jan. 1920, n.p., no. 75, ill . (as Where Waters Flow and Long Shadows Lie) 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1919 19-27 

Charles Adams Piatt (1861-1933) 

Charles Adams Piatt was born i n New Yor k on October 16, 1861. O f a 

prosperous and cultivated family who encouraged his early absorption i n 

painting, he studied i n the Nationa l Academy of Design and the Ar t Students 

League i n New Yor k before going to Paris i n 1882 to attend the Julian 

Academy. O n his return to New Yor k i n 1887, he concentrated i n the field of 

etching and landscape painting wit h considerable recognition, winnin g 

medals for both painting and etching at the World' s Columbian Exposition, 

Chicago, i n 1893, and the Webb prize for landscape from the Society of 

American Artists i n 1894. A tri p to Ital y wit h his brother i n 1892 to study 

Renaissance gardens turned his main interest, however, to landscape gardeni ng and architecture. H e is best known today as the designer of such buildings 

i n Washington as the Freer Gallery of Art , the Willia m A . Clark Memoria l 

addition to the Corcoran Gallery of Art , and the Meridia n Hil l Park complex wit h its adjoining mansions on Crescent Place. H e drew plans for the 

campuses of Deerfield Academy and the Phillips Andover Academy in 

Massachusetts, and for many other institutions and private homes. H e served 

on the Nationa l Commission of Fine Art s from 1911 to 1921, and was a 

45 
member of the Society of American Painters, of the American Academy of 

Art s and Letters, of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1897; Academician, 

1911), a fellow of the American Institute of Architects, and a member of the 

Society of American Etchers and the British Society of Etchers. H e divided 

his time between his home i n New Yor k and his summer place i n Cornish, 

N ew Hampshire, a location peopled wit h fellow-artists Augustus SaintGaudens, Kenyon Cox, Thomas Dewing, George de Forest Brush and their 

friends. Piatt died i n Cornish on September 12, 1933. 

Cornish Landscape 1919 

26§X3 3 

SIGNED , l.r . :C. A. Piatt 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : Pencil Points, vol. 14, no. 2 (Nov. 1933), p. 483, ill . (under tide New Hampshire); 

R. Cortissoz, "Charles A . Piatt, " American Magazine of Art, vol. 27, no. 7 (Jul y 1934), 

p p . 383 ff., ill . (under titl e New Hampshire); Exhibition of the American Academy of Arts 

and Letters, 1938/39, p. 22, no. 47, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1919 J9-37 

Thi s painting , know n also as New Hampshire, depicts a scene near Piatt's summer 

home i n Cornish. Entered i n the Corcoran's Seventh Exhibition of Contemporary American 

Artists, Dec. 1919-Jan. 1920, it reached the Gallery too late to be included i n the 

catalogue. 

Walter Griffin (1861-1935) 

Walte r Griffin was born i n Portland, Maine , i n 1861, son of a skilled woodcarver. H e received his early training i n his father's shop, later winning a 

scholarship to study i n the School of the Boston Museum of Fine Arts. H e 

worked under Montgomer y Flagg at the Ar t Students league i n New Yor k 

a nd i n 1886 went to France where he studied under Jean Paul Laurens and 

Raphael Collin i n Paris. Fro m this time unti l 1915, and again after Worl d 

W a r I , he spent much of his time i n Europe wit h occasional long visits to 

America. H e exhibited regularly i n the Paris Salons and i n the significant 

exhibitions i n the Unite d States, winnin g a Meda l of Hono r at the San 

Francisco Panama-Pacific Exposition of 1915 and the Jennie Sesnan Gold 

Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s i n 1924. H e was a 

member of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1912; Academician, 1922), of 

the New Yor k Wate r Color Club and of the American Ar t Association of 

Paris. H e died on Ma y 18, 1935 at his summer home and studio i n Stroudwater, near Portland, Maine . 

Study of Two Trees 

23i*29 i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: To Paul W.B. [Bartlett] / Griffin; on back of canvas, u. : Griffin 

COLL . : Paul W . Bartlett; Mrs . Armistead Peter III , Washington, D.C. 

GIFT : Caroline Ogden-Jones Peter, 1964 64.38 

Mimosa Tree 

24iX3 o 

SIGNED , l.r. : GRIFFIN; on back of canvas, 1.: Griffin; on top stretcher: No. 1 "Mimosa 

Tree" for Mrs. Bartlett 

COLL . : Mrs . Paul W . Bartlett; Mrs . Armistead Peter III , Washington, D.C. 

GIF T : Caroline Ogden-Jones Peter, 1958 58.1.13 

46 
Frederick Jud d Waug h Wild Weather 

Frederick Jud d Waugh (i 861-1940) 

Frederick Jud d Waug h was born on September 13, 1861, i n Bordentown, 

N ew Jersey, son of the portrait and landscape painter Samuel Bell Waug h 

a nd the miniaturis t Mar y Eliza Young Waugh. H e attended the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s from 1880 to 1883, studying under 

Thomas Eakins, and continued his training at the Julian Academy i n Paris 

unti l the death of his father i n 1885 called hi m home to Philadelphia. I n 

1892 he returned to Europe and spent much of the next fifteen years i n 

England, exhibiting i n both the Paris Salons and i n the Roya l Academy i n 

London. H e also di d illustrations for the Graphic and other London papers. 

I t was during this period he became absorbed i n painting the sea, and when 

he again settled i n America i n 1907 his reputation was established as a 

marine painter. H e kept his studio i n New Yor k unti l he moved to a farm i n 

Kent, Connecticut, during the 1920's. The last fifteen years of his life were 

spent i n Provincetown, Massachusetts, where he died on September 10, 

1940. Waug h exhibited i n the important group exhibitions of his period, 

winnin g many prizes and medals, including the Popular Prize at the Carnegie Internationa l Exhibition of Paintings for five consecutive years, 

1934-1938. H e was elected Associate Membe r of the Nationa l Academy i n 

1909, Academician i n 1911, and was a member of many other professional 

associations i n both England and the Unite d States. 

Wild Weather 

30 X 39-|; masonite 

SIGNED , l.r. : Waugh 

COLL . : Mr . and Mrs . Ernest E. Quantrell , Ne w Yor k 

REF . : Memorial Exhibition: Paintings of the Sea by Frederick Judd Waugh, N.A., I86I~IG40 , 

Gran d Centra l Ar t Galleries, Inc. , Ne w York , 1943, n.p., no. 71 ; C.G.A. Handbook of 

the American Paintings, 1947, p. 67 

GIFT : Mr . and Mrs . Ernest E. Quantrell , 1944 44.3 

47 
Waug h painted an estimated 2500 sea scenes. Duplicatio n of titles was, therefore, 

practically inevitable. A t least one other version of Wild Weather exists, bu t its present 

location is unknown . 

T he Open Seaf 

23 X 32! ; academy board 

SIGNED , l.r. : Waugh 

COLL . : Mrs . J . Frederick M . Stewart, Upperville , Virgini a 

REF . : Memorial Exhibition: Paintings of the Sea by Frederick Judd Waugh, N.A., 1861-1940, 

Gran d Centra l Ar t Galleries, Inc. , Ne w York , 1943, n.p., no.43 or no. 60 (?) 

GIFT : Marguerit e A . C. Stewart, 1964 64.21.5 

T w o canvases entitled Open Sea were included i n the Waug h memoria l exhibition held 

i n 1943 at the Gran d Centra l Galleries, one lent b y Mrs . Frederick Jud d Waugh , the 

other by F. W . Kressman. Mrs . Stewart acquired the Corcoran painting fro m the 

Gran d Centra l Galleries, bu t whether or not it is one of these paintings or a thir d 

version has not been ascertained. 

Irvin g Ramsay Wiles was born on Apri l 8, 1861, i n Utica , New York, son of 

the landscape painter, Lemue l Maynar d Wiles. Hi s family moved to New 

Yor k the same year, and Wiles grew up on Washington Square where his 

father had a studio i n the building that housed Samuel F. B. Morse. He 

attended the Sedgewick Institute at Great Barrington, Massachusetts, and, 

although his main interest at that time was i n the field of music, he was 

persuaded by his father to enroll i n the Ar t Students League. There he 

studied under James Carroll Beckwith and Willia m Merritt Chase wit h 

such success that he decided to continue his training i n Paris. After work wit h 

Jules Lefebvre at the Julian Academy he entered the atelier of Carolus 

Dura n i n 1882. H e returned to New Yor k i n 1884 and for some time worked 

as illustrator for the Century, Harper's and Scribner's. Wiles was active as a 

teacher i n his father's Silver Lake Ar t School at Perry, New York, i n the Ar t 

Students League, and, during the summers, i n his own classes at Peconic, 

Long Island. By the early 1900's he was concentrating for the most par t on 

portraiture , having such celebrities sit for hi m as Juli a Marlowe , President 

Theodore Roosevelt, Nicholas Murra y Butler, and Willia m Jennings Bryan. 

H e wo n many awards over the years, at least five from the Nationa l Academy 

o f Design alone between 1886 and 1936. H e was a member , among others, of 

the Society of American Artists, the Nationa l Academy, the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters, and the American Wate r Color Society. H e died on 

Jul y 29, 1948 at his home i n Peconic, Long Island. 

T he Artist's Mother and Father 1889 

48x3 6 J 

SIGNED , u.r.: Irving R. Wiles i88g/Dec. 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : R. E. Jackman, American Arts, 1928, pp . 219 ff., ill. ; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook 

of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1939, p . 99, no. 383, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Willia m A . Clar k Fund , 1939 39.1 

Lemue l Maynar d Wiles (1826-1905), father o f the artist, was a landscape painter who 

worked i n the traditio n o f the Hudso n Rive r School. H e studied wit h Willia m Har t 

a nd Jasper Francis Cropsey, later paintin g i n Washington, D.C , Alban y and Utic a 

until , i n 1864, he settled i n Ne w York . H e taught for man y years i n Ingha m University , 

Leroy , Ne w York , and i n the Silver Lake Ar t School, founded by hi m near Perry, 

N e w York . I n the late i89o's and early igoo's he and his son conducted summer 

classes at Peconic, Lon g Island. 

Irving Ramsay Wiles 1861-1948) 

48 
Irvin g Ramsay Wiles The Artist's Mother and Father 

Thi s double portrait of Lemue l Maynar d Wile s and his wife, Rache l Ramsay, was 

widel y exhibited, winnin g for the artist the Bronze Meda l at the World' s Columbia n 

Exposition at Chicago i n 1893, the Bronze Meda l at the Exposition Universelle at 

Paris i n 1900, and the Silver Meda l i n the Eleventh Annua l Exhibitio n of the Society 

o f Washington Artists , Washington, i n 1901. 

T he Student 191 o 

3 o f X25 i 

SIGNED , u.l. : Irving R. Wiles 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Third Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1910-Jan. 1911, n.p., no. 185, ill. ; Irving Ramsay Wiles, 1861-1948, Chapellier 

Galleries, Ne w York , 1967, n.p., no. 4, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1911 11.3 

Thi s is a portrait o f Wiles ' daughter , Gladys Lee Wiles (Mrs . W . R. Jepson), also a 

painter . She studied unde r her father, and later unde r Kenyo n Cox and Willia m 

Merrit t Chase. 

49 
James Jebusa Shannon (1862-1923) 

James Jebusa Shannon was born i n Auburn , New York, on February 3, 

1862. However , his early boyhood was spent at St. Catherines, Ontario, 

Canada. O n the recommendation of a local artist he was sent while still i n his 

middl e 'teens to study painting at the South Kensington School, London, 

under Sir Edward Poynter. H e was still a student when he was commissioned 

by Queen Victori a to paint one of her maids of honor, Miss Horati a Stopford, 

the first of a long succession of titled beauties and distinguished gentlemen to 

sit for him . H e first exhibited i n the Roya l Academy i n 1881, was elected an 

Associate Membe r i n 1897 and full member i n 1909. Although he became a 

British subject and was knighted by Kin g George i n 1922, he often visited the 

Unite d States, accepting portrait commissions i n Boston and New York, and 

participating i n group exhibitions i n which he won such awards as the First 

Meda l at the Carnegie Institute (1897), the Lippincott Prize at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s (1899), and the Gold Meda l i n the PanAmerican Exposition i n Buffalo (1901). H e also exhibited i n the principal 

capitals of Europe wit h similar success. H e died i n London i n 1923. 

Gir l in Brown 1907 

43iX33 i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: J.J . SHANNON 11907 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. First Annual Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, 1907, 

n.p., no. 18; Third Annual Exhibition of Selected Paintings by American Artists, Cit y Ar t 

Museum , St. Louis , Missouri, 1908, p. 28, no. 121, ill. ; H . W . Henderson, Art 

Treasures of Washington, 1912, pp. 152 f., ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1907 07.1 

Arthu r Bowen Davies (1862-1928) 

Arthu r Bowen Davies was born i n Utica , New York, on September 26, 1862. 

H i s skill i n drawing was early recognized, and he studied first under a Utic a 

painter, Dwigh t Williams , and later, when his family moved to Chicago, at 

the Ar t Institute under Charles Corwin. Aroun d 1887 he went to New York, 

working wit h the Gotham Ar t Students and at the Ar t Students League 

while he supported himself from 1888 to 1891 by contributing illustrations to 

the children's magazine Saint Nicholas. H e came to the notice of Willia m 

Macbeth, the ar t dealer, about 1893, and through this agent's efforts Benjami n Altma n was induced to finance Davies' first tri p to Europe, an experience which greatly influenced his later work. Davies held his first onem an show i n New Yor k i n 1896 and received his first official recognition i n 

the Pan-American Exposition i n Buffalo i n 1901 (Silver Meda l for Painting). 

Fro m this time on his work was included i n many of the group exhibitions 

of the period, winning such awards as the First Willia m A . Clark Prize and the 

Corcoran Gold Meda l i n the Gallery's Sixth Exhibition of Contemporary 

Painting i n 1916. H e allied himself wit h the group of independent artists who 

exhibited together i n 1908 and came to be known as "Th e Eight. " He was 

chairman of the Committee for the organization of the great Armor y exhibition held i n New Yor k i n 1913. As time went on he worked i n many 

media - lithography, etching, sculpture, enamel, glass and textiles. I n later 

years he divided his time between his studio at Rockland Lake, New York, 

a nd northern Ital y where he died on October 24, 1928. 

5 ° 
Before Sunrise 1905 

18JX40-ISIGNED , 1.1.: A.B Davies 

COLL . : Lizzie P. Bliss, Ne w Yor k 

REF . : Arthur B. Davies: Essays on the Man and His Art, Th e Phillips Publications, No . 3, 

1924, pp. xii i and 62, ill. ; Catalogue of a Memorial Exhibition of the Works of Arthur B. 

Davies, Th e Metropolita n Museu m of Art , 1930, p. 13, no. 88, ill. ; C.G.A. Special 

Memorial Exhibition of Works by the Late Arthur B. Davies, 1930, n.p., no. 57 (incorrectly 

listed as Before Sunset); V . M . Davies, "Th e Know n Paintings of Arthu r B. Davies, " 

Arthur B. Davies, Whitne y Museu m of America n Art , Ne w York , 1931, p. 21 ; Arthur 

B. Davies: Paintings and Graphics, The Tucson Ar t Center, Arizona , 1967, n.p., no. 12, ill . 

BEQUES T : Lizzie P. Bliss, 1931 31.7 

Hill to Hill 

l7iX22 i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: A.B. DAVIESCOLL . : Lizzie P. Bliss, Ne w Yor k 

REF . : C.G.A. Special Memorial Exhibition of Works by the Late Arthur B. Davies, 1930 

p. 5, no. 8; V . M . Davies, "Th e Know n Paintings of Arthu r B. Davies, " Arthur B. 

Davies, Whitne y Museu m of America n Art , Ne w York , 1931, p. 26; Arthur B. Davies, 

Paintings and Graphics, Th e Tucson Ar t Center, Arizona , 1967, n.p., no. 51 

BEQUES T : Lizzie P. Bliss, 1931 31.5 

Frankincense 

17-l-X 22 

SIGNED , 1.1.: A.B. DAVIESCOLL . : Lizzie P. Bliss, Ne w Yor k 

REF . : C.G.A. Special Memorial Exhibition of Works by the Late Arthur B. Davies, 1930, p. 7, 

no. 53; Memorial Exhibition: the Collection of the Late Miss Lizzie P. Bliss, Museu m of 

Moder n Art , New York , 1931, p. 24, no. 45; The Collection of Miss Lizzie P. Bliss, 

Addison Gallery of American Art , Phillips Academy , Andover , 1931, n.p., no. 33; 

V . M . Davies, "Th e Know n Paintings o f Arthu r B. Davies, " Arthur B. Davies, Whitne y 

Museu m of American Art , Ne w York , 1931, p. 25; Arthur B. Davies (1862-1928): A 

Centennial Exhibition, Munson-Williams-Proctor Institute , Utica , 1962, p. 13, no. 43 

BEQUES T : Lizzie P. Bliss, 1931 31.6 

Stars and Dews and Dreams of Night 

40 X 26 

SIGNED , 1.1.: A.B. DAVIESCOLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Eleventh Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1928, p. 43, 

no. 100, ill. ; V . M . Davies, "Th e Know n Paintings of Arthu r B. Davies, " Arthur B. 

Davies, Whitne y Museu m of American Art , Ne w York , 1931, p. 33; C.G.A. Illustrated 

Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and other Art Objects, 1933, p. 39, no. 80, ill. ; Arthur B. 

Davies (1862-1928): A Centennial Exhibition, Munson-Williams-Proctor Institute , 

Utica , 1962, p. 13, no. 43 

PURCHAS E : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1928 28.7 

T h e Corcoran owns a preparator y drawin g for this painting i n whit e chalk and black 

crayon on tan paper (accession numbe r 62.27) whic h was donated by Rober t Hals -

band, Ne w York . 

The Great Mother c. 1914 

40^X2 6 J 

COLL . : Lizzie P. Bliss, Ne w Yor k 

REF. : Special Exhibition: Modern Departures in Painting; "Cubism", "Futurism", Etc., 

Cincinnati Ar t Museum , 1914, n.p., no. 1; Catalogue of a Memorial Exhibition of the 

Works of Arthur B. Davies, Th e Metropolita n Museu m of Art , 1930, p. 15, no. 108, ill. ; 

C.G.A: Special Memorial Exhibition of Works by the Late Arthur B. Davies, 1930, p. 8, 

no. 63; V . M . Davies, "Th e Know n Paintings of Arthu r B. Davies, " Arthur B. Davies, 

Whitne y Museu m of American Art , Ne w York , 1931, p. 34; Arthur B. Davies (1862-

1928): A Centennial Exhibition, Munson-Williams-Proctor Institute , Utica , 1962, p. 14, 

no. 54 

BEQUES T : Lizzie P. Bliss, 1931 31.8 

5

1 

Arthu r Bowen Davies Stars and Dews 

and Dreams of Night 
Arthu r Bowen uavies 1 ne ureat Mother 
Arthu r Bowen Davies The Umbrian Mountains 

T he Umbrian Mountains 1925 

25! x 39 ! 

SIGNED , U.: ABDAVIES 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Eleventh Exhibition of Contemporary American Paintings, 1928, p. 39, 

no. 85; Art of the United States, Th e XXIs t Biennial, Venice, 1938, n.p., no. 16; 

V . M . Davies, "Th e Know n Paintings o f Arthu r B. Davies, " Arthur B. Davies, Whitne y 

Museu m of American Art , Ne w York , 1931, p. 35; C.G.A. Handbook of the American 

Paintings, 1947, p. 69, ill. ; Arthur B. Davies (/862-1928): A Centennial Exhibition, 

Munson-Williams-Proctor Institute , Utica , 1962, p. 15, no. 74, ill. ; Arthur B. Davies: 

Paintings and Graphics, Th e Tucson Ar t Center, Arizona , 1967, n.p., no. 28 

PURCHAS E : Willia m A. Clar k Fund , 1928 28.8 

Thi s landscape was painted i n the Umbria n Mountains i n Ital y where Davies spent 

the last years of his life. 

Edmund Charles Tarbell (1862—1938) 

Edmun d Charles Tarbell was born i n West Groton, Massachusetts, on Apri l 

26, 1862. Hi s father, who was a painter and ship-designer, died i n his twenties, 

and Tarbell was brought up by his grandparents i n Boston. A t fifteen he was 

apprenticed i n a lithographic company and at the end of three years' service 

attended the School of the Boston Museum of Fine Art s studying under Ott o 

Grundmann. H e continued his training i n Paris at the Julian Academy, returning to Boston i n 1888 where he taught i n the School of the Museum of 

Fine Art s unti l 1913. H e was a member of the Society of American Artists 

(1886), one of the group known as "Th e Ten, " and a member of the Nationa l 

Academy (Associate, 1902; Academician, 1906). H e was awarded many 

honors, including the Clarke Prize and the First Hallgarten Prize at the 

Nationa l Academy (1890 and 1894) and medals at the Pennsylvania 

Academy of the Fine Art s and at the Carnegie Institute. H e left Boston i n 

1918 to take the post of Principal at the Corcoran School of Ar t i n Washington, remaining there unti l 1926 when he retired to his country home at New 

Castle, New Hampshire. H e died i n New Castle on August 1, 1938. 

53 
Edmun d Charles Tarbel l Josephine and Mercie 

Josephine and Mercie 1908 

28JX32i 

SIGNED , l.r. : Tarbell. 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Second Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1908-Jan. 1909, n.p., no. 26, ill. ; 104th Annual Exhibition of the Pennsylvania Academy of 

the Fine Arts, 1909, p. 47, no. 504, ill. ; Ten American Painters: Thirteenth Annual Exhibition, 

Montros s Gallery, Ne w York , 1910, n.p., no. 24; 18th Annual Exhibition of American 

Art, Cincinnati Ar t Museum , 1911, p. 7, no. 1, ill. ; Paintings by EdmundC. Tarbell, The 

Copley Society of Boston, 1912, n.p., no. 15; H . W . Henderson, Art Treasures of 

Washington, 1912, pp . 153 f., ill. ; C.G.A. Exhibition of Paintings by Edmund C. Tarbell. 

1916, n.p., no. 7; C.G.A. Exhibition of Paintings by Edward W. Redjield and Edmund C. 

Tarbell, 1918, n.p., no. 24; A. Burroughs , Limners and Likenesses: Three Centuries of 

American Painting, 1936, p. 178, ill. ; Frank W. Benson-Edmund C. Tarbell, Museu m of 

Fine Arts , Boston, 1938, p. 30, no. 151; Life in America, Th e Metropolita n Museu m of 

Art , 1939, pp. 214 f., no. 285, ill. ; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture 

and other Art Objects, 1939, p. 91 , no. 345, ill. ; O. W . Larkin , Art and Life in America, 

1949 (thir d printing , 1956), p. 309, ill. ; H . Dorra , The American Muse, 1961, pp. 130 f., 

ill. ; B. B. Perlman, The Immortal Eight, 1962, p. 142, ill . 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1909 09.2 

Tarbel l often used his three daughters as models. I n this case the two youngest, 

Josephine and Mercie , are portrayed. 

Josephine Knitting 1916 

26^X201 

SIGNED , l.r. : Tarbell. 1916 

COLL . : George M . Oyster, Jr. , Washington, D.C. (purchased fro m the artist, 1917) 

REF . : C.G.A. Sixth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1916— 

Jan . 1917, n.p., no. 93; Catalogue of Paintings and Portraits by E.C.Tarbell, M . Knoedler 

& Co., Ne w York , 1918, n.p., no. 18 

BEQUEST : George M . Oyster, Jr. , 1924 24.2 

TarbelPs daughter , Josephine, was the mode l for this painting . 

54 

Edmun d Charles Tarbel l Josephine 

Knitting 
Charles C. Glover 1918 

33ix 38 i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Tarbellli8 

COLL . : Charles C. Glover , Washington, D.C. 

REF . : Catalogue of Paintings and Portraits by E. C. Tarbell, M . Knoedle r & Co., Ne w York , 

1918, n.p., no. 10; C.G.A. Exhibition of Paintings by Edward W. Redfield and Edmund C. 

Tarbell, 1918, n.p., no. 17; Makers of History in Washington, 1800-1950, Nationa l 

Gallery of Art , Washington, 1950, p. 165, no. 139, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1918 18.6 

M r . Glover was bor n i n Maco n County , Nort h Carolina, on Novembe r 24, 1846. 

Whe n he was seven years old he was sent to his grandmothe r i n Washington. I n 1865 

he began wor k wit h Riggs and Company , a privat e bank whic h later became the 

Riggs Nationa l Bank. H e served as President of the bank fro m 1896 unti l 1921, and as 

Chairma n of the Board unti l his death i n 1936. H e was elected Trustee of the Corcoran Gallery of Ar t i n 1887 and served as President for twenty-seven years (1906-

1933). Thi s portrait was painted i n the Board Roo m of the Gallery. 

Still Life 1918 

i6| x 21 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Tarbell-18 

COLL . : James Parmelee, Washington, D.C. (purchased fro m the artist, 1918) 

REF . : C.G.A. Exhibition of Pictures by Ten American Painters, 1919, n.p., no. 36 

BEQUES T : James Parmelee, 1941 41.2 3 

Charles Reiffel (1862—1942) 

Charles Reiffel was born i n Indianapolis, Indiana , on Apri l 9, 1862. H e was 

educated i n the publi c schools of Indianapoli s and Kansas City, Missouri. I t 

has been commonly said that as an artist he was self-taught, but he went to 

Munic h as a young man to study portraitur e under Car l Mar r and followed 

this training wit h extensive travel ranging from Scotland to Tangiers. Dur -

i ng this period he supported himself by designing posters for English business 

firms. After six years abroad, he entered his professional career as a painter i n 

Buffalo, New York, moving after several years to New York, and then to the 

Silvermine Ar t Colony i n Connecticut. H e was one of the organizers of the 

Silvermine Guil d of Artists and served as its first president. I n 1925 he drove 

west and found California so congenial that he remained i n San Diego unti l 

his death on Marc h 14, 1942. Mr . Reiffel won many awards during his 

active career between 1908 and 1938 and is represented i n the collections of 

the Joh n Herron Ar t Institute, Indianapolis , the Fine Art s Gallery, San 

Diego, and the Los Angeles Museum. 

Railway Yards - Winter Evening c. 1910 

18^X24 A 

SIGNED , l.r. : Charles Reiffel 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Third Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1910-

Jan. 1911, n.p., no. 196; The Iron Horse in Art, For t Wort h Ar t Center, Texas, 1958, 

n.p., no. 36, ill. ; The Railroad in American Art, Washington Count y Museu m of Fine 

Arts , Hagerstown, Maryland , 1968, n.p., no. 33 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1911 11.6 

55 
Frank Weston Benson (1862—1951) 

Frank Weston Benson was born i n Salem, Massachusetts, on Marc h 24, 

1862. H e first studied under Ott o Grundman n i n the School of the Boston 

Museum of Fine Arts , and it was there that he met Edmun d Tarbell (see 

p.53) wit h who m he was closely associated for many years. The y went together to attend the Julian Academy i n Paris (1883-1885) and on their 

return to the Unite d States both taught at the School of the Boston Museum, 

a post which Benson held unti l 1917. Whil e he di d some portraits, he most 

enjoyed creating paintings of interiors and landscapes wit h figures, many of 

which were done on Penobscot Bay at Nort h Haven, Maine . A n enthusiastic 

sportsman, he recorded his hunting trips i n sketches, watercolors, and i n 

etchings, gaining such popularit y that after 1912 he became best known for 

his mastery of the graphic medium. After his first award granted by the 

Nationa l Academy i n 1889 (Thir d Hallgarten Prize) he won many honors 

throughout his long career, including the First Willia m A. Clark Prize and 

Gold Meda l i n the Corcoran's Seventh Biennial i n 1919 (see The Open 

Window listed below). The Corcoran held a large retrospective of his work i n 

1921 which included 183 paintings, etchings and drawings. Benson was one 

of "Th e Ten, " a member of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1897; 

Academician, 1905), of the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters, the 

American Academy of Art s and Letters and the Society of American 

Etchers. Hi s work is represented i n the collections of the Metropolitan 

Museum of Art, the Boston Museum of Fine Arts , the Chicago Ar t Institute, 

and the Carnegie Institute, Pittsburgh. Benson died i n his home at Salem on 

November 15, 1951. 

Frank Weston Benson Still Life 

56 
My Daughter 1912 

3oiX25 i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: F. W. Benson. 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : Catalogue of the 23th Annual Exhibition of Oil Paintings and Sculpture by American 

Artists, Ar t Institut e of Chicago, 1912, n.p., no. 18, ill . (Potter Palmer Gol d Medal); 

C.G.A. Fourth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1912-

Jan . 1913, n.p., no. 183, ill. ; Ten American Painters: Sixteenth Annual Exhibition, Montross Gallery, Ne w York , 1913, n.p., no. 1; American Art Annual, American Federation 

of Arts , vol. 11, 1914, p. 89, ill. ; Illustrated Catalogue of the American Fine Art Section, 

Anglo-American Exposition, London , 1914, pp. 34 f., no. 195, ill. ; C.G.A. Paintings, 

Etchings and Drawings by Frank W. Benson, 1921, n.p., no. 7; Frank W. Benson, Carnegie 

Institute , Pittsburgh, 1924, n.p., no. 22; Frank W. Benson - Edmund C. Tarbell, 

Museu m of Fine Arts , Boston, 1938, p. 20, no. 24; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of 

Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1939, p. 25, no. 12, ill ; American Paintings by 

"The Ten", Montclai r Ar t Museum , Ne w Jersey, 1946, n.p., no. 2 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1912 12.8 

Mrs . Ralp h Lawson, Benson's daughter who posed for this portrait, recalls that it was 

painted i n thei r summer home i n Nort h Haven, Maine , on rainy days when her 

father couldn't paint out-of-doors. Benson's children were always happy and prou d 

to pose, especially as they were pai d fifteen cents an hour . 

The Open Window 1917 

52jX42 i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: F. W. Benson./ 1917. 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Seventh Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1919-Jan. 1920, n.p., no. 186, ill . (First Prize and Corcoran Gol d Medal); Ten 

American Painters: Twentieth Annual Exhibition, Montros s Gallery, Ne w York , 1917, 

n.p., no. 1; Paintings, Etchings and Drawings by Frank W. Benson, Th e Guil d of Boston 

Artists , 1920, n.p., no. 11; C.G.A. Paintings, Etchings and Drawings by Frank W. 

Benson, 1921, n.p., no. 25; Frank W. Benson, Carnegie Institute , Pittsburgh, n.p., no. 

3 8; Frank W. Benson-Edmund C. Tarbell, Museu m of Fine Arts , Boston, 1938, p. 21 , 

no. 27; C.G.A. Twenty Fifth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1957, "Historica l Section, " p. 15, no. 7 

PURCHASE D : Gallery Fund , 1919 19.30 

Still Life 1925 

32 X 40 

SIGNED , 1.1.: F. W. Benson I 25 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Tenth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1926, p. 63, 

no. 222, ill. ; Fine Art Reproductions of Old and Modern Masters, Ne w Yor k Graphi c 

Society, 1961, p. 32, no. 8630, ill . (in color); Reproductions of American Paintings, New 

Yor k Graphi c Society, 1962, p. 32, no. 8630, ill . (in color) 

PURCHAS E : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1926 26.802 

Cecilia Beaux (1863-1942) 

Cecilia Beaux was born i n Philadelphia i n 1863. She had early lessons i n 

drawing from members of her family and, at the age of seventeen, entered an 

ar t school conducted by the Dutc h artist, Adolf van der Whelen. She then 

studied for two years i n an informal class which Willia m Sartain came from 

N ew Yor k every fortnight to criticize, and followed this training wit h a 

period of work at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts . I n the meantime she had been giving lessons i n drawing and preparing lithographic 

stones for the plates of a Unite d States Geological Survey of fossil and 

paleontological specimens. I n Januar y of 1889 she went to Europe where she 

studied at the Julian Academy and at Colarossi's, working under Ton y 

57 

Frank Weston Benson My Daughter 
Cecilia Beaux Sita and Sarita 

Robert-Fleury, Willia m Adolphe Bouguereau, Benjamin Constant and 

Pascal A. J . Dagnan-Bouveret. She painted during the first summer i n 

France at Concarneau where both Alexander Harrison and Charles Lazar 

criticized her work. After traveling through Ital y she went back to Paris for 

her second term of study, spending the following summer i n England and 

returning to Philadelphia i n the fall of 1890. Miss Beaux was primaril y a 

portraitis t and achieved great success i n her field. She was awarded high 

honors i n the important exhibitions of her time both i n Europe and i n the 

Unite d States. She was chosen by the Nationa l Commission of Fine Art s to 

58 
paint portraits of three Worl d Wa r I figures - Cardinal Merrier , Premier 

Clemenceau and Admira l Beatty - and was commissioned to paint both the 

President and Mrs . Theodore Roosevelt i n the Whit e House. She was elected 

a member of the Societe Nationale des Beaux-Arts after exhibiting i n the 

Champs de Mar s i n Paris i n 1896 and i n the Paris Exposition of 1900 (a rare 

honor for an American, to say nothing of a woman), became an Associate 

Membe r of the Nationa l Academy i n 1894 and an Academician i n 1902. 

She never completely severed her connections wit h Philadelphia, but i n the 

early 1900's established a studio i n New Yor k and, for the most part, divided 

her time between that city and her summer home, "Green Alley, " at Gloucester, Massachusetts, where she died on September 16, 1942. 

Sita and Sarita c. 1921 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Cecilia Beaux 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Ninth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Dec. 1923-

Jan . 1924, p. 38, no. 105 (Girl with Cat); The American Magazine of Art, vol. XV , no. 1 

(Jan. 1924),p. 71 , ill. ; "Si x Moder n America n Portrait Painters, " The Mentor, vol. 

12, no. 9 (Oct. 1924), pp . 33 f., ill. ; C. Beaux, Background with Figures, 1930, ill . opp. 

p. 88; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1933, 

p. 22, no. 8, ill. ; The Paintings and Drawings of Cecilia Beaux, Pennsylvania Academy 

o f the Fine Arts , Philadelphia, 1955, pp . 96 f., ill. ; W . H . Gerdts, Women Artists of 

America, 1707-1964, Th e Newar k Museum , Ne w Jersey, 1965, pp . 20 f., ill . 

Purchase: Willia m A . Clar k Fund , 1923 23.4 

Thi s is a portrait of Miss Beaux's cousin, Sarah A. Leavitt (Mrs . Walte r Turle ) and is 

a replica of the portrait painted i n 1893/4 a t Essex Fells, Ne w Jersey, whic h hun g i n 

the Paris Salon of 1896. Th e origina l was purchased i n 1921 by the French Government for the Luxembour g Galerie, Paris. Th e duplicat e was painted at tha t time . 

Wells Moses Sawyer was born on a farm i n Iowa on January 31 , 1863. H e 

first studied law, but i n 1882 changed to art, working under Joh n O. 

Anderson, one of the "Duveneck Group, " and later attending the Chicago 

A r t Institute (1885-1886). H e moved to Washington i n 1891 where he 

studied at the Corcoran School of Ar t and at the Washington Ar t Students 

League. H e also worked privately wit h Howar d Helmic k who was then 

teaching at Georgetown University. Hi s ar t studies were carried on for the 

most par t i n the evening, for both i n Chicago, and later i n Washington, he 

d i d illustrations for newspapers and i n Washington worked as illustrator for 

the Geological Survey and the Bureau of American Ethnology (1891-1897). 

H e also was designer and inspector of furnishings for federal buildings i n the 

office of the Secretary of the Treasury (1897-1906). H e moved to New York , 

becoming head of the advertising department of the Nationa l Cit y Bank, a 

position he held unti l il l health forced retirement i n the early 20's. A t this 

time he went to Spain where he painted unti l the outbreak o f the Spanish 

Civil Wa r made it necessary to return to the Unite d States. Durin g the 

following years he spent muc h time i n Mexico and Florida, where he died i n 

Sarasota on Marc h 12, i960 at the age of ninety-seven. Sawyer's wor k was 

exhibited both i n group exhibitions and i n one-man shows i n Spain and i n 

this country. The Corcoran held an exhibition of his watercolors i n 1931. Hi s 

wor k is represented i n the Nationa l Collection of Fine Arts , Washington, and 

i n the Museum of the Cit y of New York. 

37l X25 J 

Wells Moses Sawyer (1863—1960) 

59 
Winter at Snug Rock 

16J X 20 J ; composition board 

SIGNED , l.r. : WELLS M SA WTER 

COLL . : the artist 

REF. : 47th Annual Exhibition of Oil Paintings and Sculpture by American Artists, Ar t 

Institute , Chicago, 1936, n.p., no. 186; C.G.A. The Fifteenth Biennial Exhibition of 

Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1937, p. 45, no. 77 

Gift: Friends of the Artist, 1940 40.20 

I n the biographical notes which appeared i n the exhibition catalogues at the 

start of his career Dearth's birthdate is given as Apri l 22, 1863; however, i n 

the catalogue for the memoria l exhibition organized by the Director of The 

Buffalo Fine Art s Academy i n cooperation wit h his widow and shown i n 

sixteen cities during 1919 and 1920, the date is given as 1864 and the birt h 

place as Bristol, Rhode Island. Dearth studied at the Ecole des Beaux-Arts 

a nd wit h Aime Moro t i n Paris, and, although he returned to America about 

1890 for an extended period, he spent most of his life i n Europe. He usually 

passed but a few months each winte r i n New York. H e kept a summer studio 

at Montreuil-sur-Me r near Boulogne which he used as headquarters for his 

sketching trips along the coast of Normand y and Brittany. H e was a collector 

of Oriental, Near Eastern and early European ar t and often used items from 

his collection i n his paintings. H e was awarded such honors as the Webb 

Prize by the Society of American Artists (1893) and the Silver Meda l at the 

Pan-American Exposition at Buffalo (1901). Hi s work is represented i n the 

Metropolitan Museum of Art, the Detroit Museum of Art , the City Ar t 

Museum, St. Louis, the Chicago Ar t Institute, and the Carnegie Institute, 

Pittsburgh. Dearth was elected Associate Membe r of the National Academy 

i n 1901; Academician i n 1906. H e died at his home i n New Yor k on Marc h 

27, 1918. 

Fantasy 

34JX2 0 

COLL . : Mrs . Chauncey Blair , New York ; Mrs . Joh n B. Hayward , Washington, D.C. 

GIF T : Mildre d Hayward , 1964 64.31 

Charles Herber t Woodbur y was born i n Lynn , Massachusetts, on Jul y 14, 

1864. H e received a B.S. degree from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology i n 1886, but soon after graduation abandoned engineering i n favor of 

painting. H e made several trips abroad i n the 1890's, studying for a short 

period i n 1891 at the Julian Academy i n Paris and making numerous sketchi ng excursions through Holland . O n his return from Europe he settled i n 

Boston, although he spent much of his time at his studio on Perkins Cove near 

Ogunquit, Maine . Here he conducted a summer school for over thirt y years, 

from 1899 to 1915 and again from 1923 unti l a year before his death. A 

gifted teacher, he was also visiting lecturer at Dartmout h and Wellesley 

Colleges and at the Chicago Ar t Institute. Know n principall y for his marines 

a nd for his etchings, Woodbur y received many honors, such as the Second 

Willia m A. Clark Prize and Silver Meda l i n the Corcoran's Fifth Exhibition 

of Contemporary Paintings i n 1914, and a Gold Meda l for oil painting and 

Meda l of Hono r for watercolors i n the Panama-Pacific Exposition at San 

Henry Golden Dearth (1863/64—1918) 

Charles Herber t Woodbury (1864—1940) 

60 
Francisco i n 1915. Hi s work is included i n the collections of the Metropolit an Museum of Art , the Cit y Ar t Museum, St. Louis, the Carnegie Institute, 

Pittsburgh and the Librar y of Congress, Washington. The Corcoran held an 

exhibition of his paintings, drawings and etchings i n 1920. H e was a member 

of the Society of American Artists (1899), the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 

1906; Academician, 1907), and the Society of American Etchers. H e died i n 

Boston on Januar y 21,1940. 

Monadnock 1912 

36^x48 ^ 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Chas. H Woodbury '12 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : W . H . Dowries, "Th e Ideas of a Marin e Painter, " Art and Progress, vol. IV , no. 1 

(Nov. 1912), pp. 761 ff., ill . (under titl e Mount Monadnock in Winter); C.G.A. Seventh 

Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1919-Jan. 1920, n.p., 

n o. 100; Paintings, Drawings and Prints by Charles H. Woodbury: A Retrospective Exhibition, 

Addison Gallery of America n Art , Phillips Academy, Andover , Massachusetts, 1935, 

n.p., no. 13 

PURCHAS E : Galler y Fund , 1919 19.36 

Woodbur y painted man y views of Moun t Monadnoc k i n Maine . Thi s painting is 

based on an oil sketch dated 1907 which , i n 1945, was i n the collection o f Mrs . 

Charles B. Perkins, Boston. 

Louis Michel Eilshemius (1864—1941) 

Louis Miche l Eilshemius was born at Laure l Hil l Mano r near Newark, New 

Jersey, on February 4, 1864, son of a wealthy Dutc h importer . H e first 

traveled to Europe wit h his parents at the age of nine and attended schools i n 

Dresden, Germany, and Geneva, Switzerland, from 1875 to 1881. After 

t wo years at Cornell University (1882-1884) he studied painting at the Ar t 

Students League i n New Yor k and privately under Rober t L . Minor . I n 1886 

he went to Paris to continue his training at the Julian Academy. After his 

father's death i n 1892 Eilshemius traveled extensively i n Europe, Nort h 

Africa, the Far East (Samoa and the South Seas), and throughout the Unite d 

States. Although his early work, painted when he was still i n his twenties, had 

been shown i n both the Nationa l Academy of Design and the Pennsylvania 

Academy of the Fine Arts , he gained littl e recognition during the succeeding 

years. I t was not unti l his paintings, exhibited i n the first exhibition of the 

Society of Independent Artists i n New Yor k i n 1917, came to the attention of 

Marce l Duchamp that he gained a small following. Embittered by his 

seeming failure, Eilshemius gave up painting i n 1921. I n 1932 he suffered a 

severe injur y which caused permanent paralysis, and his last years were spent 

as a recluse i n his New Yor k home on East 57th Street. However , between 

1932 and his death on December 29, 1941, over twenty-five one-man 

exhibitions of his wor k were held i n New York. H e is represented i n the 

Metropolitan Museum of Art , the Whitne y Museum of American Art , the 

Museum of Moder n Art , New York, the Phillips Collection, Washington, 

a nd the Boston Museum of Fine Arts . 

Meditation 1889 

25ixi 9 

SIGNED , l.r. : Eilshemius 1889 (almost illegible); i n pencil on top of stretcher: Meditation 

1889 

COLL . : Ro y R. Neuberger , Ne w Yor k 

GIF T : Ro y R. Neuberger , 1961 61.1 o. 1 

6i 

Loui s Eilshemius Meditation 
Loui s Eilshemius Dawn over Pacific, Del Mar, California 

Dawn Over Pacific, Del Mar, California 1889 

244x3 7 

SIGNED , l.r. : L.M. EilshemiuS i88g./California 

COLL . : Ro y R. Neuberger, Ne w Yor k 

GIFT : Ro y R. Neuberger , 1961 61.10.3 

NewMexicof c. 1903 

13JX 19; masonite 

SIGNED , l.r. : ElshEmus 

COLL . : Francis Biddle, Washington, D.C. 

REF . : C.G.A. Selections from the Collection of The Honorable and Mrs Francis Biddle, 1957, 

n.p., no. 4 

GIF T : Francis Biddle, 1960 60.22 

Three Nudes in Woods 1905 

20 X 30 

SIGNED , l.r. : ElshemuS./igos 

COLL . : Ro y R. Neuberger , Ne w Yor k 

GIF T : Ro y R. Neuberger , 1961 61.10.2 

T wo Girl s Bathing 

1 9! X 30; composition board 

SIGNED , l.r. : EilshemiuS 

COLL . : Julius Zirinsky ; James N . Rosenberg, Ne w Yor k 

GIF T : James N . Rosenberg, 1959 59-30 

62 
Henry Bainbridge McCarter (1864—1942) 

Henr y McCarte r was born i n Norristown, Pennsylvania, on Jul y 5, 1864. H e 

studied under Thomas Eakins at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s 

from 1879 to 1883 and later i n Paris, principall y under Puvis de Chavannes 

a nd Leon Bonnat. O n his return to Philadelphia he contributed illustrations 

regularly to Scribner's, Century, Collier's and other publications, but was perhaps best known as a teacher. H e was on the faculty of the Pennsylvania 

Academy of the Fine Art s from 1902 unti l his death i n 1942 and also taught 

at the Ar t Students League i n New York. H e won many awards, ranging 

from the Silver Meda l at the St. Louis Exposition i n 1904 to the Joseph 

Pennell Gold Meda l awarded by the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s 

i n 1930. H e died i n Philadelphia on November 20, 1942. 

Apples and Roses j 

29f x 24 I 

COLL . : Francis Biddle, Washington, D.C. 

GIF T : Francis Biddle, 1962 62.17 

R ed House and Barnf 

30x3 6 

COLL . : Francis Biddle, Washington, D.C. 

REF . : C.G.A. Selections from the Collection of The Honourable and Mrs. Francis Biddle, 1957, 

n.p., no. 7 

GIF T : Francis Biddle, 1960 60.24 

Adolfo Muller-Ur y (i864*-ig47 ) 

Adolfo Muller-Ur y was born on Marc h 28, 1864* i n Airolo , Switzerland. H e 

studied painting under Melchior-Paul von Deschwanden at Stans, Switzerland, at the Munic h Academy, and, from 1881 to 1883, wit h Alexandre 

Cabanel i n Paris. H e worked i n Rome, then came to Americ a around 

1886. Although he visited Europe annually, keeping a studio i n London, he 

established his principa l studio i n New York. H e gained a considerable 

reputation as a portrait painter and many of the religious, political and 

cultural leaders i n Europe and America sat to him , including Pope Pius X , 

Pope Benedict XV , Pope Pius XI , Kaiser Wilhelm , Lor d Duveen, President 

McKinley , President and Mrs . Wilson, and the financier, J . Pierpont Mor -

gan. The Corcoran held an exhibition o f his portraits i n 1908. Muller-Ur y 

died i n New Yor k on Jul y 8, 1947. 

*Some sources indicat e 1862 

General Ulysses S. Grant 1897 

6iiX4i i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: A. Muller-Uryl 18gy 

COLL . : Jefferson Seligman, Ne w Yor k 

GIF T : Jefferson Seligman, 1900 00.9 

Ulysses Simpson Grant, eighteenth President of the Unite d States (1869-1877) was 

bor n i n Point Pleasant, Ohio , i n 1822. H e graduated fro m West Point i n 1843 and 

served i n Mexico , California and Oregon before resigning his commission i n 1854. H e 

rejoined the Arm y at the outbreak of the Civi l War , taking comman d of the Unio n 

Forces, wit h the rank of Lieutenant-General i n 1864. I n 1866 he was promoted to 

General. H e served for about six months as Secretary of Wa r ad interim under President Johnson i n 1867. H e was elected President i n 1868, and served two consecutive 

terms. H e died at his summer cottage at Mt . M'Gregor , near Saratoga, Ne w York , on 

Jul y 23, 1885. Thi s portrait was painted twelve years after his death. Th e head was 

undoubtedl y based on a photograph of about 1881, a prin t of whic h is preserved i n 

the Librar y of Congress. 

63 
Paul Wayland Bartlett (i865-1925) 

Paul Wayland Bartlett was born i n New Haven, Connecticut, on January 24, 

1865, son of the sculptor and critic, Truma n Howe Bartlett, who taught 

modelling for twenty-three years at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Whe n nine years old, Bartlett was sent to France wit h his mother for 

his education and at the age of fifteen entered the Ecole des Beaux-Arts. His 

training was concentrated i n the field of sculpture, and his great renown i n 

both Europe and America was earned i n this medium. H e did, however, 

when he was on holiday, find relaxation i n making small landscape sketches 

i n oil and pencil. 

T h e twenty-one oil sketches listed below were given to the Corcoran i n 1964 by the 

artist's step-daughter, Mrs . Armistead Peter II I (Caroline Ogden-Jones Peter), 

Washington, D.C , who said that they were for the most par t painted whil e the famil y 

was vacationing on the coast of Brittany durin g the later years of Bartlett's life. 

Woods and Pasture 

11x 8 64.37.1 

Cityscape 

5~wX 7 it ; on paper 64.37.11 

Trees 

8ix6 f 64.37.2 

T he Cliff 

4iX5^ ; on paper 64.37.12 

Pile Driver and Docks 

7X8 » 64-37-3 

Forest 

8 | X 5!; on paper 64-37-!3 

Building by the Water 

6|x8| 64.37.4 

Fishing Boats 

2§ X 4i ; on paper 64.37.14 

Cottage on the Creek 

6|x8| 64-37-5 

Cliffs 

5 J X 7; on wood 64-37-I5 

Lily Pond 

S i x 6 i 64.37.6 

O n the French Coast 

5 J- X 7; on wood 64.37.16 

Summer Sky 

i o£x8 f 64.37.7 

Figures on the Beach 

5 J X 7; on wood 64.37.17 

Beach 

5ix8f; on paper 64.37.8 

Sails on the Bay 

l o f x8 ± 64.37.18 

Harbor Scene 

4^ X 8J ; on paper 64-37-9 

The Harbor 

ioix8 J 64.37.19 

Coastal Village 

5 i X 7|; on paper 64.37.10 

City by the Sea 

8 J x io j 

Seascape 

7 x 8 f 

64.37.20 

64.37.48 

Robert Henr i (1865—1929) 

Rober t Henr i (original name, Rober t Henr y Cozad) was born i n Cincinnati 

on June 25, 1865. After a rigorous youth on the frontier i n Nebraska he 

entered the school of the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s i n 1886, 

working for two years under Thomas P. Anshutz before going to Paris to 

continue his training at the Julian Academy. Dissatisfied wit h the rigidit y of 

academic instruction, he left Paris to travel i n Brittany , Ital y and Spain, 

working independently unti l his return to the Unite d States i n 1891. He 

settled i n Philadelphia where he taught i n the Women' s School of Design 

and where his studio became the center for a group of young artists wit h 

who m he would be closely associated throughout his career, such men as 

Joh n Sloan, Willia m Glackens, George Luks and Everett Shinn. Henr i 

returned to Paris i n 1895, and it was not unti l 1898 that he established his 

64 

Paul Waylan d Bartlett Pile Driver and 

Docks 
Rober t Henr i John Sloan 
studio i n New York, teaching successively at the Velti n School, the Chase 

School, his own Henr i School, and finally at the Ar t Students League. A n 

inspired teacher, he greatly influenced his many pupils who included George 

Bellows, Leon Kroll , Eugene Speicher, Rockwell Ken t and Edward Hopper . 

T he 1917 Who's Who in Art listed over a hundred of his former students. 

Organizer and member of "Th e Eight " and supporter of the independent 

vanguard movement of realistic expression, Henr i was a controversial 

leader i n the development of American ar t i n the early twentieth century. 

H e was granted nine awards during his career, ranging from the Silver 

Meda l at the Pan-American Exposition i n Buffalo i n 1901 to the Temple 

Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s i n 1929. Hi s 

paintings hang i n the collections of well over thirt y museums, including the 

Metropolitan Museum of Art, the Chicago Ar t Institute, and the Boston 

Museum of Fine Arts . Henr i returned often to Europe and i n the later years 

of his life kept a summer home i n County Mayo , Ireland. H e died i n New 

Yor k on Jul y 12, 1929. 

John Sloan 1904 

56|x 4 i i 

SIGNED , l.r. : Robert Henri IGO4 

COLL . : Mr . and Mrs . Joh n Sloan, Ne w Yor k 

REF . : Catalogue of a Memorial Exhibition of the Works of Robert Henri, Th e Metropolitan 

Museu m of Art , Ne w York , 1931, p. 5, no. 18, ill. ; D . Grafly, "Rober t Henri, " 

American Magazine of Art, vol . 23, no. 6 (June 1931), pp . 436 ff., ill. ; C.G.A. Illustrated 

Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1939, p. 55, no. 172, ill. ; C.G.A. 

Handbook of the American Paintings, 1947, p. 72, ill. ; R. H . Bremner , "Rober t Henri, " 

Museum Echoes, vol. 27, no. 10 (Oct. 1954), pp . 75 ff., ill. ; V . W . Brooks, John Sloan, a 

Painter's Life, 1955, p. 192, ill. ; Robert Henri, I86J-IG2G—IG6J , Sheldon Memoria l Ar t 

Gallery, Universit y of Nebraska, Lincoln , 1965, p. 32, no. 22 

GIFT : Mr . and Mrs . Joh n Sloan, 1939 39.5 

For biography of Joh n Sloan, the artist, see below p. 84 . 

Seated Nude c. 1918 

32 X 26J 

COLL . : estate of the artist; Mr . and Mrs . A . M . Adler , Ne w Yor k 

GIF T : A . M . and Lillia n Adler , 1967 67.4 

Indian Gir l in White Ceremonial Blanket c. 1921 

32 X 26 

Signed, l.r. : ROBERT HENRI; on back: 21 IK followed by "ROBERT HENRI/ 

INDIAN GIRL IN WHITE CEREMONIAL/BLANKET" 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Ninth Exhibition of Contemporary Oil Paintings, Dec. 1923-Jan. 1924, 

p. 71, no. 281 , ill. ; R. Henderson, "Rober t Henri, " The American Magazine of Art, 

vol. XXI , no. 1 (Jan. 1930), pp. 3 ff., ill. ; Art of the United States, The XXIs t 

Biennial, Venice, 1938, n.p., no. 29; Directions in Twentieth Century American Painting, 

Dallas Museu m of Fine Arts , Texas, 1961, n.p., no. 14, ill. ; Modern American Painting: 

IGI5 , Th e Fine Art s Gallery of San Diego, California, Dec. 1962-Jan. 1963, pp. 15 f., 

n o. 21 , ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1923 23.15 

66 

Rober t Henr i Indian Girl in White 

Ceremonial Blanket 
Robert Lee MacCameron (1866—1912) 

Rober t Lee MacCameron was born i n Chicago on Januar y 14, 1866. H e 

spent his boyhood i n the primitiv e frontier town of Necadah, Wisconsin. A t 

the age of fourteen he was working as a lumberjack when a chance meeting 

wit h a French drawing teacher gave hi m an incentive to follow his natura l 

aptitude for art. H e went to Chicago where he was employed as an illustrator 

while studying painting at the Y.M.C.A. , then to New York, working briefly 

under Willia m Merritt Chase. I n 1888 he traveled to London, and after a 

short period crossed the Channel to Paris where he entered the Ecole des 

Beaux-Arts. The following years were spent i n Europe, and it was there that 

he received his first publi c recognition. H e won two awards i n the Paris 

Salons of 1904 and 1906, and i n the Salon of 1908 was given the Hors Concours award on the painting listed below. Subsequently he worked especially i n 

the field of portraiture, painting i n London, Paris and New Yor k where such 

notables as the Duke and Duchess of Rutland, Lad y Diana Manners , 

Auguste Rodin, Presidents McKinle y and Taft and Miss Maud e Adams sat 

to him . H e was elected Associate Membe r of the Nationa l Academy i n 191 o 

a nd a Chevalier de la Legion d'Honneur i n 1912. H e was on a tri p to the 

Unite d States to fulfill portrait commissions when he died suddenly i n New 

Yor k on December 29, 1912. 

Group of Friends 190 7 

5^x65 

SIGNED , 1.1.: R. MacCAMERONPARIS 1907 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF. : Salon de 1908, Paris, n.p., no. 1157, ill . (Hor s Concours Award) ; C.G.A. 

Second Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1908-Jan. 1909, 

n.p., no. 178 (under title Groupe d'Amis) 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1909 09.9 

Thi s painting , know n as Groupe d'Amis, has also been listed i n some publications as 

Wormwood. I t is related to the painting , Absinthe Drinkers, formerl y i n the collection o f 

the Buffalo Fine Art s Academy (Albright-Kno x Ar t Gallery). It s present location is 

unknown . 

Allen Tucker (1866—1939) 

Allen Tucker was born on June 29, 1866 i n Sterling Heights, now a section 

of Brooklyn, New York. H e took a degree i n architecture at Columbia 

University i n 1888, and, while working as an architectural draftsman i n 

N ew York, studied painting and drawing at the Ar t Students League under 

John H . Twachtman (1891-1895). I n 1904 he left the field of architecture to 

devote full time to painting. Keeping New Yor k as headquarters, he spent 

summers painting i n France and Spain, along the coasts of New England and 

N ew Jersey, or i n New Mexico or the Canadian Rockies. Tucker was a member of the Association of American Painters and Sculptors and took an active 

par t i n the organization of the Armor y Show of 1913. I n 1917 he helped to 

found the Society of Independent Artists. H e taught and lectured at the Ar t 

Students League from 1920 to 1928 and during the last years of his life 

published extensively. Hi s first comprehensive one-man show was held i n 

1918 at the Whitne y Studio Club which later became the Whitne y Museum 

of American Art , and it was appropriate that the large memoria l exhibition 

of Tucker's works i n 1939 was held by that institution. H e is represented i n 

the Metropolitan Museum of Art , the Whitne y Museum, the Brooklyn 

67 

Allen Tucke r A Book of Verse 
Museum, the Phillips Collection, Washington, the Albright-Kno x Ar t 

Gallery, Buffalo, and the Chicago Ar t Institute. Tucker died i n New York on 

Januar y 26, 1939. 

A Book of Verse 1916 

30x2 5 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Allen Tucker 11916 

COLL . : the estate o f the artist; Th e Alle n Tucke r Memoria l 

GIF T : Th e Alle n Tucke r Memorial , 1955 55.2 

November Autumn 

40 X 50 

SIGNED , l.r. : Allen Tucker 

COLL . : the estate of the artist; Th e Alle n Tucke r Memoria l 

GIF T : Th e Alle n Tucke r Memorial , 1955 55.3 

Alber t Lorey Groll was born i n New Yor k on December 8, 1866. H e attended 

a drawing school i n Darmstadt, Germany, before studying at the Royal 

Academy of Munic h from which he was graduated i n 1899. O n his return to 

N ew Yor k he specialized i n landscape painting and was particularly known 

for his views of the desert area of the South West. H e had first become interested 

i n that par t of the country when he accompanied Professor Stuart Culin of 

the Brooklyn Museum of Art s and Sciences on an exploration tri p to New 

Mexico and Arizona at the tur n of the century, and he made many further 

trips to that area during his long career. Groll won numerous awards, in -

cluding the Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s i n 

1907, the Inness Gold Meda l at the Nationa l Academy of Design i n 1911, and 

the Silver Meda l at the San Francisco Exposition i n 1915. H e was elected 

Academician i n the Nationa l Academy i n 191 o and was a member of the 

Nationa l Institute o f Art s and Letters. Hi s work is represented i n the 

Metropolitan Museum of Art, the Carnegie Institute, the Brooklyn Museum 

and the Phillips Collection, Washington, D.C. Groll died i n New York on 

October 2, 1952. 

No-Man's Land, Arizona 

4°iX5i i 

SIGNED , l.r. : A. L. Groll 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Third Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1910-Jan. 1911, n.p., no. 38 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1911 11.7 

George Benjamin Luks was born i n the minin g town of Williamsport, 

Pennsylvania, on August 13, 1867. Hi s father was a physician and his 

mother an amateur painter. H e attended the Pennsylvania Academy of the 

Fine Art s and i n 1885 went to Germany to enter the Diisseldorf Ar t Academy. 

For about ten years he traveled and studied i n Europe, returning to Philadelphia i n 1894 to work as a newspaper artist, first on the Philadelphia Press 

and then on the Evening Bulletin. Here he was initiated into Rober t Henri's 

"Tuesday Evenings" and became close friends wit h Everett Shinn, Willia m 

Alber t Lorey Groll (i860—1952) 

George Benjamin Luks (1867—1933) 

68 
George Benjamin Luks Woman with Black Cat 
Glackens and Joh n Sloan, all fellow press artists. After a brief assignment to 

Cuba to cover the Spanish-American War , Luks moved to New Yor k i n 1896 

where he joined the staff of the New York World, illustrating news stories, 

drawing caricatures, and contributing a weekly comic page. U p to this 

period he had worked almost exclusively i n black and white, but i n 1898 he 

began painting i n oils wit h such success that he was soon able to give up 

journalism. A n independent, as were his friends Shinn, Glackens and Sloan 

w ho were also now working i n New York, he was grouped wit h them as one 

of the New Yor k Realists or "ash can school." H e was a member of "Th e 

Eight, " and participated i n the 1913 Armor y Show. H e was awarded the 

Templ e Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s i n 1918, 

the Logan Meda l at the Chicago Ar t Institute i n both 1920 and 1926, and the 

First Willia m A. Clark Prize and Gold Meda l at the Corcoran Gallery i n 

1932 on the painting listed below. H e taught for a time at the Ar t Students 

League and conducted his own classes intermittently . Although he rebelled 

against the Nationa l Academy and most of the conservative ar t associations 

o f his day he was a member of the American Society of Painters, Sculptors 

a nd Gravers, the Nationa l Association of Portrait Painters, and the New 

Society of Artists. H e died i n New Yor k on October 29, 1933. 

Woman with Black Cat 1932 

3ofX25 f 

SIGNED , 1.1.: George Luks 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF. : Art Digest, vol. VII , no. 5 (Dec. 1, 1932), p. 3, ill . (on cover); C.G.A. The 

Thirteenth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Dec. 1932-Jan. 1933, p. 45, 

n o. 82, ill . (First Prize and Corcoran Gol d Medal); C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of 

Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1933, p. 65, no. 200, ill. ; Catalog of an Exhibition of the Work of George Benjamin Luks, Newar k Museum , Ne w Jersey, 1934, p. 27, 

n o. 68, ill. ; Magazine of Art, Jan . 1937, p. 5, ill . (in color); Art of the United States, The 

XXIs t Biennial, Venice, 1938, n.p., no. 37; E. F. Gual , El Arte en los Estados Unidos: 

La Pintura, Mexico , 1956, vol. II , pp . 14 ff., ill . (in color); C.G.A. Twenty Fifth 

Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1957, "Th e Historica l 

Section, " p. 15, no. 13, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1932 32.13 

T h e artist informed the Gallery tha t the subject was an old beggar woma n who m he 

saw on the street i n Ne w Yor k and asked to pose for him . 

Jerome Myers (1867—1940) 

Jerome Myer s was born i n Petersburg, Virginia , on Marc h 20, 1867. His 

family moved to Philadelphia, then to Baltimore where, still i n his teens, he 

worked as a sign painter and posed i n spare time for students i n the Baltimore 

School of Fine Arts . Whe n his family moved to New Yor k i n 1886 he studied 

evenings at Cooper Unio n and the Ar t Students League while employed 

during the day painting signs and stage sets and working finally i n the ar t 

department of the Herald Tribune. H e went to Paris i n 1896, but returned to 

N ew Yor k after a brie f stay to make a career of recording the life of the lower 

East Side. I n 1900 an introduction to Willia m Macbeth resulted i n his 

association wit h the Macbeth Gallery. However , he di d not have his first 

one-man exhibition of paintings at the gallery unti l 1908. Myer s became 

allied wit h the New Yor k Realists, such independents as Rober t Henri , 

Willia m Glackens, John Sloan and Guy Pene duBois. Although he was not 

one of "Th e Eight, " he was a member of the American Society of Painters, 

Sculptors and Gravers and took an active par t i n planning the 1913 Armor y 

70 
Show. Hi s early work consisted mainl y of drawings, pastels and watercolors, 

b ut i n mid-career he turned more and more to painting i n oil, and around 

1915 he began also to etch. Hi s first award was a Bronze Meda l presented at 

the St. Louis Exposition i n 1904, and many other honors followed, such as the 

Nationa l Academy Clarke Prize i n 1919 and the Carnegie Prize i n 1936. H e 

was elected Associate Membe r of the Nationa l Academy i n 1919 and 

Academician i n 1929. Durin g the last years of his life he published numerous 

illustrated articles, and his autobiography, Artist in Manhattan, came out only a 

few months before his death i n New Yor k on June 29, 1940. 

Life on the Eas t Side 1931 

301x40 1 

SIGNED , l.r. : JEROME MYERS IN. T. 1931 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Thirteenth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Dec. 

1932-Jan. 1933, p. 55, no. 120; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and 

Other Art Objects, 1933, p. 75, ill. ; A . Burroughs , Limners and Likenesses, 1936, p. 158, 

ill. ; J . Myers , Artist in Manhattan, America n Artist s Group , Ne w York , 1940, p. 221 , 

ill. ; Jerome Myers Memorial Exhibition, Whitne y Museu m of America n Art , Ne w 

York , 1941, p. 10, no. 20; C.G.A. Twenty Fifth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary 

American Oil Paintings, 1957, "Th e Historica l Section, " p. 19, no. 41 ; Jerome Myers: 

An Artist in Manhattan, Delaware Ar t Center, Wilmington , 1967, p. 13, no. 23 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1932 32.11 

71 

Jerome Myer s Life on the East Side 
Myer s has writte n of this scene, as well as of a closely related painting , The Old 

Quarter: "Typica l and arresting this East Side scene, East o f the Bowery, hardl y more 

than a stone's thro w fro m Chinatown. Th e impress of character creates an atmosphere vita l and personal, of a race for who m dail y existence mingles the old and the 

new - fro m the synagogue to the pushcart, fro m the barter of the mornin g marke t to 

the hol y dinne r at evening, lighted by the sacred Sabbath candles. Age has its respect, 

yout h its training . Thei r dail y life is not withou t humor , aged men deeply mused i n 

the Talmu d adding thei r monotone to the marke t chorus. " 

Walter Elmer Schofield (1867-1944) 

Walte r Elmer Schofield was born i n Philadelphia on September 9, 1867. He 

studied at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s and, i n 1892, continued his training at the Julian Academy i n Paris. Tirin g of the conservative instruction at the Academy, he left to paint en plein air i n the area of 

Fontainebleau and i n Brittany. H e later found the south coast of England 

congenial and became identified wit h the painters' colony located at St. Ives. 

H e divided his time between Europe and the Unite d States throughout his 

career, exhibiting regularly i n both London and America. H e was elected a 

member of the Roya l Society of British Artists and the Roya l Society of Oi l 

Painters i n England, and was a member of the Society of American Artists 

(1904), the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters, and the Nationa l Academy 

(Associate, 1902; Academician, 1907). Hi s work was recognized wit h many 

honors, such as the First Hallgarten Prize at the Nationa l Academy of Design 

i n 1901, the Sesnan Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine 

Art s i n 1903, the Gold Meda l of Hono r at the Carnegie Institute i n 1904, and 

the Mrs . Keit h Spalding Prize at the Chicago Ar t Institute i n 1921. The 

Corcoran Gallery held three one-man exhibitions of his paintings i n 1912, 

1920 and 1932, and awarded the Second Willia m A. Clark Prize and Silver 

Meda l for his work exhibited i n the Tent h Biennial i n 1926. Schofield died i n 

Cornwall, England, on Marc h 1, 1944. 

Cliff Shadows 1921 

5oix6o i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Schofield-/''21 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Eighth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1921-Jan. 1922, p. 27, no. 99, ill. ; V . Barker , "Contemporar y Painting at the Corcoran Gallery of Art, " Art and Archeology, vol . XIII , no. 1 (Dec. 1921), pp. 5 f., ill- ; 

"Studio-Talk, " The Studio, vol. 83, no. 347 (Feb. 15, 1922), p. 115, ill. ; The American 

Magazine of Art, vol. 13, no. 2 (Feb. 1922), p. 46, ill. ; J . Lever , "W . Elme r Schofield — 

Artist, " The Vista, Aug . 1929, pp. 8, 27, ill. ; C.G.A. Special Exhibition of Paintings by 

W. Elmer Schofield, 1932, n.p., no. 10 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1921 21.9 

Thi s scene is one of many Schofield painted of the rocky coast of Cornwall. 

Alfred Henry Maurer (1868—1932) 

Alfred Henr y Maure r was born i n New Yor k on Apri l 21 , 1868, son of the 

artist Louis Maurer , who had painted many of the popular scenes for 

prints published by Currier and Ives. H e grew up i n a brownstone row house 

on West 43rd Street and, at the age of sixteen, left school to work i n the 

family's commercial lithography firm . Hi s early ar t training was perfunctory, 

b ut as time allowed he attended evening classes at the Nationa l Academy of 

Design. I n 1897 he went abroad and for the next seventeen years lived i n 

72 
Alfred Henr y Maure r Toung Woman in Kimono 

Paris, studying briefly at the Julian Academy, but for the most par t working 

on his own. Painting i n an academic style reminiscent of Whistler , he soon 

achieved professional recognition, winnin g the Gold Meda l and the First 

Prize o f $1,500 at the Carnegie Institute i n 1901, and, over the next four 

years, medals at the Pan-American Exposition, Buffalo, at the St. Louis 

Exposition, and at exhibitions i n Liege and Munich . Aroun d 1904 he met 

Gertrude and Leo Stein and their coterie of artist friends i n Paris, and about 

this time abandoned his academic manner of painting to experiment wit h 

impressionism and fauvism, and eventually cubism. H e held his first onem an exhibition i n the Stieglitz "291 Gallery " i n New Yor k i n 1909 and was 

occasionally included thereafter i n the group exhibitions of avant-garde 

painters i n the "291 " and other New Yor k galleries. Four of his paintings 

were hung i n the 1913 Armor y Show. H e was a member of the Society of 

Independent Artists and exhibited annually wit h this group from 1917 to 

1932. I n 1914, Worl d Wa r I forced Maurer' s return to New York, and he 

spent the rest of his life painting i n a small back bedroom i n his father's 

West 43rd Street residence, subjected to constant parental disapproval and 

harassment and bitter press criticism. I t was not unti l the late 20's that a 

limited publi c accepted his work. H e first visited Marlboro-on-the-Hudson 

around 1915, and this area became a congenial summer retreat to which he 

often escaped throughout the succeeding years. Debilitated by il l health, 

which was aggravated by the crushing news that the contents of his Paris 

73 
Alfred Henr y Maure r Two Heads 

studio, to which he had been unable to return, had been dispersed i n payment of delinquent rent, and emotionally upset by the invidious comparison 

of his wor k to his father's, he became increasingly depressed. Whe n his father 

was "rediscovered" shortly before reaching the age of one hundred, the 

publi c acclaim accorded the old man's wor k was particularly galling to 

Maurer , and i n deep discouragement he committed suicide i n New Yor k on 

August 4, 1932, two weeks following his father's death. 

Young Woman in Kimono c. 1901 

30x28 } 

SIGNED , l.r. : Alfred H. Maurer 

COLL . : Edit h Newlands Johnston and Jane t Newlands Johnston, Washington, D.C. 

REF . : C. E. Buckley, "Fou r Contemporaries, " C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 3, no. 3 (Jan. 

74 
1950? PP2 1

 ff-> ill- ( o n cover); Alfred H. Maurer, Bertha Schaefer Gallery, Ne w 

York , 1958, n.p., no. 1; R. M . Coates, "Hartle y and Maurer , "The New Yorker, 

Dec. 20, 1958, p. 78 

GIF T : Edit h Newlands Johnston and Jane t Newlands Johnston, 1950 50.11 

T wo Heads c.1929 

l9w X

J

4 i ; casein and gouache on composition board 

COLL . : the artist's estate; lone and Hudson Walke r Collection, Universit y of Minne -

sota 

REF. : Alfred H. Maurer, 1868-1932, Babcock Galleries, Ne w York , 1968, p. 9, no. 11, 

ill . 

PURCHAS E : Director' s Discretionary Fund , 1968 68.29 

Gir l with Red Hair f 

2 4 ! X 17I; board 

SIGNED , 1.1.: A. H. Maurer 

COLL . : Francis Biddle , Washington, D.C. 

REF . : C.G.A. Selections from the Collection of The Honorable and Mrs. Francis Biddle, 

!957> n.p., no. 6 

GIFT : Francis Biddle, i960 60.23 

Chauncey Foster Ryder (1868—1949) 

Chauncey Foster Ryder , landscape painter, etcher and lithographer , was 

born i n Danbury , Connecticut, on February 29, 1868. H e attended the 

Chicago Ar t Institute and, after working i n Chicago for two years as an 

illustrator , continued his training at Paris i n the atelier of Ma x Bohm and at 

the Julian Academy. H e traveled i n Holland , Ital y and France before 

returning to the Unite d States about 1908. H e established his studio i n New 

York, but spent long summers painting i n New England where he had a 

residence at Wilton , New Hampshire. H e exhibited i n the Paris Salons and i n 

London, Glasgow and Antwerp while i n Europe between 1902 and 1908, 

winning his first professional recognition wit h an Honorable Mentio n i n the 

Paris Salon of 1907. H e received a Silver Meda l at the Panama-Pacific 

Exposition i n San Francisco i n 1915 and the second Altma n Prize at the 

Nationa l Academy of Design i n 1933. H e was elected Associate of the 

Nationa l Academy i n 1914, Academician i n 1920, and was also a member of 

the American Wate r Color Society and the Society of American Etchers. 

Ryder died i n New Yor k on Ma y 18, 1949 at the age of eighty-one. 

Cape Porpoise 

32x4 0 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Chauncey F. Ryder 

Coll.: purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Fourth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1912-Jan. 1913, n.p., no. 242 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fun d ,1912 12.9 

Cape Porpoise is located near Ogunquit, Maine . 

75 
Bryson Burroughs (1869—1934) 

Bryson Burroughs was born on September 8, 1869 at Hyde Park, Massachusetts, a suburb of Boston. H e studied at the Ar t Academy of Cincinnati 

a nd i n 1889 attended the Ar t Students League, New York, working under 

Siddons Mowbra y and Kenyon Cox. Havin g won the League's Chanler 

Scholarship i n 1891, he continued his training i n Paris at the Julian Academy, 

the Ecole des Beaux-Arts and i n the atelier of Luc-Olivie r Merson. The 

elderly Puvis de Chavannes befriended the young student during this period 

a nd greatly influenced his work. After a year i n Florence, he returned to the 

Unite d States i n 1896, establishing his studio i n New Yor k and teaching 

briefly at the Ar t Students League (1902-1903). I n 1906 he accepted the 

position of Assistant Curator of Paintings at the Metropolitan Museum of 

Art, becoming Curator i n 1909, a post he held unti l his death i n New York i n 

1934. Fro m this time on he was able to devote only par t time to his painting, 

b ut one-man exhibitions were held i n Paris (1914), and i n such institutions 

as the Albright Ar t Gallery, Buffalo, the Cleveland Museum of Art, the 

Cincinnati Museum of Ar t and the Detroit Museum of Art . H e worked also 

i n the field of mura l decoration, using the early Italian fresco technique. He 

was a member of the Society of American Artists and an Academician of 

the Nationa l Academy. 

Demeter and Persephone 1917 

36JX24i 

SIGNED , l.r. : BRTSONBURROUGHS 1917 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Twelfth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Nov . 1930-

Jan . 1931, p. 79, no. 226, ill. ; Bryson Burroughs: Catalogue of a Memorial Exhibition of 

His Works, Th e Metropolita n Museu m of Art , Ne w York , 1935, p. 3, no. 26, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Willia m A . Clar k Fund , 1930 30.7 

As was his wont, Burroughs has used here a typicall y America n landscape, reminiscent 

perhaps of the shore of Peconic Bay on Lon g Island, as the background for this 

version of an episode i n the Demeter and Persephone classical myth . 

E. Ambrose Webster (1869—1935) 

E. Ambrose Webster was born i n Charlestown, Massachusetts, on January 31 , 

1869. I n 1893 he entered the School of the Boston Museum of Fine Art s to 

study under Frank Benson and Edmun d Tarbell and i n 1896 continued his 

training at the Julia n Academy i n Paris. H e spent some time i n Egmond, 

Holland , before returning to the Unite d States i n 1900. H e settled i n 

Provincetown, Massachusetts, which was to remain his permanent home, 

although he traveled extensively i n Europe, the West Indies, and i n this 

country. I n the early 20's he returned to Paris for a year's study wit h the 

Cubist painter, Alber t Gleizes. Webster was one of the founding members of 

the Provincetown Ar t Association and served as its Director from 1917 to 

1919, acting as juror , teacher, lecturer as well as exhibitor wit h this group for 

many years. H e died at his home i n Provincetown on Januar y 23, 1935. A 

memorial exhibition of his work was held by the Provincetown Ar t Association i n 1950, and a Retrospective Exhibition at the Babcock Galleries i n New 

Yor k i n 1965. 

76 
E. Ambrose Webster Match-Me-If-Tou-Can 

Match-Me-If-You-Can 1915 

30 x 40 

SIGNED , l.r. : E.A. WEBSTER '7 5 

COLL . : the artist's estate; Kar l F. Rodgers, West Caldwell, Ne w Jersey (nephew of the 

artist) 

REF. : E. Ambrose Webster, i86g-igj5: A Retrospective of Paintings, Babcock Galleries, 

N e w York , 1965, n.p., no. 4 

GIF T : Kar l F. Rodgers, 1965 65.17.1 

Banana Tree 

30 X 40 

SIGNED , l.r. : E.A. WEBSTER 

COLL . : the artist's estate; Kar l F. Rodgers, West Caldwell, Ne w Jersey (nephew of the 

artist) 

GIF T : Kar l F. Rodgers, 1965 65.17.2 

William McGregor Paxton (1869—1941) 

Willia m McGregor Paxton was born i n Baltimore, Maryland , on June 22, 

1869, although he spent his youth i n Newton, Massachusetts, where his 

family moved i n 1870. H e began his ar t training under Dennis Bunker at the 

Cowles Ar t School i n Boston and at the age of nineteen went to Paris to study 

under Jean-Leon Gerome at the Ecole des Beaux-Arts. H e returned to 

Boston i n 1893, and this city remained the center of his activity although he 

d i d considerable work i n Philadelphia. H e was appointed instructor i n the 

School of the Boston Museum of Fine Art s i n 1906, a position he held unti l 

1913. H e worked i n portraitur e and mura l decoration as well as landscape, 

figure painting and still life, and experimented i n etching, dr y point, silver 

point and lithography. H e won such honors as an Honorabl e Mentio n citation at the Pan-American Exposition i n Buffalo i n 1901 and the Bronze 

Meda l at the St. Louis Exposition i n 1904; on four occasions i n the 20's he 

77 
was awarded the Popular Vot e Prize at Corcoran Biennials. H e was elected 

Associate Membe r of the Nationa l Academy i n 1917 and Academician i n 

1928. Paxton died i n Newton, Massachusetts, i n 1941. 

T he House Maid 191 o 

3oiX25i 

SIGNED , u.l. : PAXTOJV/igio 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF. : Art and Progress, vol. II , no. 5 (Marc h 1911), p. 147, ill. ; Catalogue of the 106th 

Annual Exhibition, Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , Philadelphia , 1911, p. 14, 

no. 14, ill. ; The Sixth Annual Exhibition of Selected Paintings by American Artists, Albrigh t 

A r t Gallery, Th e Buffalo Fine Art s Academy , 1911, p. 28, no. 104, ill. ; Catalogue of the 

Sixth Annual Exhibition of Selected Paintings by American Artists, Cit y Ar t Museum, St. 

Louis , Missouri, 1911, p. 46, no. 93, ill. ; Official Catalogue, Department of Fine Arts , 

Panama-Pacific Internationa l Exposition, San Francisco, 1915, p . 169, no. 3812, 

ill. ; Illustrated Catalogue, Post-Exposition Period, Department of Fine Arts , Panama -

Pacific Internationa l Exposition, San Francisco, California, 1916, p. 47, no. 4884, ill ; 

C.G.A. Sixth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1916-Jan. 

1917, n.p., no. 55; C.G.A. De Gustibus . . . An Exhibition of American Paintings Illustrating 

a Century of Taste and Criticism, 1949, n.p., no. 40, ill. ; William McGregor Paxton, N.A. : 

Memorial Exhibition of Paintings, Museu m of Fine Arts , Boston, 1941, p. 19, no. 28 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1916 16.9 

Hobar t Nichols (1869—1962) 

Henr y Hobar t Nichols was born i n Washington, D.C , on Ma y i , 1869. H e 

studied under Howar d Helmic k and at the Ar t Students League i n Washington, and continued his training i n Paris at the Julian Academy and wit h 

Claudio Castellucho. O n his return to the Unite d States he made New York 

his headquarters although he spent much time i n New England, painting 

along the coast and i n the mountains. H e served as Assistant to the Director 

of Fine Art s on the Unite d States Commission for the Paris Exposition i n 

1900; was Director and Trustee of the Tiffany Foundation, Oyster Bay, New 

York ; was Trustee of the Metropolitan Museum of Ar t i n New York ; and 

served as President of the Nationa l Academy (1939) to which he had been 

elected Associate Membe r i n 1912 and Academician i n 1920. H e won many 

honors during his long career including the Second Corcoran Prize (1901) 

and the First Corcoran Prize (1906) i n exhibitions of the Washington Water 

Color Club, and the First Altma n Prize (1925) awarded by the National 

Academy of Design. Nichols died i n New Yor k at the age of ninety-three. 

T he Creek 

14 X16f;canva s board 

SIGNED , 1.1.: -H Hobart NicholsCOLL . : Charles C. Glover , Jr . Washington, D.C. 

GIF T : Charles C. Glover , Jr. , 1962 62.11 

T he Housatonic in Winter 

38x4 3 

SIGNED , l.r. : -Hobart NicholsCOLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

PURCHAS E : Galler y Fund , 1924 

Sub-Zero 

30x35 ! 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Hobart Nichols 

COLL . : Arche r M . Huntington , Ne w Yor k 

24.8 

78 

Willia m McGrego r Paxton The House 

Maid 
Hobar t Nichols Sub-^ero 

Ref.: Catalogue of the noth Exhibition, Nationa l Academy of Design, Ne w York , 1935, 

p. 57, no. 246, ill. ; C.G.A. The Eighteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil 

Paintings, 1943, p. 28, no. 140 

GIFT : Arche r M . Huntington , 1946 47.2 

Edward Willis Redfield (1869—1965) 

Edwar d W . Redfield was born i n Bridgeville, Delaware, on December 18, 

1869. Hi s talent for drawing developed at an early age, and, after some preliminar y work, he entered the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s where 

he studied for five years. H e then went to Paris to attend the Julian Academy 

wit h the intention of concentrating on portraiture. Durin g the three years of 

training i n the Academy, Redfield, i n company wit h Rober t Henri , Charles 

Grafly and other rebellious young American artists, would occasionally 

escape Paris to paint en plein air i n the countryside, and Redfield was soon 

painting landscapes almost exclusively. Following further travel on the 

continent he came back to the Unite d States i n 1893, and, except for a brief 

return to Fontainebleau i n 1898, he painted i n the area around his farm at 

Center Bridge i n Bucks County, Pennsylvania, or his summer home at 

Boothbay Harbor , Maine . Redfield was honored wit h over thirt y awards 

during his lifetime, including the Fischer Prize and Bronze Meda l i n the 

Corcoran's First Annua l Exhibition of Oi l Paintings by Contemporary 

American Artists (1907) and the First Willia m A. Clark Prize and Gold 

Meda l i n the second (1908). The Corcoran held three exhibitions of his work, 

the first a one-man show i n 1910, the second a join t exhibition wit h Edmun d 

C. Tarbell i n 1918, and the thir d a join t exhibition wit h Gar i Melchers i n 

1928. H e was a member of the Society of American Artists, of the Nationa l 

Academy and of both the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters and the 

79 
Edwar d Willi s Redfield The Road to Center Bridge 

American Academy of Art s and Letters. A t the age of seventy-five he gave up 

painting. H e died at Center Bridge on October 19, 1965. 

Overlooking the Valley c. 1921 

38 X 501 

SIGNED , l.r. : E. W. REDFIELD. 

COLL . : George M . Oyster, Jr. , Washington, D.C. 

Ref.: C.G.A. Eighth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1921-Jan. 1922, p. 23, no. 52; B. B. Perlman, The Immortal Eight, 1962, passim, ill . 

BEQUEST : George M . Oyster, Jr. , 1924 24.7 

Redfield painted at least three landscapes entitled Overlooking the Valley, exhibited, 

respectively, i n the Corcoran's Fourth , Seventh and Eight h Biennials. Th e first version 

is i n the collection of the Metropolita n Museu m of Art , Ne w York ; the location of 

the second has not been ascertained; the Corcoran's version is the third . 

T he Mill in Winter 1922 

50^X56 1 

SIGNED , l.r. : E WREDFIELD 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Ninth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Dec. 1923-

Jan . 1924, p. 43, no. 131, ill. ; C. V . Wheeler , "Redfield, " The American Magazine of 

Art, vol. XVI , no. 1 (Jan. 1925), pp. 3 ff., ill. ; C. V . Wheeler , Redfield, 1925 (privately 

printed , Washington, D.C) , p. 22, ill. ; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings and 

Sculptures, 1926, p. 69, no. 272, ill. ; E. V . Lucas, "Danie l Garber and Edwar d 

Redfield, " The Ladies' Home Journal, Ma y 1926, pp. 20 ff., ill . (in color); E. Neuhaus, 

History and Ideals of American Art, 1931, p. 279, ill. ; An Exhibition of American Painting 

from Colonial Times until Today, Th e Saginaw Museum , Michigan , 1948, p. 20, no. 47, 

ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1923 23.11 

Road to Lumberville 

2lJ X 19^ 

SIGNED , l.r. : E WREDFIELD 

COLL . : James Parmelee, Washington, D.C. 

BEQUES T : James Parmelee, 1941 41.56 

80 
T he Road to Center Bridge 

38JX5 0 

SIGNED , l.r. : E. W.Redfield 

COLL . : Charles C. Glover , Sr., Washington, D.C ; Lad y Inchyra , Londo n 

REF . : Exhibition of Paintings by Edward W. Redfield, Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine 

Arts , Philadelphia, 1909, n.p., no. 44; An Exhibition of Oil Paintings by Edward W. 

Redjield, Albrigh t Ar t Gallery, Buffalo Fine Art s Academy, 1909, n.p., no. 36; A 

Collection of Oil Paintings by Mr. Edward W. Redjield, Th e Cit y Ar t Museu m of St. 

Louis , Missouri, 1909, n.p., no. 36; C.G.A. Exhibition of Paintings by Edward W. 

Redfield, 1910, n.p., no. 31 ; J . N . Laurvik , "Edwar d W . Redfield - Landscape 

Painter, " The International Studio, vol. XLI , no. 162 (August 1910), pp. xxi x ff., ill. ; 

H . W . Henderson, Art Treasures of Washington, 1912, p. 144, ill. ; Exhibition of 

Paintings by Edward W. Redfield, Th e Memoria l Ar t Gallery, Rochester, Ne w York , 

1914, n.p., no. 32 

GIFT : Lad y Inchyra , 1962 62.9.3 

Spring Landscape 

24 X 20 

SIGNED , 1.1.: E. W. REDFIELD 

COLL . : Edwar d C. and Mar y Walker , Walkerville , Ontario , Canada, and Washington, D.C. 

REF . : B. Pollack, " A Visit wit h Edwar d W . Redfield, " The Sunday Bulletin Magazine, 

Philadelphia, Aug . 4, 1963, pp. 8 ff., ill . (in color) 

BEQUEST : Mar y Emm a Griffin Walker , 1937, Th e Edwar d C. and Mar y Walke r 

Collection 37-44 

William James Glackens (i 870-1938) 

Willia m James Glackens was born i n Philadelphia on Marc h 13, 1870. I n 

1891, three years after graduation from high school, Glackens became an 

artist-reporter first on the Philadelphia Record and later on the Press together 

wit h John Sloan, George B. Luks and Everett Shinn. H e attended night 

classes i n the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s and i n 1894 shared a 

studio wit h Rober t Henri . I n 1895 he worked his way abroad on a cattle boat, 

visiting Belgium and Holland wit h Henr i and painting i n the environs of 

Paris. O n his return to America i n 1896, he settled i n New York, working for 

the New York Herald, the New York World, and a numbe r of magazines. 

McClure's sent hi m to Cuba i n 1898 to cover the Spanish-American War , and, 

when back i n New York, he continued to work i n illustration on a free-lance 

basis unti l about 1914, when he could afford to devote full time to painting. 

H e was one of "Th e Eight " who exhibited at the Macbeth Galleries i n 1908, 

a nd was i n the group of artists that organized the exhibition of the "Independents" i n 1910. H e was chairman of the committee that selected the American 

entries for the Armor y Show of 1913 and was represented by three paintings 

i n the exhibition. H e served as first president of the Society of Independent 

Artists when it was formed i n 1916. H e had made a second tri p to Europe i n 

1906, traveling i n Spain and France, and i n 1912 went to Paris at the request 

of Dr . Alber t C. Barnes to purchase contemporary paintings for the Barnes 

Collection. Fro m 1925 to 1932 he returned to Europe frequently, painting i n 

Paris and its suburbs and i n the south of France. Glackens first exhibited i n 

a large annual at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s i n 1894, and 

w on the Gold Meda l for Drawing i n the Pan-American Exposition i n Buffalo 

i n 1901, the first of many honors conferred on hi m during his career. H e was 

elected Associate Membe r of the Nationa l Academy i n 1906 and Academician 

i n 1933. H e died suddenly on Ma y 22, 1938 while visiting the Prendergasts 

i n Westport, Connecticut. 

81 
Luxembourg Gardens 1906 

23fX3 2 

SIGNED , 1.1.: W Glackens 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : F. Watson, "Willia m Glackens, " The Arts, 1923, pp. 246 ff., ill. ; F. Watson, 

William Glackens, 1923, p. 19, ill. ; G. P. d u Bois, William J . Glackens (American Artists 

Series, Whitne y Museu m of American Art) , 1931, p. 50, ill. ; C.G.A. The Fifteenth 

Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1937, p. 125, no. 367; William 

J . Glackens Memorial Exhibition, Department of Fine Arts , Carnegie Institute , Pittsburgh , 1939, p. 15, no. 44, ill. ; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture, and 

Other Art Objects, 1939, p. 49, no. 145, ill. ; William Glackens, Memorial Exhibition, 

Whitne y Museu m o f American Art , Ne w York , 1939, n.p., no. 7, ill. ; "Artist s of the 

Philadelphia Press," Philadelphia Museum Bulletin, vol. XLI , no. 207 (Nov. 1945), 

p p. 1 ff., no. 2, ill. ; American Painting: Second Quarter of the 20th Century, Jacksonville Ar t 

Museum , Florida , 1956, n.p., no. 4 ; I . Glackens, William Glackens and the Ash Can 

Group, 1957, ill. ; C.G.A. Masterpieces of The Corcoran Gallery of Art, 1959, p. 61 , ill ; 

William Glackens in Retrospect, Cit y Ar t Museu m of St. Louis , Missouri, 1966, n.p., 

no. 21 , ill . 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1937 37.1 

Glackens painted two other versions of this subject i n 1906, Luxembourg Gardens, now 

i n the Wichit a Ar t Museum , and Under the Trees, Luxembourg Gardens i n the Munson -

Williams-Procto r Institute , Utica , Ne w York . A related etching, formerl y i n the 

A . E. Gallatin Collection, and sketch-book studies and a drawin g are i n the possession 

of the artist's son, Ir a Glackens. 

Willia m James Glackens Luxembourg Gardens 
George Hawley Hallowell (i871-1926) 

George Hawle y Hallowell was born i n Boston on December 5, 1871. Coming 

from a cultivated family—hi s father was an architect, his mother a musician 

a nd artist—he began the study of architecture at the age of sixteen. Thi s was 

followed by three years at the School of the Museum of Fine Arts , Boston, 

where he worked under Frank W . Benson and Edmun d C. Tarbell. Durin g 

this period he also studied ecclesiastical ar t under the architect Ralp h Adams 

Cram. H e traveled throughout Europe during 1899 and 1900, studying 

architecture and stained glass, copying Italian master-paintings, and sketchi ng i n Dalmati a and Montenegro. O n his return to Boston he concentrated 

on decorative work, designing altarpieces and stained glass windows, murals 

a nd memorial sculpture. I t was only after his second tri p to Europe i n 1906 

that he turned mainl y to landscape painting. H e was particularly interested 

i n logging and lumber mill s and the rugged life of the river drivers and spent 

many months painting along the rivers of the northeastern states and Canada. 

H e received Gold Medals at both the Louisiana Purchase Exposition i n 

St. Louis, Missour i (1904) and the Panama-Pacific Exposition i n San 

Francisco (1915). Hallowell died i n Boston i n March , 1926. 

Wissataquoik River Drive c. 1920 

25iX3oi 

SIGNED , 1.1.: George H Hallowell 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Ninth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Dec. 1923-

Jan . 1924, p. 51 , no. 171; W . H . Downes, "George H . Hallowell' s Pictures, " The 

American Magazine of Art, vol. XV , no. 9 (Sept. 1924), pp. 451 ff., ill . 

PURCHASE : Willia m A. Clar k Fund , 1923 23.8 

T h e Wissataquoik stream enters the Penobscot River , Maine , below its East Branch. 

Ther e was extensive "lon g logging " i n this region durin g and after Worl d Wa r I . 

Frank Benton Ashley Linto n was born i n Philadelphia on February 26, 1871. 

H e attended the Ecole des Beaux-Arts and the Julian Academy i n Paris from 

1890 to 1898 and, on his return to Philadelphia, studied under Thomas 

Eakins from 1900 to 1909. A portraitist, he painted numerous leaders of his 

day, including General Pershing whose portrait was presented to France by 

the Unite d States Wa r Department. H e won, among other awards, the Gold 

Meda l i n the Paris Salon of 1927. A group of his portraits was exhibited i n 

Washington at the Corcoran i n 1917. Linto n died i n Philadelphia on 

November 13, 1943. 

Mabel Linton Williams 1924 

40 X 30 

SIGNED , u.r.: Frank B.A. Linton/1924 

COLL . : Mrs . Floyd Williams , Washington, D . C. 

GIFT : Mabe l Linto n Williams , 1968 68.22 

Mabe l Linto n Williams , wife of the late Floy d Williams , is a fourt h generation 

Washingtonian. A concert artist and teacher, she took her training i n piano, organ and 

composition at the Peabody Conservatory i n Baltimore , and i n Berlin and Paris. 

Mrs . William s was a cousin of the artist. 

Frank Benton Ashley Linton (i871-1943) 

83 
John Sloan (1871-1951) 

John French Sloan (he later dropped the middl e name) was born at Lock 

Haven, Pennsylvania, on August 2, 1871. I n his youth his family moved to 

Philadelphia where he attended the Central Hig h School. H e left school to 

work i n a bookshop, copying engravings i n pen and ink during his spare 

hours, teaching himself etching fro m a text book, and i n 1890 to 1891 

attending a night drawing class at the Spring Garden Institute. I n 1892 he 

took a jo b i n the ar t department of the Philadelphia Inquirer and enrolled i n 

Thomas Anshutz's evening antique class at the Pennsylvania Academy of the 

Fine Arts . A t this time he met Rober t Henr i and was soon one of the group 

of young newspaper artist-reporters such as George Luks, Willia m Glackens 

and Everett Shinn who gathered around Henri . I n 1895 he joined the 

Philadelphia Press, where he remained unti l 1903 except for a three-month 

stint on the Mew York Herald i n 1898. Durin g this period he began to work 

seriously i n oil, and i n 1900 his paintings were included for the first time i n 

exhibitions at the Chicago Ar t Institute, the Carnegie Institute, the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s and i n the shows of the Society of American Artists i n New York. I n 1901 he was commissioned to execute a series of 

fifty-three etchings for a de luxe edition of the novels of the French author, 

Paul de Kock, the first of many works i n this mediu m to bring hi m acclaim. 

Sloan moved to New Yor k i n 1903, illustrating for Collier's, The Century and 

other periodicals for his chief source of income, but devoting the major 

portion of his time to etching and painting. H e was a member of "Th e Eight" , 

and helped to organize the Independents' exhibition i n 1910. Seven of his 

paintings were hung i n the 1913 Armor y Show, and he exhibited regularly 

wit h the Society of Independent Artists, serving as the Society's president 

from 1917 to 1944. H e and his first wife, Dolly , had joined the Socialist Party 

i n 1910, and for a number of years he was ar t editor of its publication, The 

Masses. H e was an original member of the Whitne y Studio Club and enjoyed 

the patronage of Mrs . Harr y Payne Whitne y for many years. I n 1914 he 

spent the first of five summers i n Gloucester, Massachusetts, but after a tri p 

wit h the Randall Daveys i n 1919 to Santa Fe, he returned to New Mexico 

yearly for the summer months unti l 1951, going that year to Hanover , New 

Hampshire. H e died there on September 7. Although his paintings and 

etchings received professional recognition during his lifetime and were 

included i n the large annual exhibitions throughout the country, his sales 

were never extensive and i n later years teaching provided his principal 

support. H e was elected a member of the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters i n 1929 and of the American Academy of Art s and Letters i n 1942. 

Yeats at Petitpas 1910 

26|X32 j 

SIGNED , l.r. : John Sloan 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : A. E. Gallatin, John Sloan, 1925, pp. 13 f., ill. ; 26th International Exhibition of 

Paintings, Department of Fine Arts , Carnegie Institute , Pittsburgh, 1927, n.p., no. 77, 

ill . (Honorabl e Mention); G. P. d u Bois, John Sloan, America n Artists Series, Whitne y 

Museu m of America n Art , Ne w York , 1931, p. 42, ill. ; C.G.A. The Thirteenth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Dec. 1932-Jan. 1933, p. 59, no. 133, ill. ; 

C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1933, p. 95, 

no. 297, ill. ; A Survey of American Painting, Baltimor e Museu m of Art , 1934, p. 21 , 

no. 54, ill. ; New York Realists igoo-igi4, Whitne y Museu m of American Art , New 

York , 1937, n.p., no. 77, ill. ; John Sloan: Retrospective Exhibition, Addison Gallery of 

American Art , Phillips Academy , Andover , Mass., 1938, p. 36, no. 13, ill. ; W . Pach, 

Queer Thing, Painting, 1938, pp. 55 f., ill. ; J . Sloan, Gist of Art, 1939, p. 227, ill. ; 

M . E. Landgren, Years of Art, the Story of the Art Students league of New York, 1940, n.p., 

84 
ill. ; H . St. Gaudens, The American Artist and His Times, 1941, p. 202, ill. ; 20th Century 

Portraits, Museu m of Moder n Art , Ne w York , 1942, pp. 12, 143, ill. ; "Artist s o f the 

Philadelphia Press," Philadelphia Museum Bulletin, vol. XLI , no. 207 (Nov. 1945), pp. 1 

ff., no. 58, ill. ; John Sloan, 1871-1951, Whitne y Museu m of America n Art , Ne w York , 

1952, p. 82, no. 26, ill. ; V . W . Brooks, John Sloan, A Painter's Life, 1955, p. 103, ill. ; 

Portraiture: the igth and 20th Centuries, Munson-Williams-Procto r Institute , Utica , Ne w 

York , 1957, p. 32, no. 40, ill. ; W . H . Pierson and M . Davidson, Arts of the U.S., a 

Pictorial Survey, i960, p. 360, no. 3383, ill. ; The Art of John Sloan, 1871-1951, Walke r 

A r t Museum , Bowdoin College, Maine , 1962, pp. 23, 29, no. 17, ill. ; J . Harithas , "250 

Years of American Art, " Apollo, Jul y 1966, p. 70, ill . 

PURCHASE : Galler y Fund , 1932 32.9 

Sloan wrot e the following note on this painting i n the catalogue of his retrospective 

exhibition at the Addison Gallery of America n Ar t i n Andover , Massachusetts, i n 

1938: "Petitpas', pension and restaurant, is still located on West Twenty-nint h Street 

[Ne w York], although the three charming sisters have since returned to France. A t 

the time the pictur e was painted the great huma n drawin g card of Petitpas' was Joh n 

Butler Yeats, the charming conversationalist, artist, and philosopher , father of W . B. 

Yeats the Iris h poet. Yeats' table drew young poets, painters, writer s and actors who 

eagerly enjoyed his talk whic h was always greatly entertaining. I n the painting fro m 

left to righ t - Va n Wyc k Brooks, J . B. Yeats, Alla n Segar [sic] wh o wrot e Rendezvous 

with Death, Doll y Sloan, An n Squire [Anne Squires or Squiers], Joh n Sloan, Fred 

85 

Joh n Sloan Teats at Petitpas 
King . I t is a satisfaction to have painted this record of Yeats whose portrait s i n Dubli n 

a nd England establish him , according to Rober t Henri , as the best British portrait 

painte r of the Victoria n era. H e died i n Ne w Yor k at the age of eighty-four . Painted 

fro m memory. " Sloan has not named three o f the diners i n his listing fro m the left 

clockwise around the table. Th e young lady serving fruit is Mile . Celestine Petitpas; 

the gentleman beside her smoking a pipe is Rober t Sneddon, a writer ; the lady i n the 

foreground is Mrs . Charles Johnson, wife of an Iris h scholar. Ann e Squires, many 

years later, confirmed her identification, bu t interestingly enough Eulabee Dix , a 

miniaturis t who often modeled for Sloan, claimed as late as 1954 tha t she is the halfhidden figure. She sent the Gallery a reproduction of a drawin g Yeats had made of 

her i n 1911 whic h corroborates her story. Miss Lil y Yeats, the philosopher's daughter , 

substantiates this identification. 

Charles Webster Hawthorne (i872-1930) 

Charles Webster Hawthorne was born at Lodi , Illinois , on January 8, 1872. 

H i s boyhood was spent i n Richmond, Maine , and at the age of eighteen he 

went to New Yor k where he worked i n a stained glass factory to finance 

evening study at the Ar t Students League. I n the summer of 1896 he attended 

Willia m Merrit t Chase's Shinnecock summer school on Long Island and the 

following year became Chase's assistant i n the Chase School, which later 

became the New Yor k School of Art. After a painting tour i n Holland i n 

1898, Hawthorne discovered Provincetown, Massachusetts, an area wit h 

which he would be closely connected throughout his career. H e founded his 

Cape Cod Summer School i n Provincetown i n 1899, and, after several 

seasons i n Italy , France and Bermuda, his schedule of painting and teaching 

during the winter months i n his Greenwich Village studio i n New Yor k and 

conducting his outdoor classes i n Provincetown during the summer became 

fixed. Hi s work i n portraiture was well recognized; however, he was happiest 

painting the Portuguese fisher-folk of Provincetown. Hawthorne won many 

honors i n exhibitions held at the Nationa l Academy, the Pennsylvania 

Academy of the Fine Arts , the Carnegie Institute, the Chicago Ar t Institute, 

a nd i n the Corcoran Biennials (the Second Willia m A. Clark Prize and 

Silver Meda l i n 1923; the First Willia m A. Clark Prize and Gold Meda l i n 

1926). H e was a member of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1908; Academician, 1911), the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters, and the National 

Society of Portrait Painters. H e was elected member of the Societe Nationale 

des Beaux Arts , Paris, i n 1913. Hawthorne died on November 29, 1930 

in Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore. 

Edmund Burke Osborne c. 1905 

50x3 0 

COLL . : Edmun d Burke Osborne; Andre w G. Osborne; Mrs . Andre w G. Osborne and 

her daughter , Mrs . Thoma s C. Buell, Arlington , Virgini a 

REF . : J . M . Bowles, "Charles W . Hawthorn e - Artist, " Brush and Pencil, Apri l 1905, 

p p. 227 ff., ill . (reproduced as Portrait, p. 237) 

GIFT : Mireill e T . Osborne and Jacqueline Osborne Buell, 1966 66.26 

Edmun d Burke Osborne (1865-1917) was bor n i n Manchester , Iowa , and he attended 

Simpson College, Iowa . H e marrie d Jessie Graha m whose father's newspaper i n Red 

Oak, Iowa , he took over i n 1887 on Mr . Graham' s death. Interested i n the photographi c reproduction of works of art, he moved to the East Coast where he formed the 

American Colortype Company i n Ne w Yor k whic h was the first fir m to prin t successfull y facsimile color reproductions on a commercial basis. 

T he Fisherman's Daughter c. 1912 

60 X 48; wood panel 

SIGNED , 1.1.: C. Hawthorne. 

REF . : C.G.A. The Ninth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Dec. 1923-

Charles Webster Hawthorn e Edmund 

Burke Osborne 
Charles Webster Hawthorn e The Fisherman''s Daughter 

Jan . 1924, p. 25, no. 18, ill. ; R. Jackman, American Arts, 1928, p. 250, ill. ; L . Mechlin , 

"Charles W . Hawthorne , 1872-1930," The American Magazine of Art, vol. XXIII , 

no. 2 (Aug . 1931), pp. 91 ff., ill. ; Hawthorne Retrospective, Th e Chrysler Ar t Museum , 

Provincetown, Massachusetts, 1961, p. 21 , no. 103; American Traditionalists of the 20th 

Century, Columbus Museu m of Art s and Crafts, Georgia, 1963, p. 15, no. 101 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1923 23.16 

Ernest Lawson (1873-1939) 

There has been some controversy over the facts of Ernest Lawson's birth . 

Traditio n i n Canada seems to indicate that he was born i n Halifax, Nova 

Scotia, on Marc h 22, 1873. Certainly both of his parents were natives of Nova 

Scotia, but Lawson always contended among his friends that he was born on 

his grandfather's clipper ship at San Francisco while his parents were returni ng to Canada from Mexico. Hi s father, a physician, left Canada i n 1883 to 

practice i n Kansas City, Missouri, leaving his son to spend his boyhood wit h 

his aunt i n Kingston, Ontario. I n 1888 Lawson joined his parents i n Kansas 

87 
City, attending ar t school there, and i n 1889 accompanied them to Mexico 

City where he worked as draftsman for a construction company and studied 

at the Santa Clara Ar t Academy i n his spare time. I n the fall of 1891 he left 

for New Yor k to take further training i n the Ar t Students League, soon transferring however to the ar t school at Cos Cob, Connecticut, ru n by John H . 

Twachtman and J . Alden Weir . H e went to France i n 1893, and, although 

he studied briefly at the Julian Academy, much of this year was spent working 

alone i n the south of France and i n the area of Fontainebleau. After his 

marriage i n Philadelphia late i n 1894, he traveled again to France, and when 

he returned to the Unite d States accepted a teaching position i n Columbus, 

Georgia, and finally settled wit h his family i n New York. Here he was 

included i n the exhibition of "Th e Eight " i n 1908 and i n the exhibition of the 

"Independents " i n 1910, and was active i n organizing the Armor y Show i n 

1913. Durin g the following years he traveled as money allowed (to Spain i n 

1917; Nova Scotia i n 1924; France i n 1930) and taught at Broadmoor 

Academy, Colorado Springs, and at the Kansas Cit y Ar t Institute (1926-

1928). Troubled wit h rheumatoid arthriti s i n his later years he spent much of 

his time i n the war m climate of Coral Gables, Florida, where he died on 

December 18, 1939. Lawson won many honors during his career, such as the 

First Hallgarten Prize and the First Altma n Landscape Prize at the National 

Academy of Design (1908 and 1921), First Prize at the Carnegie Institute 

(1921), and the Second Willia m A. Clark Prize and Silver Meda l i n the 

Corcoran Biennial i n 1916. H e was a member of the Nationa l Academy 

(Associate, 1908; Academician, 1917) and of the Nationa l Institute of Art s 

and Letters. 

Boathouse, Winter, Harlem River 1916 

40 J X 50 JSIGNED , l.r. : E. LAWSON 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Sixth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1916-

Jan . 1917, n.p., no. 88 (Second Prize and Corcoran Silver Medal); Art and Archaeology, 

vol. V , no. 3 (Marc h 1917), p. 159, ill . (under titl e Ernest Lawrence's [sic] Boat House, 

Winter, Harlem River); A. Burroughs , Limners and Likenesses: Three Centuries of American 

Paintings, 1936, p. 180, ill. ; O. W . Larkin , Art and Life in America, 1949, p. 335, ill. ; 

Ernest Lawson, iSy^-ig^g, The Nationa l Galler y of Canada, Ottawa , 1967, p. 31 , 

no. 36, ill. ; H . & S. Berry-Hill , Ernest Lawson, American Impressionist, iSyj-igjg, 1968, 

p. 34, no. 45, ill . 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1916 16.3 

Lawson painted a second version of this scene i n 1918 wit h slight variations entitled 

Winter, Harlem River, at this writin g i n the collection of a Ne w Yor k ar t dealer. 

Frederic Clay Bartlett (1873—1953) 

Frederic Clay Bartlett was born i n Chicago on June i , 1873. After attending 

St. Paul's School i n Concord, New Hampshire, he studied at the Chicago Ar t 

Institute before going to Europe for further training at the Roya l Academy 

i n Munic h and instruction i n Paris. O n his return to Chicago he engaged 

principally i n mura l decoration, and his work can be seen i n many of the 

churches and publi c buildings of the city. H e traveled extensively i n Western 

and Central Europe and i n the Far East as well as i n the Unite d States. He 

exhibited i n the main exhibitions held i n the early decades of this century, 

winning such honors as the Silver Meda l at the St. Louis Exposition i n 1904, 

Honorable Mention at the Carnegie Institute i n 1908, and a Silver Meda l at 

88 
Ernest Lawson Boathouse, Winter, Harlem River 
This page intentionally left blank 
the Panama-Pacific Exposition at San Francisco i n 1915. H e was a member 

of the Allie d Artists of America, the Nationa l Society of Mura l Painters, and 

the Royal Academy, Munich . Bartlett died on June 25, 1953 at Beverly, 

Massachusetts. 

Canton Street 1919 

361x40 1 

SIGNED , l.r. : Frederick Clay Bartlett ig 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Seventh Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1919-Jan. 1920, n.p., no. 78, ill. ; The Literary Digest, Oct. 31 , 1925 (vol. 87, no. 5), 

p. 27, ill . (in color on cover) 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1919 19-28 

Louis Betts (i 873-1961) 

Louis Betts, known principally as a portrait painter, was born on October 5, 

1873 i n Littl e Rock, Arkansas. H e spent his boyhood, however, and much of 

his long life i n Chicago. Hi s first ar t training was wit h his father, Edwi n D . 

Betts, a landscape painter, and this was followed by a year at the Pennsylvania 

Academy of the Fine Art s under Willia m Merritt Chase. Whe n Betts won the 

Cresson traveling fellowship at the Academy i n 1902, it was Chase who 

advised his studying the work of Frans Hals i n Hollan d and Velazquez i n 

Spain, and who introduced hi m to European clients which resulted i n lucrative portrait commissions. O n his return to the Unite d States his work was i n 

constant demand, and his sitters included such publi c figures as Dr . Charles 

H . May o and his brother, Dr . Willia m J . Mayo , the ar t critic, Roya l Cortissoz, Booth Tarkington and George Eastman. H e was a member of the 

Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters and of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1912; Academician, 1915) and was honored wit h many of the Academy's 

awards—the Proctor Prize, 1918; the First Altma n Prize, 1923; the Saltus 

Gold Medal, 1931; the Obri g Prize, 1933; and the Maynar d Prize, 1937. 

Near the close of his life, Betts wrote "Experiences of a Portrait Painter " 

which appeared i n three installments i n the British periodical Artist during 

1957. H e lived his last years i n New Yor k where he died on August 13, 1961. 

Yvonne 

2 4 |xi8 i 

SIGNED , u.r.: Louis Betts 

COLL . : the artist 

REF. : 116th Annual Exhibition, Pennsylvania Academy o f the Fine Arts , Philadelphia, 

1921, p. 48, no. 315, ill. ; C.G.A. The Ninth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil 

Paintings, Dec. 1923-Jan. 1924, p. 41 , no. 123; Venice Biennial International Exposition, 

!924> P- 52, no. 8 

GIFT : Loui s Betts, 1939 39.6 

Thi s is a portrait of the daughter of Mr . and Mrs . Gu y Pene d u Bois. 

John Noble (1874?-!934) 

John Noble was born on a cattle and sheep ranch i n Poker Hill , Kansas, the 

present site of the city of Wichita . H e chose an arbitrar y date for his birth , 

Marc h 15, 1874, since no records had been kept, but it is generally thought 

that the year 1868 would have been more accurate. H e lived the rigorous life 

of a cowboy unti l at the age of about seventeen he went to Cincinnati to 

89 
Joh n Nobl e Early Morning 

attend the Academy of Fine Arts . H e worked as a newspaper cartoonist and 

itinerant portraitist and also painted barroom nudes. Hi s Cleopatra at the Bath 

hanging i n Wichita' s Carey Hote l provoked Carrie Nation to the vandalism 

which became a national cause celebre. I n 1897 he went to Europe, studying 

at the Julian Academy i n Paris and at the Academie des Beaux-Arts i n 

Brussels. H e lived for twenty-five years i n France, i n Paris, Brittany and 

Etaples, moving to London during Worl d Wa r I and not returning to 

America unti l about 1920. H e became active i n the Provincetown ar t colony 

and was one of the founders of the Provincetown Ar t Association, serving as 

its first president. Hi s last years were spent i n his studio there and i n New 

Yor k where he died on January 6, 1934. Noble was a member of the National 

Academy (Associate, 1924; Academician, 1927), and won the Academy's 

Carnegie Prize i n 1928. I n 1923 he was awarded the Fourth Willia m A. Clark 

Prize and Honorable Mention i n the Corcoran's Nint h Biennial. 

Earl y Morning 

16 X 19J; composition board 

SIGNED , l.r. : J. Noble 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Twelfth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Nov . 1930-

Jan . 1931, p. 53, no. 116 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1930 30.8 

90 
Frederick Carl Frieseke (i874-1939) 

Frederick Car l Frieseke was born i n Owosso, Michigan, on Apri l 7, 1874. H e 

studied at the Chicago Ar t Institute i n 1894 and a year later enrolled i n the 

A r t Students League, New York. A t the age of twenty-four he went to Paris, 

studying briefly at the Julian Academy and at the Academie Carmen where 

James McNeil l Whistler presided. H e spent the rest of his life i n France, wit h 

only occasional visits to the Unite d States. I n 1906 he purchased a house i n 

Giverny adjacent to Claude Monet's , formerly occupied by Theodore 

Robinson, and, although he kept an apartment i n Paris, he seldom stayed 

there, preferring to paint i n Giverny and often traveling i n the winte r to 

southern Europe or Corsica. After Worl d Wa r I he acquired a farm house i n 

Normandy at Blangy-le-Chateau which remained his home unti l his death 

on August 24, 1939. H e was buried i n France at Mesnil-sur-Blangy. Frieseke 

w on recognition early i n his career, and from the early 1900's, when he first 

exhibited i n the Paris Salon, his work was shown i n Europe and the Unite d 

States and was awarded such honors as the Silver Meda l at the St. Louis 

Exposition and the Gold Meda l at Munich , Germany, 1904, the Templ e 

Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s i n 1913, and the 

Grand Prize at the Panama-Pacific International Exposition at San Francisco i n 1915. H e exhibited i n all Corcoran Biennials from 1908 unti l his 

death, winning the Fourth Willia m A. Clark Prize and Honorable Mentio n 

Frederick Car l Frieseke Peace 
i n 1908, the Thir d Willia m A. Clark Prize and Bronze Meda l i n 1928, and 

the Second Willia m A. Clark Prize and Silver Meda l i n 1935. A one-man 

exhibition of his works was held i n the Corcoran i n 1924. Frieseke was a 

member of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1912; Academician, 1914), of 

the Societe Nationale des Beaux-Arts, Paris, and of the International Society 

of Art s and Letters. 

Giverny Landscape 1915/16 

30x2 5 

SIGNED , l.r. : to my friend Biddle/- F. C. Frieseke — 

COLL . : George Biddle , Croton-on-Hudson, Ne w Yor k 

GIFT : George Biddle, i960 60.42 

After thei r marriage i n 1905, the Friesekes acquired the house and studio i n Giverny, 

Brittany , formerl y occupied by Theodore Robinson. Her e Frieseke spent most of his 

time unti l he moved to Normand y following the Firs t Worl d War . George Biddle, the 

donor of the painting , has writte n the following about it : "Giverny Landscape seems a 

proper title for the Frieseke. I worked there for two happy summers near hi m i n 1915 

a nd 1916. H e has inscribed m y name on the lower right hand corner. " 

Peace 1917 

4 0J X 6o£ 

SIGNED , l.r. : F. C. Frieseke./igiy 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : Catalogue of the 113th Annual Exhibition, Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , 

Philadelphia, 1918, p. 56, no. 437, ill. ; C.G.A. Eighth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1921-Jan. 1922, p . 35, no. 187, ill. ; C.G.A. Special 

Exhibition of Paintings by Frederick Carl Frieseke, 1924, n.p., no. 18; C.G.A. Illustrated 

Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1933, p. 47, no. 124, ill. ; Retrospective Exhibition of Paintings by Frederick C. Frieseke, N.A., Th e Gran d Central Ar t 

Galleries, Ne w York , 1939, n.p., no. 10, ill. ; A . Hammer , "Th e Corcoran Gallery of 

Art : American Ar t at Its Best," The Compleat Collector, Marc h 1943, pp. 8 ff., ill . 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1921 21.8 

T he artist's wife, the former Sarah An n O'Brya n o f Philadelphia, was the model for 

this painting . 

Dressing Room 1922 

25JX3i f 

SIGNED , 1.1.: F. C. Frieseke. ig22 

COL L .: purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Ninth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Dec. 1923-

Jan. 1924, p. 52, no. 180, ill. ; C.G.A. Special Exhibition of Paintings by Frederick Carl 

Frieseke, 1924, n.p., no. 25 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1923 23.6 

Frieseke also used his wife as the mode l for this painting . 

92 
C. S. Price Abstraction No. 4a 

C. S. Price (i874-1950) 

Clayton S. Price was born i n Bedford, Iowa , on Ma y n , 1874. I n 1884 his 

family moved to a remote cattle ranch near Shell, Wyoming , where he rode 

the range for his father and the local Cattle Association. Clever wit h his 

pencil from an early age, he carried sketch pads i n his saddle bags on his long 

treks and i n 1905 his drawings attracted the attention of a well-to-do neighboring rancher who financed a year of ar t training i n the St. Louis School of 

Fine Arts . A t this time Price met Charles M . Russell whose work he greatly 

admired. H e returned to Wyoming , working on the range to repay his 

obligations unti l i n 1908 he accompanied his father and brothers to Alberta, 

Canada. Here he settled i n Calgary, taking odd jobs while he continued wit h 

his drawing and painting unti l i n 1909 he was employed as illustrator by the 

popular western periodical, The Pacific Monthly, of Portland, Oregon. Durin g 

the next twenty years he worked i n California, Oregon and Canada, and 

finally, i n 1928, he settled i n Portland, his home unti l his death on Ma y 1, 

1950. Price had seen the Panama-Pacific Internationa l Exposition i n San 

Francisco i n 1915, the first opportunit y he had had to study modern trends i n 

93 
European painting. H e gave up illustrating i n 1918 to devote full time to 

painting and over the following years came to be known as a "modernist " 

leader among the group of young artists working on the West Coast. H e held 

his first one-man exhibition i n San Francisco i n 1925, receiving considerable 

recognition locally, and, as time went on, gaining national attention as well. 

Six of his paintings were included i n the Detroit Institute of Ar t exhibition, 

"Advance Trends i n Contemporary American Art " i n 1944, and one gallery 

was assigned to his work i n the Museum of Moder n Ar t exhibition, "Fourteen 

Americans " i n New Yor k i n 1946. 

Abstraction No. 4a 1945 

30 X 26; wood panel 

SIGNED , l.r. : C S PRICE 

COLL . : estate of the artist 

REF. : C. S. Price, Th e Downtow n Gallery, Ne w York , 1958, n.p., no. 15, ill . 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1969 1969.11 

James N . Rosenberg (1874-1970) 

James N . Rosenberg was born i n Allegheny City, Pennsylvania, on November 20, 1874. Hi s family moved to New Yor k i n 1879, and at the age of thir -

teen he was sent to The Gunnery School i n Washington, Connecticut. Here 

he had his first drawing lessons which formed the basis of an avocation which 

sustained hi m for many years and finally led to an active career i n art. After 

graduating from Columbia College and the Columbia University La w 

School he pursued a brilliant and successful practice i n law, but during these 

years he built a studio adjacent to his home i n Far Rockaway, Long Island, 

a nd called himself a "Saturday, Sunday and evening painter. " Except for his 

prep-school course i n ar t and a summer's training i n 1910 at Woodstock, 

N ew York, under John F. Carlson, he was self-taught. H e experimented 

unsuccessfully wit h etching and thereafter worked principally i n pastel and 

o il unti l i n 1919 he developed skills also i n lithography. H e held his first onem an show i n New Yor k i n 1911, and his second as a benefit for the Red Cross 

i n 1917. I n 1919 an exhibition of twenty-eight pastels depicting the 27th 

Division's return to New Yor k after Worl d Wa r I was well received, and the 

same year, i n a join t auction wit h Marsden Hartle y at the Anderson Galleries, 

seventy-two of his paintings were sold. I t was not unti l 1947, however, wit h 

the encouragement of such friends as Paul J . Sachs of Harvard , that he gave 

up his law practice to spend full time at painting. H e moved to Scarsdale and 

purchased a large estate i n the Adirondacks near Elizabethtown i n 1923, and 

except for time dedicated to the support of many philanthropies, he 

concentrated on painting. H e died on Jul y 21 , 1970. 

Cascade Falls 1946-1948 

24 X 20 

SIGNED , 1.1.: JNR (in monogram) 146-8; on back of canvas: CASCADE FALLS'/by 

JNRosenberg/1946-7-8 

COLL . : the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. James N. Rosenberg (Contemporar y American Artists Series, no. 33), n.p., 

n o. 5, ill . 

GIFT : James N . Rosenberg, 1959 59-39 

94 
Adirondack Winter 1948-1949 

30X48J ; masonite 

SIGNED , l.r. : JJVR (in monogram) 48-9 

COLL . : the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. James JV. Rosenberg (Contemporar y American Artists Series, no. 33), 

J959> n

-P->n o -

6 

GIF T : James N . Rosenberg, 1959 59-37 

Landscape 1968 

18 X 24 

SIGNED , l.r. : 68 JR (in monogram) 

COLL . : the artist 

GIFT : James N . Rosenberg, 1969 1969.3 

John Fabian Carlson (i 875-1945) 

John Fabian Carlson was born i n the Province of Smaland, Sweden, on 

M a y 4, 1875. H e was brought wit h his family to the Unite d States i n 1886. 

Whil e working i n a lithography shop i n Buffalo, he studied ar t as time permitted i n the Ar t Students League there, and i n 1902 won a scholarship to 

attend the League i n New York. H e supplemented his income wit h commissions for commercial drawings and book illustrations unti l the New Yor k Ar t 

Students League awarded hi m a scholarship for study at the Woodstock Ar t 

Colony. I n 1911 he was appointed to direct the Ar t Students League's Land -

scape Summer School i n Woodstock, a position he held for eight years, and, 

when this school was discontinued i n 1923, he organized his own classes i n 

Woodstock, known as The John F. Carlson School of Landscape Painting. 

H e taught during the summers of the early 20's at the Broadmoor Ar t 

Academy i n Colorado Springs, and i n later years conducted summer classes 

at Gloucester, Massachusetts. Carlson won his first competitive award i n 

1911 (First Prize, Swedish-American Exhibition, Chicago), which was 

followed by such honours as a Silver Meda l at the Panama-Pacific Exposition of 1915, the Carnegie Prize and the First Altma n Prize at the Nationa l 

Academy of Design i n 1918 and 1936. A one-man exhibition of his works was 

held i n the Corcoran Gallery i n 1917. H e was a member of the Nationa l 

Academy (Associate, 1911; Academician, 1925) and the American Wate r 

Color Society, and was a founding member of the American Artists Professional League. Hi s textbook, Elementary Principles of Landscape Painting, was a 

popular standard work which was reprinted i n several editions. Carlson died 

i n Woodstock on Marc h 20, 1945. 

Morning Hazef 

i 8 x 24 

SIGNED , 1.1.: John F. Carlson 

COLL . : Mrs . J . Frederick M . Stewart, Upperville , Virgini a 

REF . : Landscapes by John F. Carlson, Th e Macbet h Gallery, Ne w York , 1930, n.p., no. 24 

GIFT : Marguerit e A . C. Stewart, 1964 64.21.1 

Woods in Winter 

4^X56 1 

SIGNED , l.r. : John F. Carlson -; on stretcher crossbar: Woods in Winter John F. Carlson 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Fourth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1912-

Jan . 1913, n.p., no. 138 

PURCHASE : Galler y Fund , 1912 12.5 

95 
(Richard) Hayley Lever (i876-1958) 

Hayley Lever was born i n Adelaide, Australia, on September 28, 1876. He 

attended Prince Alfred College and at the age of eighteen went to England 

where he settled i n St. Ives, Cornwall. Durin g the following twenty years he 

spent two winters i n Paris, and worked i n London, but his seascapes painted 

on the Cornish coast, where he spent most of his time , brought hi m his first 

recognition. H e came to New Yor k around 1912 and was soon drawn to 

Gloucester, Massachusetts, where he maintained a summer studio. He taught 

for many years at the Ar t Students League i n New Yor k (from 1919 to 1931) 

a nd exhibited i n the competitive exhibitions of the period, winning such 

awards as the Carnegie Prize at the Nationa l Academy of Design i n 1914, a 

Gold Meda l at the Panama-Pacific Exposition at San Francisco i n 1915, and 

the Templ e Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s i n 

1926. A large exhibition of his oil paintings, watercolors, drawings and 

etchings (136 items) was held i n the Corcoran Gallery i n 1924. Lever was a 

member of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1926; Academician, 1933), the 

Whitne y Studio Club, New York, the Roya l British Artists and the Royal 

Institute of Oi l Painters, London. H e died at Moun t Vernon, New York, on 

December 6, 1958. 

Dawn 

5o£x6oJ 

SIGNED , l.r. : Hayley Lever 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF. : Inaugural Exhibition, Cleveland Museu m of Art , 1916, p. 135, no. 68; C.G.A. 

Sixth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1916-Jan. 1917, 

n.p., no. 284; F. J . Mather , C. R. Morey , W . J . Henderson, American Spirit in Art 

(Pageant of American Art , vol. 12), 1927, p. 135, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1916 16.8 

Thi s scene depicts the fishing village of St. Ives i n Cornwall , England. 

Harbor Scene 

13 X 16; canvas board 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Havley Lever 

COLL . : James N . Rosenberg, Scarsdale, Ne w Yor k 

GIFT : James N . Rosenberg, 1959 59-35 

John Christen Johansen (i 876-1964) 

John Christen Johansen was born i n Copenhagen, Denmark, on November 

25, 1876. Hi s family immigrated to this country i n his infancy, and, his 

interest i n ar t developing at an early age, he was sent first to the Chicago Ar t 

Institute and then to study wit h Frank Duveneck i n Cincinnati. H e had 

further training at the Julian Academy i n Paris and studied briefly under 

James McNeil l Whistler , returning to Chicago i n 1901. H e taught i n the Ar t 

Institute unti l portrait commissions demanded his full time. Accompanied by 

his wife, Jean McLean, also an artist, he again went to Europe i n 1906. They 

painted for an extended period i n Venice, and the exhibition held i n London, 

a nd later i n New Yor k (1909), of work completed on this tri p brought hi m 

immediate recognition. O n his return he settled i n New York, teaching at the 

A r t Students League and painting the many portraits for which he is best 

known. However , the series of twenty-seven American shipyard scenes done 

96 

Hayle y Lever Harbor Scene 
toward the close of Worl d Wa r I , the conversation pieces of his family i n 

thei r New Yor k town house and summer home i n Stockbridge, Massachusetts, and many figure paintings attest to his versatility. Johansen was a 

member of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1911; Academician, 1914), of 

the Nationa l Society of Portrait Painters, of the Nationa l Institute of Art s and 

Letters, and of the Societe des Beaux-Arts et Belles Lettres, Paris. H e was 

awarded such honors as the Gold Meda l at the Internationa l Exposition at 

Buenos Aires i n 1910, the Saltus Gold Meda l at the Nationa l Academy of 

Design i n 1911, a Gold Meda l at the Panama-Pacific Exposition at San 

Francisco i n 1915, and the Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the 

Fine Art s i n 1928. A join t exhibition of his and his wife's paintings was held 

i n the Corcoran Galler y i n 1926. Johansen died i n New Yor k on Ma y 23, 

1964. 

T he Artist and Hi s Family 1925 

30X4 0 

SIGNED , l.r. : J. C. Johansen. 1925 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : Catalogue of the 121st Annual Exhibition, Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , 

Philadelphia, 1926, p. 43, no. 215, ill. ; C.G.A. The Tenth Exhibition of Contemporary 

American Oil Paintings, 1926, p. 31 , no. 61 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1926 26.799 

C. Powell Minnigerode 1942 

45i x 31 \ 

SIGNED , IT. : JOHNC. JOHANSEN 1942 

COLL . : commissioned fro m the artist 

REF . : The Art Digest, vol. 16, no. 19 (Aug . 1, 1942), p. 5, ill. ; Pictures on Exhibit, vol. 6, 

n o. 1 (Oct. 1942), p. 21 , ill . 

PURCHAS E : Galler y Fund , 1942 42.5 

Cuthber t Powell Minnigerode was bor n i n St. Louis , Missouri, i n 1876, son of 

Charles, Jr . and Virgini a Cuthber t Powell Minnigerode . H e was sent for his education 

to the Episcopal Hig h School of Virginia , near Alexandria , and at the age of sixteen 

took his first jo b as office boy i n the Corcoran Gallery. I n 1904 he was appointed 

Assistant to the Director , and i n 1915, Director , a position he held unti l his retirement 

i n 1947 when he was named Director Emeritus . H e died i n Washington i n 1951. Thi s 

portrait was commissioned by the Gallery's Board of Trustees to commemorat e 

M r . Minnigerode' s fifty years of service. 

N an Watson (1876-1966) 

Agnes Paterson Watson (professionally known as Na n Watson) was born i n 

Edinburgh, Scotland, i n 1876. He r parents moved to the Unite d States i n her 

infancy, making their permanent home i n Buffalo. She studied painting there 

as a young gir l and at the age of eighteen went to Paris to work i n the 

Academie Colarossi. O n her return to New Yor k around 1900, she continued 

her training at the Ar t Students League and privately wit h Willia m Merrit t 

Chase. For many years she kept her studio i n New York, unti l i n the mid -

thirties, when her husband, Forbes Watson, the ar t critic and publisher, was 

appointed consultant i n the Division of Fine Art s of the Federal Works 

Agency, they moved to Washington. Mrs . Watson worked principall y i n 

portraiture and i n fruit and flower still life. He r first one-man show was held 

i n the old Whitne y Studio Club i n Greenwich Village, and this was followed 

over the years by one-man exhibitions i n New York, Denver, Baltimore, 

Washington and Hartford , Connecticut. He r work is represented i n the 

97 

Joh n C. Johansen The Artist and His 

Family 
Metropolitan Museum of Art , the Whitne y Museum of American Art , and 

the Phillips Collection i n Washington, among other institutions. Mr . and 

Mrs . Watson moved to Gaylordsville, Connecticut, i n 1945, but after her 

husband's death i n i960 she returned to Washington where she died on 

September 26, 1966. 

Chrysanthemums I I 

22j X l8£ 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Nan Watson 

COLL . : the artist 

REF . : Exhibition of Paintings by Nan Watson, C. W . Kraushaar Ar t Galleries, New York, 

1932, n.p., no. 18; Still Lifes by Nan Watson, Wadsworth Atheneum, Hartford , 

Connecticut, i960, n.p., no. 4 

GIFT : Friends of Forbes and Na n Watson through Oli n Dows , 1961 61.3 

Adolphe Borie (i877-1934) 

Adolphe Borie was born i n Philadelphia on Januar y 5, 1877. H e graduated 

from Lawrenceville School and attended the University of Pennsylvania for a 

year before working under Willia m Merrit t Chase and Thomas Anshutz at 

the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s (1896-1899). After three years of 

further training at the Roya l Academy i n Munich , he returned to Philadelphia which remained his home except for scattered years i n New York and 

Paris and summer holidays i n Wyoming , Maine , Mexico and Europe. Durin g 

his lifetime he was known principall y for his commissioned portraits, but it 

was i n the still-lifes, flower pieces, nudes and non-commissioned informal portraits, which he seldom exhibited publicly, that he found his best expression. 

Borie was shown i n the competitive exhibitions of his period and received such 

honors as the Beck Gold Meda l for Portraiture at the Pennsylvania Academy 

of the Fine Art s i n 1910, a Silver Meda l at the Panama-Pacific Exposition 

i n San Francisco i n 1915, the Maynar d Portrait Prize at the National Academy 

of Design i n 1917 and the Thir d Willia m A. Clark Prize and Bronze Meda l 

at the Corcoran Gallery's Tent h Biennial i n 1927. A special exhibition of his 

paintings and drawings was held i n the Corcoran i n 1942. H e was elected an 

Associate Membe r of the Nationa l Academy i n 1917, and Academician i n 

1934. Borie died i n Philadelphia on Ma y 14, 1934. 

Camellias 1929 

16 X 20; wood panel 

SIGNED , 1.1.: A Borie 

COLL . : Mrs . Adolphe Borie, Philadelphia 

REF. : Adolphe Borie, Philadelphia Museu m of Art , 1935, n.p. , no. 19; C.G.A. Special 

Exhibition of Paintings and Drawings by Adolphe Borie, 1942, n.p. , no. 10 

PURCHASE : Ann a E. Clark Fund , 1942 42.1 

Edith Pettit 

i 6 x 20 

SIGNED , u.l. : Adolphe Borie 

COLL . : George Biddle , Croton-on-Hudson, Ne w Yor k 

GIFT : George Biddle, 1968 68.33.6 

Borie married Edit h Pettit, also a Philadelphian, i n 1907. 

98 

Adolphe Borie Edith Pettit 
Marsden Hartle y Berlin Abstraction 
This page intentionally left blank 
Marsden Hartley (i 877-1943) 

Marsden Hartle y was born i n Lewis ton, Maine , on Januar y 4, 1877. 

Christened Edmund , he adopted his stepmother's family name, Marsden, 

and after about 1908 used that exclusively. Hi s childhood was spent i n Maine , 

and at an early age his aptitude i n ar t manifested itself—at thirteen he 

executed precise drawings of fauna and flora for a professional naturalist. 

When his family moved to Cleveland he studied wit h the artist Joh n Semon 

and, having won a scholarship, attended the Cleveland School of Art . I n 1898 

he went to New York, studying first at the Chase School and later at the 

Nationa l Academy of Design. Fro m this time unti l 1912, he spent summers i n 

Maine and worked during the winte r i n New York, exhibiting i n the "291 

Gallery " along wit h Dove, Maurer , Mari n and the Stieglitz coterie of young 

avant-garde painters. I t was during this period that he first met Alber t Pinkh a m Ryder who was a recurrent influence i n his work. I n 1912, wit h the 

help of Stieglitz and Arthu r B. Davies, Hartle y went to Europe for the first 

time—t o Paris, Berlin, Munich—and , although he returned regularly to 

N ew York, the next years found hi m always on the move, traveling and worki ng i n Europe, alternating wit h sojourns i n Bermuda, New Mexico, Ne w 

England, Mexico and Nova Scotia. A Guggenheim Fellowship awarded i n 

1931 made possible an extended period of work i n Mexico. H e exhibited wit h 

the Blue Ride r Group i n Munic h and participated i n the First Autum n Salon 

organized by Der Sturm i n Berlin i n 1913. H e exhibited two oils and six 

drawings i n New York's Armor y Show i n the same year and was represented 

i n the Foru m Exhibition of Moder n American Artists, New York, i n 1916. 

One-man exhibitions were held i n Europe and Americ a throughout his 

career. A pioneer i n the modern ar t movement, he experimented i n many 

stylistic expressions until , i n the last years of his life when he returned to 

Maine , he developed a structured realism. H e was an articulate writer , 

publishing volumes of verse and articles propounding his criticism and 

philosophy of art. Hartle y died i n Ellsworth, Maine , on September 2, 1943. 

Berlin Abstraction 1914/15 

32 X 26 

COLL . : estate of the artist; Paul Rosenfeld, Ne w York ; lone and Hudson Walke r 

Collection, Ne w Yor k 

REF . : E. McCausland, Marsden Hartley, 1952, pp . 26-7, 66; Marsden Hartley, Stedelijk 

Museum , Amsterdam, i960, n.p., ill. ; J . Harithas , "Marsde n Hartley' s German 

Period Abstractions, " C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 16, no. 3 (Nov. 1967), pp . 22 ff., ill. ; 

C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 16, no. 4 (June 1968), ill . (on cover) 

PURCHASE : Galler y Fund , 1967 67.3 

Whe n Hartley' s 1914/1915 Berlin paintings were shown i n Stieglitz's 291 Gallery i n 

April-Ma y of 1916 he wrot e the following to accompany the exhibition: "Th e forms 

are onl y those whic h I have observed casually fro m day to day. Ther e is no hidden 

symbolism whatsoever i n them ; there is no slight intention o f tha t anywhere. Things 

under observation, jus t pictures of any day, any hour . I have expressed onl y wha t I 

have seen. The y are merely consultations of the eye - i n no sense problem ; m y notion 

of the purel y pictural. " 

99 
Paul Dougherty (i 877-1947) 

Paul Dougherty was born i n Brooklyn, New York, on September 6, 1877. 

Son of a distinguished lawyer, he was slated for this profession, graduating 

wit h a B. S. degree from the Polytechnic Institute i n 1896 and an LL.B . from 

the New Yor k La w School i n 1898. Soon after his admittance to the New 

Yor k bar, however, he abandoned law for painting. H e had had some early 

training i n perspective and form under Constantin Hertzberg and had 

exhibited i n the Nationa l Academy of Design at the age of eighteen, and now, 

i n 1900, he went to Europe, studying on his own as he traveled during the 

next five years from Paris to London, Florence, Venice and Munich . O n his 

return to New Yor k his reputation was well established, especially i n the field 

of marine painting, a subject he continued to follow on frequent trips to 

Cornwall, England, and to the coast of Maine . H e was equally interested i n 

landscape painting which he pursued on his travels to Switzerland, the Far 

East, Puerto Rico and the Canadian Rockies, and he experimented wit h still 

lifes and figure painting, but throughout his career he was recognized principally for his marines. Unti l the 1930's he maintained studios i n both New 

York and Paris, but after this time he lived on the West Coast, where he died 

at Palm Springs, California, on Januar y 9, 1947. Dougherty was a member 

of the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters, of the Society of American 

Artists, of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1906; Academician, 1907) and 

of the American Wate r Color Society. H e received such awards as the Silver 

Meda l at the Carnegie Internationa l Exhibition of 1912, a Gold Meda l at the 

Panama-Pacific Exposition at San Francisco i n 1915, and the Carnegie and 

First Altma n Prizes (1913) and the Palmer Memoria l Prize (1941) at the 

Nationa l Academy of Design. 

T he Land and the Sea 

361x48 ^ 

SIGNED , l.r. : Paul Dougherty 1906 

COLL . : J . R. Andrews , New Yor k 

REF . : C.G.A. First Annual Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, 

1907, n.p., no. 122; An Exhibition of Paintings by Paul Dougherty, Pennsylvania Academy 

of the Fine Arts , Philadelphia, 1907, n.p., no. 19; B. Harrison, Landscape Painting, 

1909, p. 104, ill. ; Exhibition of Oil Paintings by Paul Dougherty, N.A., Worcester Ar t 

Museum , 1910, n.p., no. 11; W . H . Downes, "America n Painter of the Sea," American 

Magazine of Art, vol. XXIII , no. 5 (Nov . 1931), p. 369, ill . 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1907 07.5 

Bror Julius Olsson Nordfeldt (1878-1955) 

Bror Julius Olsson Nordfeldt was born i n Tulstorg, Scania, i n South Sweden 

on Apri l 13, 1878. A t the age of thirteen he came wit h his family to Chicago 

where he worked as a "printer' s devil " on a local Swedish newspaper for 

several years before studying at the Chicago Ar t Institute and, later, under 

the muralis t Alber t Herte r i n New York. I n 1900 he went to Paris to work i n 

the atelier of Jean Paul Laurens, and the following year continued his traini ng i n London. H e remained ten years i n England, spending much time i n 

Cornwall and i n cruising the coastal waters between the Isle of Wigh t and the 

Scilly Islands. After a tri p to Nort h Africa he returned to Chicago i n 1911, 

soon moving on to the West Coast, and finally, around 1917, establishing his 

headquarters at Santa Fe, New Mexico, although he was constantly traveling 

both i n America and abroad. H e taught as guest instructor at the Minne -

apolis School of Ar t i n 1933 and at the University of Texas i n 1941 and 1942. 

100 
Nordfeldt worked i n etching and engraving as well as i n oils, and his work 

was exhibited both abroad and i n the Unite d States, winning such awards as 

the Silver Meda l i n the Internationa l Exposition, Milan , Italy , i n 1906, 

the Silver Meda l for Etching i n the Panama-Pacific Exposition, San Francisco i n 1915, the Logan Meda l at the Chicago Ar t Institute i n 1926, and the 

Thir d Willia m A. Clark Prize and Bronze Meda l i n the Corcoran's Twenty -

first Biennial i n 1949 (see painting listed below). H e spent the last years of his 

life i n Lambertville , New Jersey, but died i n Henderson, Texas, on Apri l 21 , 

1955,

o n m s

 return from a tri p to Mexico. 

Flood 1948 

40x51 ! 

SIGNED , l.r. : Nordfeldt148 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Twenty-first Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1949, p. 30, no. 120, ill . (Thir d Willia m A . Clark Prize and Bronze Medal); D . 

Drummond , "Corcoran Biennial Presents Conglomerate Picture of U.S . Painting, " 

The Art Digest, vol. 23, no. 13 (Apri l 1, 1949), pp . 9, 38 f., ill . 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1949 49-20 

Maurice Sterne (i878-1957) 

Mauric e Sterne was born i n Liba u on the Baltic Coast on Jul y 13, 1878. Hi s 

early years were spent there and i n Moscow until , at the age of eleven or 

twelve, he came wit h his widowed mother to New York. After various odd 

jobs, he apprenticed wit h a map engraver and, to improve his skill, enrolled 

i n evening classes of mechanical drawing at Cooper Union . Fro m 1894 to 

1899 he attended day sessions at the Nationa l Academy, working evenings, 

unti l a series of scholarships and a teaching position at the Academy gave hi m 

opportunit y to concentrate on his painting and etching. H e was awarded a 

traveling fellowship i n 1904, and for four years worked i n France, Germany 

and Italy . I n 1908 he traveled to Greece, Egypt, Indi a and finally to the Far 

East, spending two years i n Bali. O n his return to the Unite d States i n 1915 

he settled i n Croton-on-Hudson, New York, summering i n Maine , but his 

restlessness took hi m to New Mexico i n 1917 and the following year back to 

Europe where he spent much of the next ten years at Anticoli-Corrado, 

Italy . I n the early 30's he returned to the Unite d States, and from 1934 

through 1936 taught at the California School of Fine Art s i n San Francisco 

and, during the 40's, i n New York. H e worked i n sculpture as well as painting 

a nd exhibited i n the principa l cities of both Europe and the Unite d States, 

winning such awards as the Logan Meda l and Prize at the Chicago Ar t 

Institute i n 1928, the First Willia m A. Clark Prize and Gold Meda l at the 

Corcoran Biennial i n 1930 (see painting listed below), and the Carnegie 

Prize at the Nationa l Academy of Design i n 1957. Best known among his 

commissioned publi c works are the Rogers-Kennedy Memoria l i n El m 

Park, Worcester, Massachusetts (The Monument to Early Settlers), unveiled i n 

1929, and the twenty murals i n the Librar y of the Department o f Justice, 

Washington, D.C. , installed i n 1941. Sterne was a Nationa l Academician, a 

member of the American Society of Painters, Sculptors and Gravers, and of 

the Institute of Art s and Letters. H e served on the Fine Art s Commission 

from 1945 to 1951. Aroun d 1944 he acquired a summer studio i n Provincetown, Massachusetts, and his later years were spent there and at his home i n 

Moun t Kisco, New York, where he died on Jul y 23, 1957. 

101 
After Lunch 1930 

29X39 ; composition board 

SIGNED , l.r. : Sterne 11 g 30 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Twelfth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Nov . 1930-

Jan . 1931, p. 97, no. 294, ill . (First Willia m A . Clar k Prize and Gol d Medal); Art 

Digest, vol. 5, no. 5 (Dec. 1, 1930), p. 5, ill. ; Art News, vol. 29, no. 12 (Dec. 20, 1930). 

p. 6, ill. ; Arts, vol. 17, no. 3 (Dec. 1930), p. 162, ill. ; Art and Archeology, vol. 31 , no. 1 

(Jan. 1931), p. 4, ill. ; American Magazine of Art, vol. 22, no. 1 (Jan. 1931), p. 47, ill. ; 

vol. 22, no. 2 (Feb. 1931), p. 74, ill . (in color); Maurice Sterne: Retrospective Exhibition 

igo2-igj2, Th e Museu m of Moder n Art , Ne w York , 1933, p. 31 , no. 86; C.G.A. 

Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1939, p. 89, no. 331 , ill. ; 

Golden Gate International Exposition, Department of Fine Arts , San Francisco, 1939, 

p. 52, no. 362, ill . (Second Honorabl e Mention); C.G.A. Handbook of the American 

Paintings, 1947, p. 80, ill. ; Still Life Painting, Norto n Gallery and School of Art , West 

Palm Beach, Florida , 1951, n.p., no. 23; C.G.A. Twenty Fifth Biennial Exhibition of 

Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1957, "Th e Historica l Section, " p. 15, no. 12; 

Maurice Sterne: Retrospective Exhibition, Hirschl and Adle r Galleries, New York , 1962, 

n.p., no. 62 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1930 30.5 

Mauric e Sterne After Lunch 

102 
Rober t Spencer The Red Boat 

Robert Spencer (i 879-1931) 

Rober t Spencer was born i n Harvard , Nebraska, on December i , 1879, son 

of a Swedenborgian clergyman whose work took his family to Kansas, 

Missouri, Virginia , and finally to Yonkers, New York, where Spencer graduated from high school i n 1899. H e attended the Nationa l Academy of Design 

from 1899 to 1901 and the New Yor k School of Ar t from 1903 to 1905 where 

he worked under Willia m Merritt Chase. H e studied also wit h Danie l 

Garber at Lumberville , Pennsylvania, and, i n 1909, settled i n New Hope, 

Pennsylvania, joinin g the group of painters who had established an ar t 

colony there. H e won numerous prizes, such as the Second Hallgarten Prize 

a nd the Inness Gold Meda l at the Nationa l Academy of Design i n 1913 and 

1914, the Sesnan Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s 

i n 1914, a Gold Meda l at the Panama-Pacific Exposition at San Francisco i n 

1915, and a Gold Meda l at the Sesquicentennial Internationa l Exposition i n 

Philadelphia i n 1926. H e was elected Associate Membe r of the Nationa l 

Academy i n 1914, and Academician i n 1920. Never of robust health, Spencer 

suffered a nervous breakdown caused by overwork and committed suicide at 

N ew Hope on Jul y 11, 1931. 

T he Red Boat 

30^X36 ^ 

SIGNED , l.r. : Robert Spencer 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Seventh Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1919-Jan. 1920, n.p., no. 88 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1919 J9-29 

103 
Edward Bruce (i879-1943) 

Edward Bruce was born i n Dover Plains, New York, on Apri l 13, 1879. 

Although he began painting as an amateur while following a career i n law 

and business, he di d not enter the ar t field professionally unti l 1923. A t that 

time he began to paint seriously, spending six years i n Ital y at AnticoliCorrado and at Florence, working wit h his friend, Mauric e Sterne. When he 

first exhibited i n New Yor k i n 1929 he won immediate recognition. H e settled 

i n California, but his appointment i n 1933 to organize and direct the Public 

Works of Ar t Project brought hi m to Washington, D . C , which remained his 

home for the rest of his career. H e was a genial person and an able administrator , and his untiring work to aid the artists of the Depression Period is well 

documented. Hi s first award, the First Honorable Mentio n at the Carnegie 

Institute exhibition i n 1929, was followed by such honors as the Columbia 

University Meda l for Excellence i n 1937, the degree of Doctor of Art s conferred by Harvar d University i n 1938, and the Friedsam Gold Meda l 

awarded by the Architectura l League i n the same year. President Roosevelt 

appointed hi m a member of the Commission of Fine Art s i n 1940. H e was 

elected Associate Membe r of the Nationa l Academy i n 1935. Bruce died on 

January 27, 1943 i n Hollywood, Florida, while on vacation from his Washington duties. 

St. Pere 

2 4 f X34 i 

SIGNED , l.r. : Edward Bruce 

COLL . : estate of the artist 

REF . : "Th e Ar t of Edwar d Bruce, " American Magazine of Art, vol . 21 , no. 2 (Feb. 

1930), pp. 75 ff., ill. ; C.G.A. Special Exhibition of Paintings by Edward Bruce, 1932, n.p., 

n o. 25 

GIFT : Hi s Fellow Artists through Mrs . Edwar d Bruce, 1948 48.17 

Thi s scene was probabl y painted i n St. Pere-en-Retz, near the mout h of the Loir e 

Rive r i n France. 

Jonas Li e was born i n Moss, Norway , on Apri l 29, 1880, son of a Norwegian 

civil engineer of distinguished family and an American mother . H e spent his 

early youth i n Oslo and, on his father's death i n 1892, was sent to live wit h an 

uncle i n Paris unti l he could joi n his mother and sisters i n New Yor k the 

following year. After his graduation from the Ethical Culture School i n 1897, 

he went to work i n a textile factory designing fabric patterns, a jo b he held 

while attending evening classes at the Nationa l Academy of Design and the 

A r t Students League. I n 1906 he took a studio i n New Yor k and began to 

paint professionally. H e first exhibited i n the Nationa l Academy as a student 

i n 1900 and from that time throughout his career was represented i n the 

exhibitions of his period, winning such awards as the First Hallgarten Prize 

(1914), the Carnegie Prize (1927), the Saltus Meda l of Meri t (1936), and the 

Obri g Prize (1937) at the Nationa l Academy. H e held the first of many onem an shows i n New Yor k i n 1905 - twenty-four of his paintings were exhibited 

i n the Corcoran i n 1912. Although Li e had no ar t training abroad, he 

traveled extensively, painting i n Brittany , Cornwall and Holland . I n 1913 he 

worked several months on the site of the Panama Canal recording its construction. Hi s summers were usually spent on the coast o f New England or 

Jonas Lie (1880-1940) 

104 

Edwar d Bruce St. Pere 
Canada wit h winters i n New York, where he died on January 10, 1940. Li e 

was granted an Honorar y Degree from Lawrence College (Appleton, 

Wisconsin) and from Syracuse University, and was a member of the Nationa l 

Institute of Art s and Letters, the Society of American Painters, Sculptors and 

Gravers, and the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1912; Academician, 1925). 

H e was president of the Academy from 1934 to 1939. 

The Storm c. 1925 

30x4 5 

SIGNED , l.r. : JONAS LIE 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.GA . The Tenth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1926, p. 29, 

no. 59, ill. ; Jonas Lie, P.N.A., The MacDowel l Club o f Ne w Yor k City , 1936, n.p., 

no. 17 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1926 26.800 

Arthur Garfield Dove (i 880-1946) 

Arthu r Garfield Dove was born i n Canandaigua, New York, on August 2, 

1880. Hi s family moved to Geneva, New York, while he was still a boy, and 

it was here he had his first painting lessons under an eccentric amateur, 

Newton Weatherly. H e attended Hobar t College and studied law at Cornell 

University, wit h an occasional ar t class, graduating i n 1903. After four years 

i n New York, illustrating for Harper's, Scribner's, and other periodicals, he 

traveled and painted i n Europe for more than a year, exhibiting i n the Paris 

Salon d'Automne of 1908 and again i n 1909. A t this time he met Alfred 

Maure r who became a life-long friend. Whe n Dove returned to New Yor k i n 

1909, he resumed illustration which he continued intermittentl y thereafter, 

although his main concern was painting. Stieglitz included his work i n a 

group show at "291 " i n 1910 along wit h such modernists as Hartley , Marin , 

Arthu r Garfield Dove U.S.A. 
Maure r and Weber, and gave hi m his first one-man show i n 1912. From 

about 1923 unti l his death, Dove held one-man exhibitions annually and 

participated i n the major exhibitions of the period. Although his following 

was never large during his lifetime, he was supported by such discriminating 

connoisseurs as Paul Rosenfeld and Duncan Phillips. H e spent much of his 

life on Long Island Sound - at Westport, Connecticut, from 1910 to 1920, on 

a house-boat from 1920 to 1932, and, after six years i n Geneva (1932-1938), 

on the bay at Centerport, near Huntington, Long Island, where he died on 

November 22, 1946. 

U.S.A. 1944 

23IX31 I 

SIGNED , I.e.: dove; inscribed i n black crayon on top back frame : 1944, SPACE DIVIDED BT LIME MO TIVE 

COLL . : estate of the artist 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1968 68.17 

Daniel Garber (i 880-1958) 

Danie l Garber was born i n Nort h Manchester, Indiana , on Apri l n , 1880. 

A t the age of seventeen he enrolled i n the Cincinnati Ar t Academy and i n 

1899 went to Philadelphia to attend the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine 

Art s where he studied wit h Thomas Anshutz and J . Alden Weir . The Cresson 

Traveling Scholarship awarded by the Academy i n 1905 gave hi m the opportunit y to travel and study independently i n Europe for two years. O n his 

return to Philadelphia he was appointed to the faculty of the Pennsylvania 

Academy where he taught for over forty years. H e kept his winter residence 

i n Philadelphia, but spent long summer seasons i n Lumberville , Bucks 

County, near New Hope , where the area around his country house i n Cuttaloosa Glen i n the Delaware Valley provided the setting for many of his landscapes. H e received awards from the Nationa l Academy of Design, the 

Chicago Ar t Institute and the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , 

among many other institutions, and won three Willia m A. Clark Prizes i n 

Corcoran Biennials (see April Landscape and South Room, Green Street, listed 

below). One-man exhibitions of his drawings and etchings were held i n the 

Corcoran i n 1930 and 1940. Garber was a member of the Nationa l Academy 

(Associate, 1910; Academician, 1913), the Nationa l Institute of Art s and 

Letters, and the Society of American Etchers, Gravers and Woodcutters. He 

died at his home i n Lumbervill e on Jul y 5, 1958. 

April Landscape 

42 J X 46 

SIGNED , l.r. : DANIEL GARBER 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Third Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1910-

Jan . 1911, n.p., no. 10, ill . (Fourth Prize and Honorabl e Mention); American Art 

Annual, American Federation of Arts , vol. 9, 1911, pp . 282 ff., ill. ; 106th Annual 

Exhibition, Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , Philadelphia, 1911, p. 34, no. 309; 

Fifteenth Annual Exhibition of Oil Paintings, Worcester Ar t Museum , Mass., 1912, p. 8, 

n o. 21 , ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1911 11.2 

Garber painted the old quarr y across the river fro m Ne w Hope , Pennsylvania, from 

many vantage points and i n all seasons. 

106 
Hans Hofman n Golden Blaze 
This page intentionally left blank 
Danie l Garber South Room - Green Street 

South Room - Green Street 1921 

5iiX42 | 

SIGNED , l.r. : -Daniel GarberCOLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF. : Exhibition of Recent Paintings by Daniel Garber, N.A., Arlingto n Galleries, NewYork , 1921, n.p., no. 20; C.G.A. Eighth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary 

American Artists, Dec. 1921-Jan. 1922, p. 36, no. 198 (First Willia m A . Clar k Prize and 

Gol d Medal); "Corcoran Gallery's Eight h Biennial Exhibit Finest of The m All, " 

American Art News, vol. XX , no. 11 (Dec. 24, 1921), p. 6, ill. ; V . Barker , "Contem -

porar y America n Painting at the Corcoran Gallery of Art, " Art and Archaeology, 

vol. XIII , no. 1 (Jan. 1922), pp. 3 ff., ill. ; "Studi o Talk, " The Studio, vol. 83, no. 347 

(Feb. 15, 1922), p. in , ill. ; H . M . Watts , "America n Ar t at the Corcoran Gallery, " 

Arts and Decoration, vol. XVI , no. 4 (Feb. 1922), p. 283, ill. ; American Art Annual, 

America n Federation of Arts , vol. 19 (1922), p. 25, ill. ; Exhibition of Oil Paintings by 

Daniel Garber, Robert Henri, Frederick J . Waugh, Th e Ar t Clu b of Philadelphia, 1922, 

n.p., no. 21 ; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 

1939, p. 47, no. 139, ill. ; Daniel Garber, Retrospective Exhibition, Pennsylvania Academy 

of the Fine Arts , Philadelphia, 1945, n.p., no. no ; C.G.A. Twenty Fifth Biennial 

Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1957, "Historica l Section, " p. 15, no. 8 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1921 21.6 

Mrs . Garber and thei r daughter Tani s posed for this paintin g i n the artist's Philadelphia residence. 

Hans Hofmann (1880-1966) 

Hans Hofmann was born i n Weissenburg, Bavaria, on Marc h 21 , 1880. H e 

spent his youth i n Munic h where he attended the publi c schools and gymnasium, and, after graduation, studied ar t fro m 1896 to 1898. H e went to 

Paris i n 1904 to continue his ar t training and for the first time came i n contact wit h the avant-garde work of Matisse, Picasso, and Delaunay wit h who m 

he became closely allied. H e returned to Munic h i n 1914 and founded the 

Hans Hofmann School of Fine Art s the following year, traveling throughout 

Europe wit h his students during the summers of the 2o's. I n 1930 and 1931 he 

came to the Unite d States to teach i n the summer sessions at the University 

of California at Berkeley, and, on closing his school i n Munic h i n 1932, 

moved permanently to the States. H e taught at the Ar t Students League i n 

N ew Yor k and at the Thur n School i n Gloucester, Massachusetts, for two 

years; i n 1934 he founded the Hofmann School of Ar t i n New Yor k and a 

summer school i n Provincetown, Massachusetts, i n 1935. These he continued 

unti l 1958 when he gave up teaching to devote full time to painting. Although 

his first one-man show was held i n Berlin i n 1910, and he had exhibited on 

the West Coast i n the 1930's and i n New Orleans i n 1941, his first exhibition 

i n New Yor k was arranged i n 1944 by Peggy Guggenheim i n her Ar t of this 

Century Gallery. Fro m this time on his work was shown i n the important 

annuals and group exhibitions across the country, and retrospective exhibitions were held at the Addison Gallery of American Ar t (1948), the Philadelphia Ar t Alliance (1956), the Whitne y Museum of American Ar t (1957), 

and the Museum of Moder n Art , New Yor k (1963). Hofmann died i n New 

Yor k on February 17, 1966. 

Golden Blaze 1958 

72 X 60 

SIGNED , l.r. : hans hofmann '5$; on back of canvas, u.l. : 72-60 golden blaze/1958jhans 

hofmann 

COLL . : Dr . and Mrs . Joseph M . Krimsley , Ne w Yor k 

REF . : C. Greenberg, hofmann, 1961, p. 15, ill . (in color); S. Hunte r & H . Hofmann , 

Hans Hofmann, 1963, no. 85, ill . 

GIFT : The Friends of the Corcoran, 1968 68.37 

107 
Morton Livingston Schamberg (1881-1918) 

Morto n Livingston Schamberg was born i n Philadelphia on October 15, 

1881. H e earned a Bachelor of Architecture Degree from the School of Fine 

Art s of the University of Pennsylvania i n 1903, and that same year matriculated i n the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s where he came under the 

particular attention o f Willia m Merritt Chase. H e studied at the Academy 

unti l 1906, joining Chase on several summer trips organized for students to 

visit the capitals of Europe. I n 1906 Schamberg's father financed a year 

abroad, spent for the most par t i n Paris. O n his return to Philadelphia i n 

1907, he shared a studio wit h Charles Sheeler who had been a fellow-student 

at the Academy. The y traveled together i n Europe i n 1908, and it was about 

this time they found a house and studio i n Doylestown, Pennsylvania, where 

they worked each summer unti l Schamberg's death i n the flu epidemic of 

1918. Schamberg's first one-man show was held i n a commercial gallery i n 

Philadelphia i n 1910. H e was a member of the Society of Independent Artists 

and was included i n the Armor y Show of 1913, as well as i n group exhibitions 

i n New Yor k of the young artists experimenting wit h Cubism and the 

Precisionist movement. Hi s early death i n Philadelphia on October 13, 1918 

cut short a promising career which was jus t beginning to receive recognition. 

Charle s Sheele r an d Nin a Allende r c. 1906 

5 X 3\; wood panel 

COLL . : Mrs . F. H . Detweiler , Stamford, Connecticut 

REF . : Paintings by Morton L . Schamberg (i88i-igi8), Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine 

Arts , Philadelphia, 1963, n.p., no. 1; B. Wolf, Morton Livingston Schamberg, A Monograph, 1963, p. 43, no. 7, ill . 

GIF T : Joan Detweiler , 1962 62.15.3 

Schamberg, Charles Sheeler and Nin a Allende r were fellow-students at the Pennsylvania Academy. For furthe r information about Sheeler, see below, p. 117. 

Patrick Henry Bruce (i 881-1936) 

Patrick Henr y Bruce was born at Long Island, Campbell County, Virginia , 

on Apri l 21 , 1881. After his graduation from high school at sixteen, he attended evening classes conducted by the sculptor Edward Valentine i n Richmond, Virginia . Fro m 1902 to 1903 he studied under Willia m Merritt Chase 

and Rober t Henr i i n New York, and i n 1904 went to Paris where he settled 

permanently. There he worked on his own for the most par t although he was 

an original member of the class organized i n 1908 around Matisse who m he 

had met through Gertrude and Leo Stein. H e was much influenced by 

Cezanne's paintings during this period, and later by Delaunay to who m he 

was introduced around 1912. H e gained considerable recognition i n France, 

exhibiting from 1907 to 1914 i n the Salon d'Automne and wit h the young 

"independents", as well as i n international exhibitions i n Germany and 

Czechoslovakia. H e was a member of the "Ne w Society of American Artists 

i n Paris," a group of painters such as Weber, Maure r and Steichen who 

seceded i n 1908 from the more conservative "Society of American Artists i n 

Paris." Four of his paintings were included i n the Armor y Show i n 1913, and 

he was represented i n the 1917 exhibition of the Society of Independent 

Artists and i n group shows i n the Montross Gallery, New York, i n 1917 and 

1918. About this time five of his paintings were acquired by the Societe 

108 
Patrick Henr y Bruce Forms 
This page intentionally left blank 
Anonyme i n New York, an organization founded i n 1920 to promot e advanced American and European wor k through exhibition, publication and 

purchase. Thi s collection is now i n the Yale Universit y Ar t Gallery. O n the 

whole, however, Bruce's work was not well known i n the States. H e gave up 

painting entirely i n 1932 and moved from his Paris studio to Versailles, 

destroying all but about fifteen of his canvases which he left i n the care of his 

friend Henr i Pierre Roche. H e returned to New Yor k i n 1936, but had been 

i n the city but a short time when he committed suicide on November 12, 

Thi s painting was one of the group left by Mr . Bruce wit h Monsieur Henr i Pierre 

Roche i n Paris when the artist returned to the Unite d States a few months before his 

death i n 1936. I t is numbe r 6 i n his series Formes. 

George Wesley Bellows was born i n Columbus, Ohio, on August 12, 1882. 

H e attended Ohi o State University from 1901 to 1904 and i n his senior year, 

refusing an offer to enter the field of professional baseball, left for New Yor k 

to study at the New Yor k School of Ar t under Willia m Merrit t Chase and 

Rober t Henr i who later became a close friend. By 1906 Bellows had established his own studio and had begun to exhibit his work. A t the age of 

twenty-seven he was elected an Associate of the Nationa l Academy, the 

youngest Associate i n the Academy's history. H e was elected Academician i n 

1913. Although not an original member of "Th e Eight, " he was allied wit h 

this group and thei r friends who bore the epithet "Th e Ashcan School." H e 

exhibited wit h them i n the first Independent Artists Exhibition i n 1910 and 

participated i n the New Yor k Armor y Show i n 1913. Along wit h Joh n Sloan 

he worked as a volunteer on the ar t staff of the socialist magazine, The Masses, 

a nd throughout his career supplemented his income by drawing illustrations 

for current periodicals and publications. I n 1916 he took up lithography wit h 

considerable success and his work di d much to rescue this ar t form from its commercial stigma. The Corcoran Gallery held two exhibitions of his prints, i n 

1922 and 1932. Bellows never traveled to Europe - he remained i n New York, 

usually summering i n Maine , unti l i n 1920 he began yearly vacations i n 

Woodstock, New York. H e made one tri p to California and New Mexico. Hi s 

first prize won i n 1908 was followed by many honors, including the First 

Willia m A. Clark Prize and Gold Meda l i n the Corcoran's Nint h Biennial i n 

1923. A t the height of his career he died suddenly of a ruptured appendix on 

Januar y 8. 1925. The Metropolitan Museum of Ar t held a Memoria l 

Exhibition of his work later i n the same year. 

Forty-two Kids 1907 

42§ X60 J 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Geo Bellows. 

COLL . : Rober t C. Hall , Pittsburgh; Mr . and Mrs . Peter Glick, Pittsburgh 

REF . : 103RD Annual Exhibition, Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , Philadelphia , 

1908, n.p., no. 7'50; Fifteenth Annual Exhibition of American Art, Cincinnati Ar t Museum , 

1908, p. 8, no. 26, ill. ; XIHth Annual International Exhibition of Paintings, Carnegie 

Institute , Pittsburgh, 1909, n.p., no. 20; R. G. Mclntyre , "George Bellows - an 

1936. 

Forms c. 1925-1926 

28| X 35 f 

COLL . : Henr i Pierre Roche, Paris 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 1968 68.2 

George Wesley Bellows (i 882-1925) 

109 
Appreciation, " Art and Progress, vol. Ill , no. 10 (August 1912), pp. 679 ff., ill. ; 

Memorial Exhibition of the Work of George Bellows, Th e Metropolita n Museu m of Art , 

N e w York , 1925, p . 24, no. 4, ill. ; R. E. Jackman, American Arts, 1928, p. 282, ill. ; 

G. W . Bellows, Paintings of George Bellows, 1929, n.p., no. 8, ill. ; G. W . Eggers, George 

Bellows (American Artists Series, Whitne y Museu m of American Art) , 1931, p. 1 i,ill. ; 

C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1933, p. 24, 

no. 10, ill. ; Fortune, vol. IX , no. 6 (June 1934), p. 80, ill . (in color); A . Burroughs, 

Limners and Likenesses, 1936, p. 209, ill. ; Half a Century of American Art, Ar t Institute, 

Chicago, 1939, p. 4, no. 13, ill. ; P. Boswell, Jr. , George Bellows, 1942, pp. 16 ff., ill . (in 

color); "George W . Bellows, " Life, vol. XX , no . 12 (Marc h 25, 1946), pp. 75 ff., ill . 

( in color); F. J . Roos, An Illustrated Handbook of Art History, 1954, p. 263, ill. ; M . W . 

Brown , American Painting from the Armory Show to the Depression, 1955, p. 33, ill. ; Fifty 

Paintings, igo^-igij, the Fiftieth Anniversary Exhibition, Buffalo Fine Art s Academy, 

1955, p. 17, no. 2, ill. ; George Bellows, a Retrospective Exhibition, Nationa l Gallery of Art , 

Washington, 1957, pp. 9 & 14, no. 4, ill. ; Paintings by George Bellows, Th e Columbus 

Gallery of Fine Arts , Ohio , 1957, n.p., no. 3, ill. ; C.G.A. Masterpieces of The Corcoran 

Gallery of Art, 1959, p. 62, ill. ; W . H . Pierson & M . Davidson, eds., Arts of the United 

States, a Pictorial Survey, i960, n.p., no. 2975, ill. ; H . Dorra , The American Muse, 1961, 

p . 157, ill. ; C. H . Morgan , George Bellows - Painter of America, 1965, passim, ill. ; 

Triumph of Realism, Th e Brooklyn Museum , 1967, p. 85, no. 97, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1931 31.12 

Thi s scene depicting urchins swimmin g fro m an ol d pier i n Manhattan , probabl y on 

the East River , is a variation of an earlier painting , River Rats (collection of Mr . 

Everett D . Reese). I t was Bellows' second sale at the beginning of his career, his first 

to a private collector. 

1 1 0 

George Wesley Bellows Forty-two Kids 
Abram Poole (i 882-1961) 

Abra m Poole was born i n Chicago on January 12, 1882. After graduation 

from Princeton University i n 1904, he went to Munic h to study painting i n 

the Roya l Academy and later to Paris where he worked under Lucien Simon. 

H e returned to Chicago i n 1912, set up a studio and became known principally for his work i n portraiture. Hi s service i n the army from 1917 to 1920 

interrupted his career, but after the Wa r he settled i n New York, exhibiting 

regularly i n the national exhibitions throughout the 1920's, i93o's and 1940's 

- his work was included i n ten Corcoran Biennials between 1923 and 1943. H e 

was a member of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1933; Academician, 1938), 

of the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters, and of the New Society of 

Painters. Although he kept his residence i n New York, he spent much time 

i n his summer home at Ol d Lyme , Connecticut, where he died on Ma y 24, 

1961. 

Kitty c. 1939 

40 x 26 

SIGNED , on back, u.c.: Kitty by I A. Poole 

COLL . : Mrs . Paul B. Magnuson, Washington, D.C . 

REF . : C.G.A. The Eighteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

J943> P- 28, no. 143 

GIFT : Laur a Magnuson, 1962 62.19 

T h e artist visited the West Indies i n the late 1930's. A Dominica n peasant woma n 

posed for this figure. 

Richard S. Meryman (i882-1963) 

Richard S. Meryma n was born i n Boston on Apri l 4, 1882. H e studied at the 

School of the Museum of Fine Arts , Boston, under Frank W . Benson and 

Edmun d C. Tarbell. H e later was associated for fifteen years wit h Abbott H . 

Thayer , collaborating wit h Thayer i n illustrating the latter's work on the 

protective coloration of animals. Meryma n drove a Red Cross ambulance 

early in Worl d Wa r I , transferring i n 1917 to a camouflage unit of the 

Unite d States Arm y Engineers. After the War , he was appointed as VicePrincipal of the Corcoran School of Art , teaching also at the Pennsylvania 

Academy of the Fine Arts . H e succeeded Edmun d C. Tarbell i n 1926 as 

Principal of the Corcoran School, a position he retained unti l his retirement 

i n 1935. Meryma n was best known for his portraits. Amon g his sitters were 

Calvin Coolidge, Jr., Andrew Carnegie, George E. Hamilto n and Mrs . Dean 

Acheson. Hi s paintings were exhibited i n the Corcoran Biennials from 1919 

to 1937 and i n the annual exhibitions of the Pennsylvania Academy of the 

Fine Arts . The Corcoran Gallery held a one-man exhibition of his wor k i n 

1932. H e died i n Dublin , New Hampshire, i n 1963. 

Jeremiah O'Connor 

20|XI5 | 

SIGNED , on back o f canvas, 1.1.: Meryman 

COLL . : Jeremiah O'Connor , Washington, D . C. 

GIFT : Jeremiah O'Conno r 68.28.25 

M r . O'Conno r (1873-1954) was a membe r of the staff of the Corcoran Gallery, 

serving as Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds fro m 1928 unti l 1935 when he 

was appointed Curator , i n whic h position he served unti l his retirement i n 1948. 

111 
Samuel Burtis Baker (i882-1967) 

Samuel Burtis Baker was born i n Boston on September 29, 1882. H e studied 

painting wit h Joseph De Camp i n Boston and landscape painting wit h 

Edward H . Barnard at Belmont, Massachusetts, and Charles H . Davis at 

Mystic , Connecticut. After teaching at the Rindge School i n Cambridge, 

Massachusetts, from 1918 to 1921, he came to Washington to serve as VicePrincipal and Instructor i n Painting at the Corcoran School of Art , a position he held unti l 1935. Durin g this period he also acted as Adjunc t Professor 

of Painting i n The George Washington University (1925-1936). Baker 

worked i n portraiture as well as figure and landscape painting, winning such 

honors as the Second Willia m A. Clark Prize and Silver Meda l i n the 

Corcoran Biennial of 1921/22 (see below) and the Bronze Meda l at the 

Sesquicentennial International Exposition at Philadelphia i n 1926. One-man 

exhibitions of his works were held at the Corcoran i n 1932 and 1937. Baker 

died i n Washington on Marc h 10, 1967. 

Interior with Figure 

5 0J x 40^ 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Burtis Baker 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : Y . Abbott, "Th e Pennsylvania Academy' s Annua l Exhibition, " The American 

Magazine of Art, vol. 12, no. 4 (Apri l 1921), p. 134; C.G.A. Eighth Exhibition: Oil 

Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1921-Jan. 1922, p. 22, no. 41 (Second 

Prize and Silver Medal); V . Barker , "Contemporar y America n Paintings at The 

Corcoran Gallery of Art, " Art and Archaeology, vol. XIII , no. 1 (Jan. 1922), p. 10, ill. ; 

"Studi o Talk, " The Studio, vol. 83, no . 347 (Feb. 15, 1922), p. in , ill. ; Twenty-second 

Annual International Exhibition of Paintings, Carnegie Institute , Pittsburgh, 1923, n.p., 

no. 43; Revue du Vrai et du Beau, Paris, Mar . 10, 1924, p. 28, ill. ; XIVEsposizione Internationale d'Arte della Citta di Venezia, Venice, 1924, p. 51 , no. 4, ill. ; Exhibition of 

Paintings by S. Burtis Baker, Th e Guil d of Boston Artists , 1925, n.p., no. 9; Illustrated 

Catalogue, Department of Fine Arts, Sesquicentennial International Exposition, Philadelphia, 

1926, p. 76, no. 632 (Bronze Medal); C.G.A. Catalogue of a Special Exhibition of Paintings by S. Burtis Baker, 1932, n.p., no. 21 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1936 36.1 

Edward Hopper (i882-1967) 

Edward Hoppe r was born i n Nyack, New York, on Jul y 22, 1882. A t the age 

of seventeen he entered a commercial ar t school for illustrators i n New York, 

b ut as he was interested principall y i n painting he soon enrolled i n the New 

Yor k School of Ar t where he studied from 1900 to 1906 under Kenneth 

Hayes Mille r and Rober t Henr i along wit h such fellow-students as George 

Bellows, Rockwell Kent, Guy Pene d u Bois and Patrick Henr y Bruce. He 

made three trips to Europe between 1906 and 1910, painting for extended 

periods i n Paris and traveling i n England, Holland , Germany, Belgium and 

Spain. For some years he supported himself i n New Yor k by working in 

commercial ar t and illustrating, painting as he had time and during his 

summer excursions to New England at Gloucester, Ogunquit and Monhegan. 

One of his paintings was included i n the Armor y Show i n 1913 (his first sale), 

b ut his entries i n the Nationa l Academy exhibitions were repeatedly refused 

and he received littl e recognition unti l he began to work i n etching around 

1915. Hi s first one-man exhibition of paintings was held i n the Whitne y 

Studio Club i n 1920, and his watercolors were shown there i n 1922. From 

this time on his work was received wit h growing enthusiasm until , from 1930 

unti l his death i n 1967, it was included regularly i n important national 

112 
Edwar d Hoppe r Ground Swell 

exhibitions, winning numerous awards and honors, among them the First 

Willia m A. Clark Prize and Gold Meda l i n the Corcoran Biennial of 1937. 

A retrospective of his work was held at the Museum of Moder n Ar t i n New 

Yor k i n 1933, the first of many shown i n the principa l museums across the 

country. I n 1952 he was one of four artists chosen to represent the Unite d 

States i n the Venice Biennale. Durin g these years he divided his time between 

his studio on Washington Square i n New Yor k and his summer home at 

South Trur o on Cape Cod, wit h occasional travel to the South West and to 

Mexico. H e died i n New Yor k on Ma y 15, 1967 at the age of eighty-four. 

Hoppe r was elected member of the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters i n 

1945 and of the American Academy of Art s and Letters i n 1955. 

Ground Swell 1939 

36JX5o i 

SIGNED , l.r. : EDWARD HOPPER 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : Survey of American Painting, Department of Fine Arts , Carnegie Institute , Pittsburgh , 1940, n.p., no. 329, ill . (dated 1939); Second Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary 

American Paintings, Virgini a Museu m of Fine Arts , Richmond , 1940, p. 23, no. 93, ill. ; 

C.G.A. The Eighteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1943, 

p. 27, no. 98; Sport in American Art, Museu m of Fine Arts , Boston, 1944, p. 16, no. 69, 

ill. ; Edward Hopper, American Artists Group , Ne w York , 1945, p. 17, ill. ; The Coast and 

H 3 
the Sea, a Survey of American Marine Painting, Th e Brooklyn Museum , 1948/9, p. 28, 

no. 64, ill. ; L . Goodrich, Edward Hopper, Penguin Books, 1949, p. 15, ill. ; L . Goodrich, 

Edward Hopper, Retrospective Exhibition, Whitne y Museu m of American Art , New York , 

1950, p. 56, no. 52, ill. ; Sport in Art from American Collections Assembled for an Olympic 

Tear, Sports Illustrated and American Federation of Arts , Ne w York , 1955, n.p., 

no. 53, ill. ; L . Goodrich, Edward Hopper, Whitne y Museu m of American Art , New 

York , 1964, pp. 42, 65, no. 36, ill. ; Fine Art Reproductions of Old and Modern Masters, 

N e w Yor k Graphi c Society, 1965, p. 356, no. 6004, ill . (i n color); Sao Paulo g: United 

States of America/Estados Unidos da America, I X Biennial of the Museu m of Moder n Art , 

Sao Paulo, Brazil, 1967, p. 158, no. 21 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1943 43.6 

Thi s paintin g was inspired by sailing days i n Wellfleet Harbor , near Hopper' s home 

i n Truro , Massachusetts. "Th e boat, " he said, "coul d be a Cape Cod catboat, but 

once was a familia r type on the Hudson River. " 

Rockwell Kent (i882-1971) 

Rockwell Ken t was born i n Tarrytow n Heights, New York, on June 21, 1882. 

H e studied architecture at Columbia University, but i n his junio r year 

switched to painting, working under Willia m Merrit t Chase, Rober t Henri , 

and finally wit h Abbott H . Thayer i n Dublin , New Hampshire. I n 1909 he 

married Thayer's niece and was employed for a period working on Thayer's 

theories of camouflage based on the protective coloration i n animals. He 

made the first of a succession of trips to primitiv e parts of the world i n 1914 

and 1915 when he spent a winte r i n Newfoundland. I n 1918/19 he lived for a 

winte r on Fox Island, Alaska. Hi s book Wilderness, illustrated wit h drawings 

completed on the expedition, was published shortly after his return. I n 1922 

he sailed a 4-ton craft to Tierr a del Fuego at the tip of South America, and 

again his illustrated book Voyaging recounts his experiences. A year i n Greenland i n 1934 to 1935 resulted i n Salamina. Whe n not on these long treks, he 

lived and painted on his working dairy farm which he built i n the AdironRockwell Ken t Adirondacks 

114 
dacks at Ausable Forks, New York. Thi s area is perpetuated i n This is My 

Own, published i n 1940. Hi s many interests have been summed up thus (The 

Carnegie Magazine, Carnegie Institute, Pittsburgh, January, 1943): "[Kent ] 

is an artist - painter, wood engraver, lithographer , illustrator and mura l 

painter - author , architect, traveler, explorer, editor, pamphleteer, farmer 

a nd patriot. " H e was never a "joiner, " but he was a member of the Nationa l 

Institute of Art s and Letters and an honorary member of the Academy of 

Fine Art s of the U.S.S.R. H e died i n Plattsburgh, New York , on Marc h 13,, 

I97 1 -

Adirondacks 1928/30 

38^X54 ! 

SIGNED , l.r. : Rockwell Kent/1928/30 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : i2Jth Annual Exhibition, Pennsylvania Academy o f the Fine Arts , Philadelphia, 

l932> P- 33?n o - 34° (Jennie Sesnan Gol d Medal); "Th e Twelft h Exhibitio n of Contemporar y American Oils, " The Bulletin of the Cleveland Museum of Art, Nineteenth 

Year, no. 6 (June 1932), p. 99, ill. ; American Art Annual, vol. 29 (1932), p. 298, ill. ; 

C.G.A. The Thirteenth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Dec. 1932-

Jan. 1933, p. 59, no. 136; "Greenland" and Other Subjects by Rockwell Kent, Macbet h 

Gallery, Ne w York , 1934, n.p., no. 20, ill. ; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, 

Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1939, p. 61 , no. 206, ill. ; F. Watson, American Painting 

Today, America n Federation of Arts , 1939, p. 34, ill. ; W . S. Hall , Eyes on America, the 

United States as Seen by Her Artists, [1939], p. 45, ill. ; S. Cheney, Story of Modern Art, 

1941, p. 597, ill. ; American Landscape Painters, 1800-1960, Norfol k Museu m of Art s and 

Sciences, Virginia , 1961, n.p., no. 19 

PURCHASED : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1934 34.4 

A. F. Levinson (i 883-1946) 

Abraham Frater Levinson was born i n Russia on August i , 1883. Whe n he 

was five years old his family moved to the Unite d States and settled i n New 

York. H e received an LL.B . Degree from the La w School of New Yor k 

University and practiced law i n New Yor k for about five years, but i n 1919 he 

enrolled i n classes at the Ar t Students League and soon after abandoned law 

for painting. H e studied wit h Rober t Henr i and Ma x Weber, and, after a tri p 

abroad, spent the rest of his life painting i n New Yor k and i n the environs of 

Gloucester, Massachusetts. Fro m 1921 he conducted ar t classes each summer 

for many years at Rockport, Massachusetts. H e was closely connected wit h 

the Ar t Students League and served on its board of control during the 1930's, 

working strenuously for the liberalization of the League's program. Durin g 

his last years he lived at Jamaica, Long Island, where he died on Jul y 21 , 

1946. A memorial exhibition of his work was held at the Ar t Students League 

i n September 1947. 

Woodstock Snow Landscape 

16x20 ; canvas board 

SIGNED , l.r. : A. F. LEVINSON', on back frame, u.l. : Woodstock in Snow 

COLL . : Mrs . Abraha m Frater Levinson, the artist's wife 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1959 59.9 

n

5 

Abraha m Frater Levinson Woodstock 

Snow Landscape 
Eugene Speicher (i 883-1962) 

Eugene Speicher was born i n Buffalo, New York, on Apri l 5, 1883. After 

attending high school for three years i n Buffalo, he worked first i n a lumber -

yard and later i n a publishing house while taking night courses at the Albright Ar t School. I n 1907 he went to the Ar t Students League i n New York 

on a scholarship, and, through further scholarships and income derived from 

making ''quick portraits, " continued working at the League under Willia m 

Merritt Chase and i n 1909 at Rober t Henri' s school. I n 1910 he traveled i n 

Europe, studying the museum collections i n France, Spain, Germany, Italy , 

Holland and England, the first of many such trips. About this time he found 

a summer home i n Woodstock, New York, and he established the pattern of 

painting seven months i n the country and five months i n New York. He was 

known pre-eminently as a portrait painter, and unti l 1926 his principal 

source of income came from portrait commissions. After this date he chose his 

sitters more selectively for thei r particular interest and turned increasingly to 

work i n landscape and flower pieces. Speicher won many honors from 

student days throughout his life and was included i n all the important exhibitions of his period. H e was awarded the Second Willia m A. Clark Prize and 

Silver Meda l i n the Corcoran's Biennial i n 1928, and the First Prize and 

Gold Meda l i n the 1935 Biennial. A n exhibition of forty of his drawings was 

held i n the Corcoran i n 1931. H e was a member of the Nationa l Academy 

(Associate, 1911; Academician, 1925) and of the Nationa l Institute of Art s 

and Letters. Speicher died i n Woodstock, New York, on Ma y 11, 1962. 

Sara Rivers 1924 

45fX3 7 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Eugene Speicher 

COLL . : A . Conger Goodyear, New Yor k 

REF . : Exhibition of Paintings and Drawings by Eugene E. Speicher, Department of Fine 

Arts , Carnegie Institute , 1924/25, n.p., no. 23; Exhibition of Paintings by Eugene 

Speicher N.A., Omah a Society of Fine Arts , Nebraska, 1926, n.p., no. 3; The Arts, 

vol. XIII , no. 2 (Feb. 1928), p. 115, ill . (incorrectly listed as Miss Anne Rivers); C.G.A, 

The Twelfth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Nov . 1930-Jan. 1931, 

p. 85, no. 239, ill . (as Portrait of a Young Girl); C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, 

Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1933, p. 97, no. 302, ill . 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clar k Fund , 1930 30.9 

Speicher informed the Gallery that the sitter for this portrait was a Hungaria n gir l 

named Sara Rivers who was visiting friends i n Woodstock, Ne w York . 

Abe l George Warshawsky was born i n Sharon, Pennsylvania, on December 

28, 1883. I n his youth his family moved to Cleveland, Ohio, where he 

received his first ar t instruction, continuing his training at the Ar t Students 

League i n New Yor k and under Louis Loeb and the elderly Winslow Homer . 

After several years of illustrating for Harper's and other periodicals, he went 

to Paris i n 1909, remaining i n Europe for more than a quarter of a century. 

H e painted i n Brittany, Normand y and Provence, as well as i n Ital y and 

Spain. H e won considerable recognition i n France; his paintings were 

purchased for the collections of the Petit Palais and the Luxembour g Gallery, 

and the French Government made hi m a Chevalier of the Legion of Hono r 

i n 1933. H e visited frequently i n the Unite d States, keeping close ties wit h his 

family and friends i n Cleveland and exhibiting i n New Yor k and in many of 

Abel George Warshawsky (1883-1962) 

n 6 

Eugene Edwar d Speicher Sara Rivers 
the annual exhibitions across the country during the 1930's. Hi s later years 

were spent i n Monterey, California, where he died on Ma y 30, 1962. 

Woman of Finistere 1933 

15\ x 12^; wood panel 

SIGNED , u.r.: A. G. WarshawskyCOLL . : Mr . and Mrs . Cur t C. Schiffeler, Washington, D . C. 

REF . : R.-L. Pillet, UCEuvre Frangaise d'un peintre Americain, A. G. Warshawsky, 1936, 

p. 25, ill . (listed as Femme du Cap); Recent Paintings by Abel G. Warshawsky, Paul Reinhard t Galleries, New York , 1938, n.p., no. 5, ill . (listed as Portrait of an Old Woman) 

GIFT : Mr . and Mrs . Cur t C. Schiffeler, 1938 38.1 

Charles Sheeler (i 883-1965) 

Charles Sheeler was born i n Philadelphia on Jul y 16, 1883. H e attended the 

Philadelphia School of Industria l Ar t from 1900 to 1903, and the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s from 1903 to 1906, working under Willia m 

Merritt Chase. H e joined Chase and his students on two summer study trips 

abroad - i n 1904 to London and Holland , and i n 1905 to Spain. H e shared a 

studio i n Philadelphia wit h the painter Morto n Schamberg i n 1906 and 

during the next two years had paintings accepted i n exhibitions at both the 

Nationa l Academy and the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts . H e held 

his first one-man show i n a Philadelphia gallery i n 1908. After a tri p of three 

months to Ital y and France i n 1908/9, Schamberg and Sheeler settled down 

again i n their Philadelphia studio, working weekends and summers on a farm 

they had acquired near Doylestown, Pennsylvania. I n 1912 they both took up 

commercial photography as a means of income. Sheeler gradually developed 

this medium into an ar t form which had a profound influence on his painting. 

After Schamberg's death i n 1918, Sheeler moved to New York, although he 

kept the Doylestown house unti l 1923. Six of his paintings had been shown i n 

the Armor y Show i n 1913, and his work was represented i n the Forum exhibition i n 1916 and i n the Society of Independent Artists' exhibition i n 1917. 

Fro m this time on his paintings, drawings and photographs were shown 

regularly i n New Yor k and i n national exhibitions wit h increasing recognition. The first major retrospective of his work was held i n the Museum of 

Moder n Art , New York, i n 1939. After living i n South Salem, New York, and 

i n Ridgefield, Connecticut, he finally moved to Irvington-on-Hudson i n 

1942, his permanent home, although photographic commissions took hi m to 

many parts of the country. After 1945 Sheeler devoted the greater par t of his 

time to painting. H e served as artist-in-residence at Phillips Academy, 

Andover , Massachusetts i n 1946, and at the Currie r Gallery of Ar t at 

Manchester, New Hampshire i n 1948. I n 1959 he suffered a paralytic stroke 

which prevented further work ; he died i n a hospital near his home at 

Irvington-on-Hudson on Ma y 7, 1965. 

Dahlias and Asters 1912 

20J X 144 

INSCRIBE D O N BACK : "Dahlias and Asters"/C. R. Sheeler 1912 

COLL . : Mrs . F. H . Detweiler , Stamford, Connecticut 

REF. : International Exhibition of Modern Art, Association of America n Painters and 

Sculptors (Armor y Show), Ne w York , 1913, n.p., no. 976; 1913 Armory Show: 50th 

Anniversary Exhibition 1963, Munson-Williams-Procto r Institute , Utica , 1963, 

p p. 137 and 205, no. 976, ill. ; Charles Sheeler, Nationa l Collection of Fine Arts , Smithsonian Institution, Washington, 1968, pp. 12, 109, no. 4, ill . 

GIF T : Joan B. Detweiler , 1962 62.15.1 

Thi s painting is one of six shown by Sheeler i n the 1913 Armory Show i n Ne w York . 

117 
Charles Sheeler Western Industrial 

Landscape c. 1912 

l\ X 9 i 5 composition board 

COLL . : Mrs . F. H . Detweiler , Stamford, Connecticut 

GIFT : Joan B. Detweiler , 1962 62.15.2 

Western Industrial 1954 

8x10 ; tempera on plexiglas 

COLL . : the artist's estate 

REF . : Charles Sheeler Exhibition, Tempera on Plexiglas, Downtow n Gallery, New York , 

1965, n.p., no. 7; J . Harithas , "250 Years o f American Art, " Apollo, Jul y 1966, p. 70, 

I n preparing his Industria l Series Sheeler usually worked i n three stages. H e first 

made a sketch i n tempera on paper ; then, i n tempera on plexiglas; and finally, 

completed the painting i n oil on canvas. Th e Western Industrial sketch on paper is i n 

t he collection of Mr . and Mrs . Alla n D . Emil , Ne w York ; the oil on canvas version, i n 

t he collection of Mr . and Mrs . Leigh B. Block, Chicago. 

ill . 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1965 65.9 

118 
Jules Pascin Lucy Krohg 

Jules Pascin (1885-1930) 

Julius Mordeca i Pincas, later known as Pascin, was born i n Vidin , Bulgaria, 

on Marc h 31 , 1885. Hi s family moved to Bucharest i n 1892, and, after school 

i n Vienna from 1896 to 1901, he joined them to wor k briefly i n his father's 

grain business. Hi s main interest, however, was art, and he soon returned to 

Vienna to study painting, and i n 1903/04 moved to Munic h where he attended the Heymann Ar t School and drew cartoons for the German periodicals 

Jugend and Simplicissimus. A t this time he assumed the anagrammatic name 

Pascin which he was to use for the rest of his life. After studying briefly i n 

Berlin, he settled i n Paris i n December 1905, and unti l 1914 played an active 

role i n the life of the young artists there, exhibiting i n Berlin, Cologne, i n the 

N ew Yor k Armor y Show of 1913, and i n the Salon d'Automne and the Salon 

des Independants i n Paris. I n the fall of 1914 he went to New Yor k where he 

remained unti l 1920, becoming an American citizen and working i n that 

circle of painters - Alexander Brook, Pop Hart, Walt Kuhn , Yasuo KuniH 9 
yoshi, Guy Pene du Bois and Ma x Weber - who frequented the Penguin Club. 

H e traveled i n the southern states and i n Cuba before returning to Paris late 

i n 1920 and, during the next few years, visited Nort h Africa, Italy , Spain 

a nd Portugal. Durin g the 20's he exhibited i n both Paris and New York, 

returning to New Yor k i n 1927/28 i n order to retain his American citizenship. 

Although Pascin's work had received considerable recognition a series of 

unfavorable reviews i n 1930 discouraged him , and he committed suicide i n 

Paris on June 2, 1930. T o honor the artist all ar t galleries i n Paris were closed 

on the day of his funeral and memorial exhibitions were held i n 1931 i n both 

N ew Yor k and Paris. 

Lucy Krohgf 

3iiX24 f 

COLL . : Francis Biddle, Washington, D.C . 

GIFT : Francis Biddle, 1958 58.12 

T he artist me t Luc y Krohg , wife of the Norwegian painter Per Krohg , i n Paris i n the 

fall of 1920. O n Pascin's death his estate was divided between his former wife, Hermine 

David , and Madam e Kroh g who opened the Galerie Luc y Kroh g i n Paris i n 1931 

wit h an exhibition of Pascin's works. 

George Biddle was born i n Philadelphia on Januar y 24, 1885. H e attended 

Harvar d College, graduating from Harvar d La w School wit h an LL.D . 

Degree i n 1911. H e was admitted to the bar i n Pennsylvania but never practiced, pursuing instead a career i n art. Fro m 1911 to 1914 he studied i n 

Paris at the Julian Academy, painting wit h Frieseke at Giverny or traveling 

during the summers. H e worked i n Munic h during 1914, i n Rome i n 1915, 

a nd when i n America during this period, studied at the Pennsylvania Academy 

of the Fine Art s i n Philadelphia. Durin g Worl d Wa r I Biddle served wit h 

the U.S. Arm y i n Europe (from 1917 to 1919). I n 1920 he went to Tahiti 

where he spent twenty-three months i n a native Polynesian village, experimenting i n many media. After three more years i n Europe, principally i n 

Paris, he returned to America, building a home at Croton-on-Hudson, New 

York, which has remained his residence, although he has traveled extensively 

i n the States, i n Europe, Lati n America and i n Asia. Biddle was active i n 

initiating the Federal Ar t Project i n the Works Progress Administration i n 

the 30's, and during Worl d Wa r I I was appointed chairman of the Wa r 

Department Ar t Commission to organize the making of pictorial records of 

the war . Fro m 1950 he served for four years on the Fine Art s Commission i n 

Washington. Durin g his career he has held about one hundred one-man 

exhibitions i n America, Europe, and the Far East, and has executed mura l 

commissions i n Washington, Rio de Janeiro and Mexico City. Hi s work i n 

lithography has been prodigious. H e is a member of the Nationa l Institute of 

Art s and Letters, the Nationa l Society of Mura l Painters, and the Society of 

American Graphic Artists. 

Terae Har a 1922 

22 X 16 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Biddle 1922; inscribed on back, c.: TERAE HARA/ NO. 84/ Biddle 

COLL . : the artist 

GIFT : the artist, 1968 68.33.1 

T h e artist mentions this Tahitia n gir l and her friends i n his autobiography, An 

American Artist's Story (1939), on pages 194 and 195. 

George Biddle (1885 

120 
George Biddle Helene Sardeau 

Black Ice on Calabaugh Pondf 

SIGNED , l.r. : Biddle. 1929; on back: Biddle. 1929.J No. 188/ Black Ice on Calabaugh Pond 

COLL . : Mrs . Francis Biddle, Washington, D . C. 

GIFT : Katherine Garrison Biddle, 1958 58.29 

Calabaugh Pond is located i n Croton-on-Hudson, Ne w York , near the artist's home. 

Helene Sardeau 1931 

25iX35i- ^ # 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Biddle. 1931; inscribed on back, u.c.: 214 / Helene Sardeau 

COLL . : the artist 

GIFT : the artist, 1968 68.33.5 

Helene Sardeau (1900-1969), the artist's wife, was bor n i n Antwerp , Belgium, and 

came to the Unite d States i n 1914, becoming a naturalized citizen i n 1933. A sculptor , 

she studied at Barnard College, Cooper Union , the Ar t Students League and the 

School of American Sculpture. He r wor k is i n such collections as those of the Whitne y 

Museu m of American Art , the Metropolita n Museu m of Ar t and the Smithsonian 

Institution, and her limestone statue of a manacled slave stands i n Fairmoun t Park, 

Philadelphia. Biddl e made several portrait s of her i n various media. 

Yoke of Oxenf 1932 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Biddle/1932 

COLL . : Mrs . Francis Biddle , Washington, D . C. 

GIFT : Katherine Garrison Biddle , 1963 63.14 

Thi s oil sketch was made as a study for a large painting of the subject now i n the 

Chrysler Ar t Museum , Provincetown, Massachusetts. 

1 2 1 
George Biddle At Ticino's 

At Ticino's 1933 

30x4 0 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Biddle - 1933; on back of canvas: Biddle/289/At Ticino's 

COLL . : the artist 

REF. : George Biddle, Boyer Galleries, Philadelphia, 1935, n.p., no. 12 

GIFT : the artist, 1969 1969.17 

Ticino' s was a small Italia n restaurant i n Greenwich Village , Ne w York , ru n by 

Angelo Rososco Ticin o and frequented by man y artists i n "speak-easy" days. I n this 

scene the painter Morri s Kanto r sits at the left opposite his wife, Marth a Ryder , also 

an artist. Thre e preparatory drawings for the paintin g are i n the Corcoran collection -

a portrait of both Kanto r and his wife and a sketch for the fina l composition. 

Bernard Karfiol (1886-195 2) 

Bernard Karfio l was born of American parents i n Budapest, Hungary , on 

M a y 6, 1886. H e spent his boyhood i n the environs of Brooklyn and at the 

age of thirteen attended Pratt Institute. H e won a scholarship to study at the 

Nationa l Academy i n 1900, and continued his ar t training i n Paris at the 

Julian Academy where he worked under Jean Paul Laurens from 1901 to 

1902. H e remained i n France unti l 1906, working independently and exhibiting i n the Paris Salon of 1904 and the Salon d'Automne of 1905. O n his 

return to America he settled i n New Yor k and, to supplement his income, 

taught from 1908 to 1913. Gertrude Vanderbilt Whitne y was an early 

sponsor and arranged classes for hi m i n her studio. Hi s work was included i n 

the 1913 Armor y Show and, i n 1917, was shown i n New Yor k i n a join t 

exhibition wit h John Marin . I n the early 20's KarfioPs paintings came to the 

attention of Joseph Brummer , and one-man exhibitions held i n the Brumme r 

Galleries i n 1923, 1925 and 1927 brought hi m wide-spread recognition. From 

this time on his work was represented i n important national exhibitions, 

bringing hi m such awards as the First Willia m A . Clark Prize and Gold 

122 
Bernard Karfio l Summer 

Meda l i n the 1928 Corcoran Biennial. H e lived throughout his life i n or near 

N ew York, summering i n Ogunquit, Maine , and taking an occasional tri p to 

Cuba, Jamaica, or Mexico. H e died i n his home at Irvington-on-Hudson on 

August 16, 1952. 

Summer 1927 

4 6|x6o | 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Bernard Karfiol 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Eleventh Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1928, p. 51 , 

no. 132, ill . (First Willia m A . Clar k Prize and Gol d Medal); A . S. Riggs, "Th e 

Eleventh Corcoran Biennial, " Art and Archaeology, vol. XXVI , no. 5 (Nov. 1928), 

p p . 169 ff., ill. ; American Art Annual, America n Federation of Arts , vol. XX V (1928), 

p. 81 , ill. ; H . Cahill, "Bernar d Karfiol, " Creative Art, vol. X , no. 3 (Marc h 1932), 

p p . 181 ff., ill. ; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 

1933, p. 61 , no. 181, ill. ; A . Burroughs , Limners and Likenesses, 1936, pp. 183 f., ill. ; An 

Exhibition of Paintings, Water Colors and Drawings by Bernard Karfiol, Department of Fine 

Arts , Carnegie Institute , Pittsburgh, 1939, n.p., no. 14, ill. ; Contemporary Art: Official 

Catalogue, Department of Fine Arts , Golden Gate Internationa l Exposition, San 

Francisco, 1939-1940, p. 42, no. 200; C.G.A. The Twenty Fifth Biennial Exhibition of 

Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1957, "Th e Historica l Section, " p. 15, no. 11, ill . 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1928 28.6 

Thi s famil y scene, painted at Ogunquit, Maine , i n the late summer of 1927, portrays 

(from left to right), Karfiol' s wife, Margaret, his daughter , Virginie , and his son, 

George. 

Henry Lee McFee (1886-1953) 

Henr y Lee McFee was born i n St. Louis, Missouri, on Apri l 14, 1886. H e 

was working as a surveyor when, at the age of twenty-one, it became financially possible for hi m to take up the study of art. After a year at Stevenson's 

123 
Henr y Lee McFe e Corner of a Room 

A r t School i n Pittsburgh, he went i n 1908 to the Ar t Students League School 

i n Woodstock, New York, studying under Birge Harrison, and found the ar t 

colony there so congenial that he remained for twenty-five years, painting 

and teaching and occasionally exhibiting i n New Yor k and i n national group 

exhibitions. The inclusion of eight of his canvases i n the Forum exhibition of 

1916 provided the first comprehensive showing of his work ; it was not unti l 

1927 he held his first one-man exhibition. I n the late 30's he settled i n Claremont, California, where he served as Professor of Ar t at Scripps College and 

at the Claremont Graduate School. Hi s wor k was influenced by the progressive trends of the early Twentieth Century - Post-Impressionism, 

Fauvism and Cubism - to the extent that contemporary critics considered 

h i m experimental and an "intellectual painter. " H e won such honors as the 

Fourth Willia m A. Clark Prize i n the Corcoran Biennial i n 1928 and the 

Templ e Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s i n 1937. 

124 
H e was a member of the Nationa l Academy (Academician, 1950) and of the 

Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters. McFee died i n Pasadena, California, on 

Marc h 19, 1953. 

Corner of a Room 

40 X 30J 

SIGNED , 1.1.: -McFeeCOLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : The 1936 International Exhibition of Paintings, Department of Fine Arts , Carnegie 

Institute , Pittsburgh, 1936, n.p., no. 78, ill. ; C.G.A. The Fifteenth Biennial Exhibition of 

Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1937, p. 39, no. 52, ill. ; A . Bury , "Oi l Painting of 

Today, " The Studio, 1938, (Special Spring Number), p. 106, ill. ; Gardens, Houses and 

People, vol. XIII , no. 3 (Marc h 1938), ill . (on cover); C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of 

Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1939, p. 67, no. 233, ill. ; W . S. Hall , Eyes on 

America: the United States as Seen by Her Artists, [1939], p. 145, ill . 

PURCHASE : Willia m A. Clark Fund , 1937 37.2 

JohnR . Grabach (1886- ) 

John R. Grabach was born i n Greenfield, Massachusetts, i n 1886. H e attended 

the Ar t Students League i n New York, studying under Kenyon Cox, George 

B. Bridgman and Frank V . DuMond , and has for many years taught at the 

Newark School of Fine and Industria l Ar t i n New Jersey. H e claims to have 

had over three thousand students i n his long career, many of who m have 

become well-known artists. H e has exhibited i n the large national exhibitions 

across the country, winning such awards as the Peabody Prize at the Chicago 

A r t Institute, the Sesnan Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the 

Fine Arts , and the Second Willia m A . Clark Prize and Silver Meda l i n the 

Corcoran Biennial of 1932. H e was elected Associate Membe r of the Nationa l 

Academy i n 1961 and Academician i n 1968. Grabach lives i n Irvington, New 

Jersey, where he is Director of the Irvingto n Ar t Museum Association. 

Waterfront - New York 

36x4 2 

SIGNED , 1.1.: John R. Grabach; on stretcher: 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clar k Fund , 1941 

Waterfront-New York 

41.88 

T h e scene depicts workme n beneath the Brookly n Bridge, Ne w York . 

Leopold Gould Seyffert (i 887-1956) 

Leopold Gould Seyffert was born i n California, Missouri, on January 6, 1887. 

H e studied at the Stevenson Ar t School i n Pittsburgh and at the Pennsylvania 

Academy of the Fine Art s under Willia m Merritt Chase. H e won two European traveling scholarships which he utilized for study i n France and Spain 

where he worked under Ignacio Zuloaga. Durin g the First Worl d Wa r he 

served i n the Nav y and afterward went to South America, spending an 

extended period i n Peru. Back i n the Unite d States he taught briefly at the 

A r t Institute of Chicago (1920), and at the Nationa l Academy of Design i n 

N ew York, but soon devoted full time to painting. Although Seyffert painted 

decorative and flower pieces, he is mainl y noted as a portrait painter. Amon g 

his sitters were distinguished industrialists, jurists, bankers and artists, such 

as Andrew W . Mellon, Henr y Clay Frick, Leopold Stokowski and Frit z 

125 
Kreisler. H e was the winner of many awards, such as the First Hallgarten 

Prize at the Nationa l Academy of Design (1918) and the Carroll H . Beck 

Gold Meda l for Portraits (1918) and the Templ e Gold Meda l (1921) at the 

Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts . Hi s paintings were represented i n 

national and international exhibitions and were included i n each Corcoran 

Biennial from 1912 to 1943. The Corcoran Gallery held a one-man exhibition 

of his charcoal portraits i n 1930. Seyffert's work is i n the collections of such 

galleries as the Ar t Institute of Chicago, the Pennsylvania Academy of the 

Fine Arts , the Detroit Ar t Institute, the Carnegie Institute, Pittsburgh, and 

the Metropolitan Museum of Art. I n 1916 he was elected an Associate 

Membe r of the Nationa l Academy of Design; an Academician i n 1925. He 

died i n New Jersey on June 13, 1956. 

John G. Johnson 1921 

3oiX25 | 

SIGNED , l.r. : Leopold Seyffert 1921. 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Ninth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Dec. 1923-

Jan . 1924, p. 43, no. 130, ill. ; R. F. Salade, "Th e Johnson Gallery, Philadelphia, " 

The American Magazine of Art, vol. XV , no. 5 (Ma y 1924), p. 239, ill. ; Leopold Seyffert, 

Portraits, Gran d Central Ar t Galleries, Ne w York , 1925, n.p., ill . 

PURCHASE : Willia m A. Clar k Fund , 1923 23.12 

Joh n Graver Johnson, corporation lawyer and ar t collector, was bor n i n Philadelphia 

i n 1841. H e graduated fro m the law school of the Universit y of Pennsylvania i n 1863 

a nd was admitte d to the Philadelphia bar i n the same year. H e became a specialist i n 

corporation law. Ove r a period o f fort y years he built u p one of the great private ar t 

collections i n Americ a whic h now forms an importan t par t of the collections i n the 

Philadelphia Museu m of Art . H e died i n Philadelphi a i n 1917. A replica of this 

portrait now hangs i n the offices of the Philadelphia law fir m know n as Saul, Ewing , 

Remic k and Saul. 

Myself 1925 

27 X 24; composition board 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Leopold Seyffert/1925 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Tenth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1926, n.p., 

no. 198, ill. ; All Arts (Ma y 1926), p. 30, ill . 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1926 26.801 

Seyffert painted at least seven self-portraits. Th e Chicago Ar t Institut e and the 

Detroit Museu m of Ar t each ow n examples. 

Randall Davey (i 887-1964) 

Randall Davey was born i n East Orange, New Jersey, on Ma y 24, 1887. He 

studied architecture at Cornell University and immediately on his graduation 

i n 1909 joined Rober t Henri' s classes i n New York. H e traveled to Europe 

wit h Henr i and his students, visiting France, Hollan d and Spain, and i n 1911 

conducted one of his classes i n Spain. H e often spent his summers on the New 

England coast, especially at Gloucester where he painted the Portuguese 

fisher-folk and harbor life. Aroun d 1918 he worked for over a year i n Cuba. 

H e taught briefly at the Chicago Ar t Institute and the Kansas City Ar t 

Institute, served as instructor at the Broadmoor Ar t Academy i n Colorado 

Springs from 1925 to 1930 and was Professor i n Ar t at the University of New 

Mexico i n 1956. I n 1919 he moved his studio from New Yor k to Santa Fe, 

N ew Mexico, which remained his residence unti l his death on November 7, 

1964. Whil e Davey used a variety of media and di d considerable work i n 

126 
portraiture, landscape, still life and mura l decoration, he was best known for 

his scenes of the race track. One of his paintings was included i n New York's 

1913 Armor y Show and his work won awards i n exhibitions at the Nationa l 

Academy of Design and i n other competitive exhibitions. H e was elected an 

Academician i n 1938, and was a member of the Society of Independent 

Artists, the Nationa l Association of Portrait Painters, and the Nationa l 

Association of Mura l Painters. 

O ld Sea Captain 1915 

4°iX32 j 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Randall Davey, on back of canvas: OLD SEA CAPTAIN,! Randall Davey 

COLL . : Mrs . Rober t E. Westcott, New Yor k 

REF . : American Magazine of Art, vol. 7, no. 8 (June 1916), pp. 314 ff., ill. ; American Art 

Annual, American Federation of Arts , 1916, vol. XIII , p. 84, ill. ; L . Bryant, American 

Pictures and Their Painters, 1925, p. 289, ill . 

GIFT : Mrs . Rober t E. Westcott, 1916 16.1 

Thi s portrait of an old fisherman was painted at Briars Neck, Gloucester, where Davey 

made studies of members of the Portuguese fishing colony whic h had settled there. 

Paddock No. 1 

2 0 J x 3o i 

SIGNED , l.r. : Randall Davey 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Fourteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

J935> P- 81 , no. 218 

PURCHASE : Ann a E. Clark Fund , 1935 35.6 

A watercolor bearing the same title and presumably a study for this painting was i n a 

privat e collection i n 1931 when it was included i n an exhibition of Davey's works at 

the Albrigh t Ar t Gallery i n Buffalo. A n ink drawing , Paddock No. 1, was exhibited at 

the Roswell Museu m and Ar t Center, Roswell, Ne w Mexico, i n 1962/63. Its present 

location is unknown . 

Henry Elis Mattson (1887-1971) 

Henr y Elis Mattson was born i n Gothenburg, Sweden, on August 7, 1887. 

H e came to America at the age of nineteen, settling i n Worcester, Massachusetts, where he secured employment i n a machine shop. H e tells that he 

bought his first paint box i n 1912 and immediately began evening classes i n 

the Worcester Ar t Museum School. H e returned to Sweden i n 1913, but his 

drawing teacher there was discouraging and advised that he take up a practical trade i n the Unite d States. Thi s advice he followed, finding work as 

foreman wit h the International Harvester Company i n Chicago; however, he 

still continued to paint as time permitted. I n 1916 he went to Woodstock, New 

York, for three months of study wit h John Carlson i n landscape painting, and 

he remained there unti l his death on September 8,1971 .Hi s first one-man show 

was held i n New Yor k i n 1920, and his work was included i n the major 

national and international group exhibitions from that time through the 50's. 

H e won such honors as a Guggenheim Fellowship for Creative Painting i n 

1935, the First Willia m A. Clark Prize and Gold Meda l i n the Corcoran 

Biennial of 1943 for the painting listed below, and the Jennie Sesnan Gold 

Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s i n 1945. Mattson was 

a member of the American Society of Painters, Sculptors and Gravers, 

a nd was elected Academician i n the Nationa l Academy i n 1950. 

127 

Henr y Elis Mattson Rocks 
Rocks 194 2 

32JX4 2 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Mattson 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Eighteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1943 , p. 27 , no. in , ill . (First Willia m A . Clark Prize and Gol d Medal); Art Digest, 

vol. 17, no. 12 (Marc h 1943) , p. 8 , ill. ; Magazine of Art, vol. 36 , no. 4 (Apri l 1943) , 

p. 136, ill. ; C.G.A. The Twenty Fifth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil 

Paintings, 1957 , "Th e Historica l Section, " p. 17, no. 18 

PURCHASE : Willia m A. Clark Fund , 194 3 43. 2 

M r . Mattson wrot e to the Gallery concerning this painting : " 'The Rocks' are not 

any special rocks. I painted them because I could express an element of strength and 

rhyth m of nature through the mediu m of rocks and water . I tr y to convey the inner 

life of nature , its unit y and its wholeness ... " 

Josef Albers (1888- ) 

Josef Albers was born i n Bottrop, Westphalia, Germany, on Marc h 19, 1888. 

H e attended the Royal Ar t School, Berlin, from 1913 to 1915, the School of 

Applied Art , Essen, from 1916 to 1919, and the Ar t Academy, Munich , from 

1919 to 1920. H e was connected wit h the Bauhaus during the thirteen years 

of its existence, as a student for three years, as a teacher, and as its Assistant 

Director for four years. H e worked there i n many media, a colleague of the 

equally famous Walte r Gropius, Ludwi g Mies van der Rohe, Paul Klee, 

Laszlo Moholy-Nag y and Wassily Kandinsky. The Bauhaus moved from 

Weima r to Dessau i n 1925, and finally to Berlin i n 1932. I t was closed by 

Hitle r late i n 1933. Albers left Germany at this time to teach i n the Black 

Mountai n College i n Nort h Carolina where he remained as Professor of Ar t 

unti l 1949. Fro m 1950 to i960 he served as Chairman of the Department of 

Design at the School of Architecture and Design at Yale University, and is 

now Professor Emeritus. Albers' reputation as a painter and teacher is wellknown. Hi s publication has been extensive, culminating i n 1963 wit h the 

major thesis, Interaction of Color (Yale University Press), illustrated wit h 

original silk screen prints. Hi s paintings and prints have been exhibited 

widely i n Europe, the Far East and the Americas - he has held more than 

one hundred one-man exhibitions and has been included i n over seven 

hundred group exhibitions. H e keeps his home and studio i n New Haven, 

Connecticut. 

Homage to the Square: "Yes " 1956 

39 J X 39 i 5case m o n niasonite 

SIGNED , l.r. : A 56" 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Twenty Fifth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1957, p. 26, no. 49, ill . (Thir d Willia m A . Clar k Prize and Bronze Medal); Josef 

Albers, Nort h Carolina Museu m of Art , Raleigh, 1962, p . 34, no. 21 , ill . 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1957 57.8 

Albers began the wor k whic h le d to his series of "Homag e to the Square" paintings 

durin g the summer of 1949. Whe n the Corcoran acquired Homage to the Square: "Yes" 

i n 1957, he sent the following statement about the series: "Seeing several of these 

paintings next to each other makes it obvious that each painting is an instrumentation 

i n its own. Thi s means that they all are of different palettes, and, therefore, so to speak, 

of different climates. Choice of the colors used, as well as thei r order, is aimed at an 

interaction - influencing and changing each other fort h and back. Thus , character 

a nd feeling alters fro m painting to paintin g withou t any additiona l 'hand writing ' or, 

so called, texture. Thoug h the underlying symmetrical and quasi-concentric order of 

squares remains the same i n all paintings - i n proportion and placement - these same 

128 
Josef Albers Homage to the Square: "Yes" 
This page intentionally left blank 
squares group or single themselves, connect and separate i n man y different ways. I n 

consequence, they move forth and back, i n and out, and grow u p and dow n and near 

a nd far, as well as, enlarged and diminished. Al l this, to proclaim color autonomy as 

a means of a plastic organization. " Thi s statement has been frequently used i n 

published discussions of Albers ' work. 

Ross E. Moffett (1888-1971) 

Ross E. Moffett was born i n Clearfield, Iowa , on February 18, 1888. H e 

studied at the Chicago Ar t Institute and at the Ar t Students League i n New 

York, and wit h Charles Hawthorne who m he followed to Provincetown, 

Massachusetts. Here he worked the year round unti l his death on Marc h 13, 

1971, exhibiting i n national exhibitions and winning such honors as the First 

Hallgarten Prize at the Nationa l Academy of Design i n 1921, the French 

Memoria l Gold Meda l at the Chicago Ar t Institute i n 1927, and the First 

Meda l awarded by the San Francisco Ar t Association i n 1931. Between 1916 

and 1943 he was included i n eleven Corcoran Biennial Exhibitions . H e di d 

considerable work i n graphics as well as oil. The Corcoran held a special exhibition of his monotypes and lithographs i n 1941 /42. Moffett was a member of the 

Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1937; Academician, 1942), and of the 

American Society of Painters, Sculptors and Gravers. 

Provincetown Whar f 

30JX42 J 

SIGNED , l.r. : MOFFETT 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Fourteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

!935 3 P- 65, no. 155, ill . 

PURCHASE : Ann a E. Clark Fund , 1935 35.8 

Moffett painted another entirely different scene also entitled Provincetown Wharf, 

present location unknown . 

Eugen Weisz (1890-1954) 

Eugen Weisz was born on January 3, 1890, i n Nagy-Surany, a small village 

i n the northern hills of Hungary . Orphaned at an early age, he learned to 

fend for himself and i n 1901 apprenticed wit h an Italian artist i n Rome 

where he scraped palettes, di d odd jobs around the studio, and learned to 

draw. This experience was followed by a period o f service as cabin boy on 

Mediterranean fishing boats and sailor on freighters unti l he was hired as 

interpreter by Buffalo Bill whose Wil d West Show was touring Europe i n 

1906. H e was brought to the Unite d States by the show, and for some years 

worked variously as cook, prize-fighter, railroad construction worker - always 

sketching and drawing along the way. After service i n the Unite d States 

Arm y during Worl d Wa r I , he was able to concentrate on his ar t training , 

enrolling i n the Corcoran School of Ar t where he won its highest award, the 

Gold Medal, i n 1921. H e continued his studies at the Pennsylvania Academy 

of the Fine Art s and at the Albright School of Fine Art s i n Buffalo. I n 1924 

he joined the faculty of the Corcoran School o f Art , becoming its VicePrincipal i n 1935, a position he held unti l his death. Durin g this period he 

was also a member of the faculties of The George Washington University and 

Trinit y College. The Corcoran Gallery gave hi m his first museum one-man 

129 
show i n 1934 and, after his death i n Tucson, Arizona, on Januar y 3, 1954, 

held a memorial exhibition of over eighty of his paintings, watercolors, 

pastels and drawings. A t that time more than one hundred and fifty prominent artists, many of who m had been his students, contributed thei r works 

for an auction sale to endow The Eugen Weisz Memoria l Scholarship which 

is awarded each year i n the Corcoran School. 

Self Portrait 1935 

21 X 15 

SIGNED , l.r. : E. W. 55 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Fourteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1935, p. 71, no. 179; American Art Today, Ne w Yor k World' s Fair , 1939-1940, p. 163, 

n o. 517, ill. ; C.G.A. Eugen Weisz Memorial Exhibition (Contemporar y American 

Artists Series, no. 21), 1954, n.p., no. 8, ill . 

PURCHASE : Ann a E. Clark Fund , 1943 43-14 

Dwight David Eisenhower (1890-1969) 

Dwigh t David Eisenhower, thirty-fourth President of the Unite d States and 

General of the Army , was born i n Denison, Texas, on October 14, 1890. He 

spent his youth i n Abilene, Kansas, and graduated from the Unite d States 

Militar y Academy at West Point, New York, i n 1915. As Lieutenant General, 

he served as Commander-in-Chief of the Allied Expeditionary Forces i n 

Nort h Africa i n 1942. H e served as Supreme Commander of Allied Powers 

i n Europe from 1943 to 1945 and later as Chief of Staff, Unite d States Army , 

from 1945 to 1948. H e was appointed President of Columbia University i n 

1948, a position he held unti l 1950 when he was designated as the Supreme 

Commander of Allied Powers (NATO ) i n Europe. H e was elected President 

of the Unite d States, serving two terms from 1953 to 1961, after which he 

retired to Gettysburg, Pennsylvania. H e died i n Washington on Marc h 28, 

1969, and is buried i n Abilene, Kansas. General Eisenhower took up painting 

as a hobby through the encouragement of the portrait painter Thomas E. 

Stephens. Hi s first attempt was made i n 1947, but it was not unti l he was at 

Columbia University that he devoted more time to his hobby. H e presented 

his paintings to his friends or to an institution only on request. H e agreed 

wit h unaffected reluctance to allow a group of eighty to be included i n an 

exhibition entitled "Th e Memorabl e Eisenhower Years" held as a benefit 

for Eisenhower College at the Gallery of Moder n Art, New York, i n Ma y 

a nd the summer of 1967 - his only publi c showing. 

Villa St. Pierre in Marnes-La-Coquette 1951 

23fX28 1 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Eisenhower J1951 

COLL . : the artist 

GIFT : the artist, 1967 67.28 

Thi s scene depicts the garden of the house i n whic h General Eisenhower lived when 

he was the Allie d Supreme Commander , Europe. 

130 
Sidney Edward Dickinson (1890- ) 

Sidney Edward Dickinson was born i n Wallingford, Connecticut, on 

November 28, 1890. H e studied at the Ar t Students League under Willia m 

Merritt Chase and George H . Bridgman, and at the Nationa l Academy of 

Design wit h Douglas Volk . Know n principall y as a figure and portrait 

painter, he has had many prominent sitters, including such fellow artists as 

Eugene Higgins, Raphael Soyer and the sculptor, Rober t Aitken. H e has 

had a long career as a teacher: at the Ar t Students League, the New School 

of Design, and at the Nationa l Academy of Design. H e has exhibited widely, 

and his honors include the First Hallgarten Prize at the Nationa l Academy 

(1924), the Beck Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s 

(1924), the First Altma n Prize (1936) and the Carnegie Prize (1942) at the 

Nationa l Academy. H e is a member of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 

1921; Academician, 1927) and of the Nationa l Institute o f Art s and Letters. 

H e resides i n Pleasantville, New York. 

Portrait of the Artist 191 5 

34IX24 J 

SIGNED , l.r. : SIDNEYE. DICKINSON/1915 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : Winter Exhibition, Nationa l Academy of Design, New York , 1915, p. 32, no. 249; 

C.G.A. Sixth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 1916-Jan . 

1917, n.p., no. 120 ; Bulletin of the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, vol. VII , no. 7 (Oct. 

1918), p. 45, ill . 

PURCHAS E : Gallery Fund , 191 6 16. 5 

Dickinson has painted at least six self portraits . Representative examples hang i n the 

Cit y Ar t Museum , St. Louis , Missouri, and i n the Museu m of Fine Arts , Houston, 

Texas. 

Lauren Ford (1891- ) 

Lauren Ford, christened Juli a Lauren, was born i n New Yor k on January 23, 

1891. She was the daughter of Simeon Ford, owner of the Grand Unio n Hote l 

i n Saratoga and a famous publi c speaker, and Juli a Ellsworth Ford, author 

of books and plays for children. Miss Ford studied at the Ar t Students League 

under George Bridgman and Frank V . DuMon d and i n Europe. She held 

her first one-man exhibition i n New Yor k i n 1928, and subsequently exhibited 

annually throughout the 1930's and 1940's. A large exhibition of her oils, 

watercolors, drawings, etchings and lithographs was held at the Carnegie 

Institute, Pittsburgh, i n 1939, and i n the same year the Corcoran showed a 

group of her etchings and drawings. She is the author and illustrator of a 

children's book entitled The Ageless Story (1939) and a considerable volume 

of her illustrations has been published elsewhere. Except for occasional 

sojourns i n Europe, Miss Ford has lived for many years on her farm i n 

Bethlehem, Connecticut - an area she has used repeatedly as background for 

her paintings. 

Choir Practice 1934 

13J X 18J; panel 

SIGNED , l.r. : Lauren Ford. 1934-

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Fourteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Paintings, 1935, 

p. 55, no. 119; An Exhibition of Paintings, Drawings and Etchings by Lauren Ford, Department of Fine Arts, Carnegie Institute, Pittsburgh, 1939, n.p., no. 3; Reproductions of 

I 3 1 
American Paintings, Ne w Yor k Graphi c Society, 1962, p. 78, no. 6302, ill . (in color); 

Fine Art Reproductions of Old and Modern Masters, Ne w Yor k Graphi c Society, 1965, 

p. 400, no. 6302, ill . (in color) 

PURCHASE : Ann a E. Clark Fund , 1935 35.7 

Earl Kerkam (1891-1965) 

Ear l Cavis Kerka m was born i n the Distric t of Columbia on October 7, 

1891. Having suffered spinal meningitis i n his infancy, he spent a protected 

childhood of limited activity wit h his maternal grandparents i n Virginia . He 

showed a natural aptitude for art, winnin g a Gold Meda l for drawing from 

the Richmond Times Dispatch i n 1899. Whe n his parents separated he 

adopted his mother's stage-name, Kir k (she performed i n musical comedy) 

a nd on her remarriage i n 1903 moved wit h her to New York. Here he 

studied at the Rand School, the Ar t Students League, the New Yor k School 

of Design and wit h Rober t Henri , while working i n an engraving plant to 

support his studies. H e entered the theatrical advertising business and i n 

1911 moved to Philadelphia to supervise the promotional activities of the 

Stanley Theaters and also to serve as ar t editor and cartoonist for political 

periodicals. Arm y service i n Worl d Wa r I interrupted this work, but i n 1919 

he was again wit h the Stanley Theaters, working i n movie poster design. I n 

the middl e 20's he abandoned commercial ar t to devote himself full time to 

painting and drawing , studying at the Grande Chaumiere i n Paris unti l the 

Unite d States stock market crash and bank failures forced a temporary 

return to America i n 1929. About this time he reassumed his father's name, 

Kerkam . H e exhibited wit h some recognition i n Paris, and, after reestablishi ng himself i n New Yor k i n 1933, held one-man shows almost yearly unti l his 

death i n January 1965. H e was considered by his colleagues a "painters' 

painter, " and numbered among his close friends many artists including 

Franz Kline , the de Koonings, Mar k Rothko and Jackson Pollock. 

Composition with Forms of the Head 1964 

21 X 16\; canvasboard 

SIGNED , u.r.: Kerkam', on back, u.L: Formal Relations as I Applied to the Head 

COLL . : E. Bruce Kirk , Lafayette Hill , Pennsylvania (the artist's son) 

REF . : Earl Kerkam Memorial Exhibition, Washington Gallery of Moder n Art , D.C., 

1966, p. 31 

GIFT : E. Bruce Kirk , 1969 1969.9 

I n the middl e 1950's Kerka m began workin g on a series of paintings based on a 

general theme Composition with Forms of the Head. Thi s painting , completed i n 1964, 

must be one of the latest, i f not the last i n this series. 

132 
Ear l Kerka m Composition with Forms of the Head 

Edwin Walter Dickinson (1891- ) 

Edwi n Walte r Dickinson was born i n Seneca Falls, New York, on October 

11, 1891. Hi s boyhood was spent i n Buffalo and i n his family's summer home 

at Sheldrake on Lake Cayuga, an area that often figures i n his later work. I n 

1910 he entered Pratt Institute, New York, and during the following two 

years continued his training at the Ar t Students League under Willia m 

Merritt Chase and Frank V . DuMond , studying during the summers wit h 

Charles H . Hawthorne at the Cape Cod School of Ar t i n Provincetown. I n 

the fall of 1913 he remained i n Provincetown, painting there unti l he enlisted 

i n the Unite d States Nav y i n which he served as ship radio operator from 

1917 to 1919. O n his discharge, he spent a year i n Europe where he joined 

drawing classes at the Academie de la Grande Chaumiere i n Paris and 

133 
Edwi n Walte r Dickinson Still Life with Microscope 
traveled i n France and Spain. H e settled again i n Provincetown i n 1920 and, 

unti l 1944, spent the greater par t of his time there and i n nearby Wellfleet. I n 

1944 Dickinson moved his family to New Yor k and, having taught inter -

mittentl y previously, now entered an active teaching career - at Cooper 

Unio n from 1945 to 1949, at the Ar t Students League from 1945 unti l the 

present, at the Brooklyn Museum Ar t School from 1950 to 1958, as well as at 

Wellesley College and Cornell, Columbia and Boston Universities. Over the 

years he has done further traveling: to Europe and to the Near East wit h 

recent sojourns i n Greece. Dickinson's first one-man show was held i n the 

Albrigh t Ar t Gallery, Buffalo, i n 1927 and his first award, the Second Altma n 

Prize, was granted by the Nationa l Academy of Design i n 1929. Hi s publi c 

recognition has grown gradually, wit h honors including the First Prize 

Portrait Awar d from the Nationa l Academy of Design i n 1949, a Grant for 

A r t from the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters i n 1954 and a Ford 

Foundation Grant i n 1959. The Museum of Moder n Art , New York, 

showed his work i n its exhibition "Romanti c Painting i n America " i n 1943 

and i n "Fifteen Americans " i n 1952, and the Whitne y Museum of American 

A r t held a retrospective exhibition i n 1965. H e is a member of the Nationa l 

Academy (Associate, 1948; Academician, 1950), of the Nationa l Institute of 

Art s and Letters and of the American Academy of Art s and Letters. Dickinson resides i n Wellfleet, Massachusetts. 

Still Life with Microscope 1941 

32 x 28J 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : Edwin Dickinson Retrospective, Graha m Gallery, Ne w York, 1961, n.p., no. 84; 

New Accessions USA, Colorado Springs Fine Art s Center, 1964, n.p., no. 11, ill. ; 

C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 14, no. 1 (Jul y 1964), p. 5, ill. ; Edwin Dickinson Retrospective, 

Whitne y Museu m of American Art , Ne w York, 1965, p. 50, no. 66 

GIFT : Th e Friends of the Corcoran, 1963 63.22 

Kar l Knaths (1891-1971) 

Kar l Knaths was born i n Eau Claire, Wisconsin, on October 21 , 1891. H e 

spent his early childhood i n Milwauke e and from the age of twelve, after his 

father's death, lived wit h an uncle i n Portage, Wisconsin. I n 1911 he entered 

the Ar t Institute of Chicago, and it was while he was studying there that he 

saw the 1913 Armor y Show which had traveled from New York. Thi s was his 

first exposure to advanced European art, and, although he found most of the 

work puzzling, he was strongly attracted to that of Cezanne. Hi s study at the 

Institute was interrupted by Worl d Wa r I , but i n 1919 he again took up 

painting, settling i n Provincetown, Massachusetts, his home unti l his death 

on Marc h io_, 1971. Fro m the mid-20's his principa l patron was Duncan 

Phillips who over the years purchased more than thirty-five of his paintings* 

General recognition, however, came considerably later. Hi s first one-man 

show i n New Yor k was held i n 1930. Later i n that decade he painted murals 

under the Federal Ar t Project at Falmouth, Massachusetts, and Rehoboth 

Beach, Delaware. After the 1940's he exhibited regularly i n one-man and 

group exhibitions and won such awards as the First Prize at the Carnegie 

Institute Internationa l Exhibition i n 1946 and the First Prize i n "American 

Painting Today " at the Metropolitan Museum of Ar t i n 1950. I n 1955 a 

Docufilm was made i n the Contemporary American Artists Series (no. 1) entitled Karl Knaths' Cape Cod. H e was included i n the exhibition "Four American Expressionists" held at the Whitne y Museum of American Ar t i n 1959. 

!35 
Kar l Knaths Net Menders 

Knaths conducted a yearly class of about a month's duration i n the Phillips 

Gallery at Washington from 1938 to 1950, and instructed at Bennington 

College. H e was elected to the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters i n 1955. 

Net Menders 1961 

401x50 1 

SIGNED , l.r. : Karl Knaths; i n crayon on back stretcher: "NET MENDERS" KARL 

KNATHS - PTOWN 1961 40x50 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF. : The Art Quarterly, vol. XXV , no. 1 (Spring 1962), pp. 82, 92, ill. ; C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 12, no. 2 (Ma y 1962), p. 21 , ill . 

GIFT : Th e Friends of the Corcoran, 1961 61.42 

A n earlier version of this subject entitled Net Mender, painted i n 1957, is i n a private 

collection i n Florida . 

Sidney Laufman was born i n Cleveland, Ohio, on October 29, 1891. After 

studying at the Cleveland School of Ar t (1911-1912), the Chicago Ar t 

Institute (1913-1918), and finally at the Ar t Students League, New York, 

under Rober t Henr i (1919-1920), he went to Europe where he remained for 

over a decade, residing for the most par t i n France. H e held his first one-man 

show i n Paris i n 1922, and his work was included for several seasons i n the 

Salon d'Automne . Whe n he returned to America i n 1933, he worked i n New 

Yor k and i n Woodstock, which has remained his home. Durin g the middle 

30's he joined the Easel Painting program under the Federal Ar t Project. He 

taught at the Ar t Students League from 1938 to 1950 and served as visiting 

Sidney Laufman (1891 - ) 

136 
lecturer at Brandeis University From 1959 to i960. H e has exhibited extensively and has won such awards as the Logan Prize at the Chicago Ar t 

Institute i n 1932, the Sesnan Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of 

the Fine Art s i n 1951, and at least five principa l prizes at the Nationa l 

Academy of Design between the years 1937 and 1963. Laufman was elected 

an Associate Membe r of the Nationa l Academy i n 1939 and Academician i n 

1945-

Lane in Winter 1943/44 

i5*X2 4 i 

SIGNED , l.r. : SIDNEY LAUFMAN 

COLL . : American Academy of Art s and Letters, Ne w Yor k 

REF . : New Accessions USA, Colorado Springs Fine Art s Center, 1954, n.p., no. 17 

GIFT : Childe Hassam Fund , America n Academy of Art s and Letters, Ne w York , 1953 

53-33 

John Fulton Folinsbee (i892-1972) 

John Fulton Folinsbee was born i n Buffalo, New York, on Marc h 14, 1892. 

A t the age of nine he was sent to the ar t school jus t opened i n the Albright 

A r t Gallery and later attended the Ar t Students League i n New Yor k and 

the Woodstock School of Art , studying under Birge Harrison, Joh n Carlson, 

Frank DuMond , Joh n C. Johansen and Jonas Lie . I n 1916 he settled near the 

artists Edward Redfield, Rober t Spencer and Danie l Garber i n New Hope , 

Pennsylvania, and kept a home there unti l his death on Ma y 1 o, 1972, although 

for over thirt y years he spent long summers i n Maine on Montsweag Bay 

near Wiscasset. H e exhibited widely, acquiring throughout the years 

many honors - over ten awards from the Nationa l Academy of Design alone. 

H e was represented by one or more paintings i n each Corcoran Biennial 

between 1916 and 1945, winnin g the Thir d Willia m A . Clark Prize and 

Bronze Meda l i n 1921. Hi s most recent recognition, the Portrait Medal, was 

awarded by the Century Association i n 1966. Folinsbee was a member o f the 

Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1919; Academician, 1928) and o f the National 

Institute of Art s and Letters. 

Gray Tha w c.1920 

32jX4o i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: John F. FolinsbeeCOLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Eighth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1921-Jan. 1922, p . 22, no. 42; Half a Century of American Art, Th e Ar t Institute , 

Chicago, [1939], P- i7> n ° - 57 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1921 21.7 

Charles Green Shaw (1892- ) 

Charles Green Shaw, painter, illustrator , designer and writer , was born i n 

N ew Yor k on Ma y i , 1892, and still keeps his residence there. H e graduated 

from Yale University i n 1914, attended the Columbia University School of 

Architecture i n 1915, and followed this wit h wor k at the Ar t Students League 

under Thomas Har t Benton and wit h private instruction i n painting wit h 

George Luks. After service i n the Unite d States Arm y during Worl d Wa r I 

he traveled i n Europe for a considerable period. Since 1919 he has written 

children's books, poetry and articles for Vanity Fair, The Bookman, and Smart 

137 
Charles Green Shaw Night Attack 

Set; it was not unti l the early 30's that he began to paint professionally. He 

held his first one-man exhibition i n New Yor k i n 1934 and has since consistently shown his work. A member of the American Abstract Artists, he has 

exhibited wit h this group since 1937. H e was included i n the exhibition 

"Abstract Painting and Sculpture i n America, " held at the Museum of 

Moder n Art, New York, i n 1951, and i n "Geometric Abstraction i n America " 

at the Whitne y Museum of American Ar t i n 1962. Shaw served on the 

Advisory Board of the Museum of Moder n Art , New York, from 1937 to 

1941, and is a Life Fellow i n the Internationa l Institute of Art s and Letters 

and a member of the Federation of Moder n Painters and Sculptors. 

Night Attack i960 

50iX7 5 

SIGNED , l.r. : SHAW; on crossbar of stretcher: Night Attack by Charles Shaw, ig6o 

COLL . : Florence Hol t Brooks, Ne w Yor k 

REF . : C.G.A. Twenty Seventh Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Painting, 1961, 

n.p., no. 108 

GIFT : Anonymous , 1961 61.23 

i 3 8 
Milto n Aver y Girl on a High Chair 
This page intentionally left blank 
Nicholas Vasilieff (i 892-1970) 

Nicholas Vasilieff was born on a farm near Moscow on November 3, 1892. 

H e studied at the Moscow Academy of Fine Art s under Leonid Pasternak, 

graduating i n 1914 wit h high honors and the Academy's Gold Meda l award. 

H e served i n the First Worl d War , and, after the Russian Revolution, taught 

at the Moscow Academy. I n 1920 he migrated wit h his family to Constantinople and soon after moved on to New York. For many years he supplemented his income working first as a baker, later as a house painter, unti l 

finally i n 1942 he was able to devote full time to his canvases. Although his 

work was shown wit h the Societe Anonyme i n the late 20's, he di d not hold a 

one-man exhibition i n New Yor k unti l 1938. Fro m this time on his paintings 

were included i n the principa l invitational annuals and biennials of the 40's 

a nd 50's. H e was awarded the Purchase Prize at the University of Illinoi s i n 

1954. Vasilieff worked also i n mura l painting, having executed, among 

others, the murals i n the Greek Orthodox Church i n New York. I n later years 

he made his home i n Lanesboro, Massachusetts. H e died i n October, 1970. 

Pink Tablecloth c.1950 

2 8J X 42 

SIGNED , l.r.: JV. Vasilieff 

COLL . : Dr . Bernard Kronenberg , Ne w Yor k 

REF . : C.G.A. The Twenty Third Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1953, n.p., no. 215 (listed as Still Life with Bottle); New Accessions USA, Colorado 

Springs Fine Art s Center, 1958, n.p., no. 20, ill . 

GIFT : Anonymous , 1957 57.1 

Portrait of Mrs . V. 1956 

47iX3 6 

SIGNED , l.r. : JV. Vasilieff 1956 

COLL . : W. Montgomer y Jackson, New Yor k 

REF . : C.G.A. Twenty Sixth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Painting, 1959, 

n.p., no. 173; L. Nordness and A . S. Weller , Art USA Now, 1962, vol. 1, p. 60, ill . 

GIFT : W. Montgomer y Jackson, 1958 58.24 

Thi s painting has also been know n as Woman in Red. 

Milto n Avery was born i n the upstate village of Altmar , New York, on 

Marc h 7, 1893. I n 1905 his famil y moved to Hartford , Connecticut, and it 

was here he had his only formal ar t training i n a life class at the Connecticut 

League of Ar t Students. For some years he held night-time jobs, spending his 

days painting i n the Connecticut countryside. I n 1925 he moved to New 

Yor k and began his professional career. After his marriage i n 1926 to Sally 

Michel, a painter and illustrator , he worked wit h his wife during the winter 

months i n New York, spending summers i n New England or traveling about 

the Unite d States and Canada. H e visited Europe for the first time i n 1952. 

Avery held his first one-man show i n New Yor k i n 1928, and from that time 

exhibited steadily. H e was awarded prizes at the Chicago Ar t Institute (1929), 

the Connecticut Academy of Fine Art s (1930), the Baltimore Museum of Ar t 

(1949), the Boston Art s Festival (1958), and i n Art: USA (1959). A large 

retrospective exhibition, circulated by the American Federation of Art s 

under the sponsorship of the Ford Foundation, opened at the Whitne y 

Museum of American Ar t i n i960. Avery never taught, but he often had 

younger artists such as Mar k Rothko and Adolp h Gottlieb painting wit h him . 

Milto n Avery (1893-1965) 

139 
Aroun d 1950 he began to work i n graphics, and over the next ten years 

produced some two hundred monotypes. Although seriously il l after 1960, 

Avery painted unti l his death i n New Yor k on Januar y 3, 1965. 

Gir l on a High Chair i960 

24 X 20; canvas board 

Signed, l.r. : Milton Avery i960 

Coll.: Dr . Loui s Wener , Washington, D.C. 

Gift: Dr . Loui s Wener through Th e Friends of the Corcoran, 1970 1970.14 

Tirc a 1961 

22 X 28; canvas board 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Milton Avery 1961 

COLL . : Joh n Henr y Berne, Warrenton , Virgini a 

GIF T : Joh n Henr y Berne, 1965 65.41.1 

Thi s is a portrait of Tirc a Karlis , a Provincetown dealer and friend of the artist and 

his wife. 

Richard Lahey was born i n Jersey City, New Jersey, on June 23, 1893. H e 

developed an interest i n ar t while still i n high school and, on graduation i n 

1912, enrolled i n the Ar t Students League i n New Yor k where he studied for 

four years under Rober t Henri , George B. Bridgman, Kenneth Hayes 

Mille r and Ma x Weber. Following service i n the Nav y i n Worl d Wa r I , he 

established a studio i n Jersey Cit y and soon after began his long teaching 

career as a member of the faculty i n the Minneapoli s School of Ar t (1921). 

I n 1923 he was called to the Ar t Students League, New York, where he 

taught unti l 1935. H e then came to Washington as Principal of The Corcoran 

School of Art, a post he held unti l his retirement as Principal Emeritus i n 

1963. Durin g this period he was Professor o f Fine Art s at Goucher College, 

Baltimore, and at The George Washington University, Washington. Lahey 

has worked predominantly as an easel painter wit h special interest i n the 

figure, still life and landscape, but he has also made a name as a muralist, 

portrait painter and caricaturist. Hi s first award, the Tuthil l Prize at the 

Chicago Ar t Institute i n 1925, was followed by the Carol Beck Gold Meda l 

for Portraiture from the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s i n 1929, and 

many others during subsequent years. Hi s work was included i n all but one 

Biennial at the Corcoran between 1930 and 1963, and the Gallery held onem an exhibitions of his paintings, drawings and print s i n 1936, 1944, 1953, 

a nd a retrospective exhibition i n 1963. Together wit h his wife, Carlotta 

Gonzales, also an artist, he has recently completed a mura l i n Honolulu, 

Hawaii, for the American Battle Monument s Commission. Durin g the early 

Richard Lahey (1893- ) 

140 
Richar d Lahe y Carlotta 

20's he studied for five successive summers i n Europe, but for many years his 

winters have been spent at his home i n Vienna, Virginia , and his summers i n 

Ogunquit, Maine . 

Carlotta 1943 

32§X32 i 

SIGNED , u.l. : Richard Lahey 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Eighteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1943, p. 25, no. 46; Richard Francis Lahey, Virgini a Museu m of Fine Arts , Richmond , 

1944, n.p., no. 24; Recent Paintings by Richard Lahey, Kraushaa r Galleries, Ne w York , 

1946, n.p., no. 12; Second Quarter of the 20th Century, Jacksonville Ar t Museum , 

Florida , 1956, n.p., no. 7 

PURCHASE : Ann a E. Clar k Fund , 1943 43.7 

M r . Lahe y has often painted his wife, Carlott a Gonzales (born i n Wilmington , Nort h 

Carolina , Apri l 3, 1910; married , 1931), an artist and teacher wh o studied at the 

Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s i n Philadelphia, and at the Nationa l Academy 

of Design and the Ar t Students League i n Ne w York . She has taught ar t at Goucher 

College, Baltimor e (1940-1942) and at the Ar t School of the Corcoran Gallery 

(1940), and has collaborated wit h Mr . Lahe y on join t paintin g projects as well as 

workin g i n sculpture and illustration. 

141 
Yasuo Kuniyoshi (1893-1953) 

Yasuo Kuniyoshi was born on September i , 1893, i n Okayama, Japan. He 

h ad littl e or no contact wit h ar t as a boy except i n the usual drawing classes 

i n elementary school; later he studied weaving and dyeing i n a technical 

school which included making designs for textiles. I n 1906 he came to the 

Unite d States, and, after a few months of odd jobs i n Seattle, went to Los 

Angeles where he attended night classes at the Los Angeles School of Ar t and 

Design. I n 1910 he moved to New Yor k and again, as time allowed, continued his ar t training, first at the Nationa l Academy of Design, then at the 

Independent School ru n by Home r Boss, and finally, i n 1916, at the Ar t 

Students League where he worked under Kenneth Hayes Mille r for four 

years. Tw o of his paintings were included i n the first exhibition of the Society 

of Independent Artists i n 1917, and he was invited to exhibit wit h the 

Penguin Club i n the same year. Hi s first one-man show was held i n New Yor k 

i n 1922. Durin g this period he supplemented his income wit h photography, 

painting i n his spare time and during the summer months at Ogunquit, 

Maine . I n 1929 he built a home i n Woodstock, his summer residence unti l 

his death. H e made two extended visits i n Europe, i n 1925 and again i n 

1928, and he also traveled i n the Far West, i n Mexico and i n Japan. Durin g 

the 30's he worked for about two years for the Federal Ar t Project's Graphic 

Section. For many years he taught at the Ar t Students League (1933-1953), 

the New School for Social Research (1936-1953), and the Brooklyn Museum 

School. Hi s work was included i n the "Nineteen Livin g Americans " exhibition at the Museum o f Moder n Art , New York, i n 1929 and was shown i n 

exhibitions of national scope across the country, winnin g such awards as the 

Templ e Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s i n 1934 

and the First Prize at the Carnegie Institute, Pittsburgh, i n 1944. H e received 

a Guggenheim Foundation Fellowship i n 1935. Kuniyoshi had the distinction of being the first living painter to be given a retrospective exhibition at 

the Whitne y Museum of American Ar t (1948). H e was a member of the 

Yasuo Kuniyosh i Cows in Pasture 

142 
American Artists' Congress, founded i n 1935, and was one of the founders of 

the Artists Equit y Association, serving as its first President from 1947 to 1951. 

H e died i n New Yor k on Ma y 14, 1953. 

Cows in Pasture! 1923 

20 X 30 

SIGNED , l.r. : Y. Kuniyoshi 1923 

COLL . : George Biddle, Croton-on-Hudson, Ne w Yor k 

GIFT : George Biddle , 1964 64.23 

I n the early 1920's the cow played a prominent role i n Kuniyoshi' s work . H e later 

wrot e of this period : " I was paintin g cows and cows at tha t time because somehow I 

felt very near to the cow. Besides I thought I understood the animal. Yo u see I was 

born , judgin g by the Japanese calendar, i n a 'cow year' [based on the Zodiac]. 

According to legend I believed m y fate to be guided, mor e or less, by the bovine 

kingdom . Also I was interested i n the cow because I thought it decorative as well as 

ugly and so I painted cows constantly unti l I was exhausted. " 

Norma n Rockwell was born on February 3, 1894, i n New Yor k where he 

lived unti l about the age of ten when his family moved to nearby Mamar -

oneck. H e left high school i n his second year to attend the Ar t Students 

League, working under George Bridgman and Thomas Fogarty and showing 

such promise that the League awarded hi m two scholarships. H e began 

illustrating while still a student, contributing to Youths'' Companion, Boy's Life, 

a nd St. Nicholas. Hi s first cover illustration for the Saturday Evening Post was 

printed i n Ma y 1916, launching the long series of magazine covers reflecting 

the mores of the times for which he is well known. Rockwell volunteered for 

service i n the Nav y i n Worl d Wa r I , his talents being used for the most par t 

i n the painting of official portraits. After his first tri p to Europe for travel and 

study i n 1922, he returned to New Yor k to continue his work i n illustration. 

H e kept a studio for many years i n New Rochelle, New York, spending his 

summers i n Arlington, Vermont. H e now resides i n Stockbridge, Massachusetts. Rockwell is a member of the Society o f American Illustrators and 

the Free Lance Artists o f America, and was awarded the honorary degree of 

Doctor of Fine Ar t by the University of Vermont i n 1949. 

Runaway Train 1916 

26JX 20 | 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Norman Rockwell-1916 

COLL . : Frank B. Hand , Jr. , Washington, D.C. 

REF . : Julie n Josephson, "Norto n Wins, " St. Nicholas, vol. XLIV , no. 3 (Marc h 1917), 

p. 429, ill. ; The Railroad in American Art, Washington Count y Museu m of Fine Arts , 

Hagerstown, Maryland , 1968, n.p., no. 34 

GIFT : Frank B. Hand , Jr. , 1965 65.30 

Thi s scene was painted i n monochrome to illustrate a story i n St. Nicholas, a children's 

magazine. 

Norman Rockwell (1894 

143 
Harold Weston (i894-1972) 

Harol d Weston was born i n Marion , Pennsylvania, on February 14, 1894. 

H e states that his painting career began at the age of eleven when he won a 

pai r of skates as First Prize i n a children's exhibition at Wanamaker's store 

i n Philadelphia. H e attended Exeter Academy, and was graduated from 

Harvar d University wit h a B.A. degree magna cum laude. Durin g Worl d Wa r I 

he served wit h the Y.M.C.A. , being attached to the British Arm y from 1916 

to 1920. H e was sent to Indi a and Persia where he organized ar t clubs, 

sketching classes and exhibitions for the soldiers and made official sketches 

for the Wa r Office i n London. Returning to America i n 1920 by way of 

China, Korea and Japan, he sequestered himself i n the Adirondacks, buildi ng a studio where he di d much of his painting over the years. Lie went to 

Europe i n 1926, and for four years worked mainl y i n a remote area of the 

French Pyrenees. I n 1933 he became interested i n mura l painting which led 

to his securing the commission to do twenty-two panels for the lobby of the 

General Services Administration Building i n Washington, a project completed 

i n 1938. After the Second Worl d War , his career was interrupted when he was 

called to Washington to organize the Reconstruction Service Committee 

(1942-1943) and serve as the Executive Director of Food for Freedom 

(1943-1947). H e was chosen as one of five artist delegates from the United 

States to attend the First Assembly of the International Association of 

Plastic Art s i n Venice i n 1954 and later meetings i n Vienna (i960) and 

Tokyo (1966), and he served as President of the Unite d States Commission 

from 1961 to 1967. H e was appointed to the Nationa l Council on the Arts 

a nd Government, serving as Vice-Chairman from 1954 to 1961 and Chairm an after 1961. H e was a Life Membe r of the Worl d Academy of Art s and 

Sciences and a member of the Society of American Graphic Artists, the 

National Society of Mura l Painters, and the Federation of Modern Painters 

a nd Sculptors. After his first one-man show i n New Yor k i n 1922, Weston 

exhibited widely. Hi s work was included i n eleven Corcoran Biennials 

between 1930 and 1953. The series of six paintings depicting the building of 

the Unite d Nations center i n New York, purchased by the Smithsonian to 

circulate among the member countries of the U.N. , were shown i n the 

Corcoran i n 1956 i n a retrospective exhibition covering his work from 1922 

to that time. H e died i n New Yor k on Apri l 10, 1972. 

Fruit Bowl 192 7-1931 

24 X 18J 

SIGNED , u.l. : WESTON 

COLL . : Dunca n Phillips , Washington, D.C. 

REF. : Exhibition: Paintings in Oil and Water Color, Etchings and Lithographs by Harold 

Weston, Montros s Gallery, Ne w York , 1928, n.p., no. 26; C.G.A. The Nineteenth 

Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1945, p. 23, no. 7; C.G.A. 

Exhibition of Paintings by Harold Weston, Retrospective, 1922-1956, 1956, n.p., no. 29 

GIFT : Dunca n Phillips , 1956 56.31 

T h e artist has writte n the Gallery that Fruit Bowl "was originall y painted i n the fall 

of 1927 at the primitiv e Catalan farmhouse at Prats de Mollo , where we lived off and 

on for over three years, the southernmost ti p of France .. . I n 1931 it was very slightly 

repainted and resigned withou t the date '27. " 

144 
Marjorie Acker Phillips (1894- ) 

Marjori e Acker Phillips was born i n Bourbon, Indiana , on October 25, 

1894. After a private school education she studied at the Ar t Students 

League under Kenneth Hayes Miller , Boardman Robinson and Gifford Beal 

from 1915 to 1918, and continued her training i n Paris under the direction 

of Alber t Andre . Since 1921, when she became the wife of Duncan Phillips, 

the founder of the Phillips Memoria l Gallery i n Washington, D.C., she has 

carried on her painting career while assisting i n the development of the outstanding Phillips Collection. She has exhibited at the Chicago Ar t Institute, 

the Carnegie Institute, the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , and the 

Museum of Moder n Art , New York, as well as i n London and Paris. He r work 

was included i n eighteen Corcoran Biennials between 1921 and 1961. I n 

1965 she was given a retrospective exhibition i n the Edward W . Root Ar t 

Center at Hamilto n College, Clinton, New York. Mrs . Phillips became 

Director of the Phillips Collection on her husband's death i n 1966 and 

continues to reside i n Washington. 

Counterpoint 1950 

25 x 34 

SIGNED , 1.1.: MARJORIE PHILLIPS '50 

COLL . : Th e Phillips Collection, Washington, D.C. 

REF . : C.G.A. The Twenty Second Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1951, p. 31 , no. 190; C.G.A. Paintings by Marjorie Phillips (Contemporar y 

American Artis t Series, no. 22), 1955, n.p., no. 22 

GIFT : Marjori e Phillips through the Women' s Committe e of the Corcoran, 1956 

56.6 

Flowers in Luster Vasej 1953 

i9i x 15 I 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Marjorie Phillips 'J J 

COLL . : Mrs . Francis Biddle, Washington, D.C. 

REF . : C.G.A. Selections from the Collection of The Honorable and Mrs. Francis Biddle, 1957, 

n.p., no. 10 

GIFT : Katherine Harrison Biddle , 1961 61.43 

Majori e Acker Phillips Counterpoint 

J

4 5 
Nicolai Gikovsky (1894- ) 

Nicolai Cikovsky was born i n Pinsk, Russia, on December 10, 1894. I n spite 

of the economic stringencies of that period i n Russia, he had well-grounded 

a r t training, studying from 1910 to 1914 i n the Viln a Ar t School, from 1914 

to 1918m the Penza Royal Ar t School, and from 1921 to 1923 i n the Moscow 

Highe r Technical Ar t Institute. H e came to the Unite d States i n 1923, and 

during his early years i n New Yor k supported himself by painting theatrical 

sets and commercial murals. Since his first one-man exhibition i n New York 

i n 1930, his work has been included i n national invitational shows and has 

w on such awards as the Costigan Prize (1931) and the First Purchase Prize 

(1932) at the Chicago Ar t Institute, the Lamber t Purchase Prize at the 

Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s i n 1933, the Ranger Fund Purchase 

Prize (1961) and the Maynar d Prize for Portrait i n Oi l (1964) at the National 

Academy of Design. Between 1930 and 1957 he was represented i n thirteen 

Corcoran Biennials, wit h a Thir d Honorable Mentio n citation i n 1949 on the 

painting listed below. H e was awarded commissions for murals i n the 

Department of Interior Building i n Washington and i n Post Offices at 

Towson and Silver Spring, Maryland . Durin g the 1930's and 1940's 

Cikovsky di d considerable teaching - at the Cincinnati Ar t Academy, the 

Chicago Ar t Institute, the Corcoran School of Art, and at ar t schools i n St. 

Paul, Minnesota, and Columbus, Ohio. H e was awarded a grant by the 

Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters i n 1962 and was elected an Associate 

Membe r of the Nationa l Academy i n 1968. Although he resided for a period 

i n Washington, Cikovsky now divides his time between homes i n New York 

a nd Southampton, Long Island. 

Spring Melody 1948 

42x3 1 J 

SIGNED , l.r. : Nicolai Cikovsky 148 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Twenty-first Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1949, p. 21 , no. 31 , ill . (Thir d Honorabl e Mention); D . Drummond , "Corcoran 

Biennial Presents Conglomerate Picture of U.S. Painting, " Art Digest, vol. 23, no. 11 

(Marc h 1, 1949), p. 18, ill . and vol. 23, no. 13 (Apri l 1, 1949), p. 38 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1949 49-21 

T h e mode l Cikovsky used for this painting was an ar t student and friend, Cynthi a 

Brown, who often posed for hi m as well as for the Soyer brothers and Joseph Floch 

(see below, p. 162, Waiting for the Audition by Raphae l Soyer). 

146 

Nicola i Cikovsky Spring Melody 
Franklin Ghenault Watkins (i894-1972) 

Franklin Chenault Watkins was born i n New Yor k on December 30, 1894, 

b ut spent most of his youth i n Kentucky and Nort h Carolina. Fro m the 

Groton School i n Massachusetts he entered first the University of Virginia , 

then the University of Pennsylvania, and while i n the latter also studied at 

the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts . For financial reasons his work 

was interrupted i n 1914 and 1915, but the following year he returned to the 

Pennsylvania Academy where he won two Cresson Traveling Scholarships 

i n 1917 and 1918 which he used after Worl d Wa r I (he served i n the Nav y 

during the War). After a year i n Europe i n 1923, and another nine months 

i n Europe and Nort h Africa i n 1926, he settled i n Philadelphia. H e was 

suddenly catapulted into publi c recognition on winnin g the First Prize and 

the Lehman Prize at the Carnegie Internationa l Exhibition i n Pittsburgh i n 

1931. H e held his first one-man show i n New Yor k i n 1934, and during 

subsequent years won many honors, such as the First Willia m A. Clark 

Prize and Gold Meda l at the Corcoran Biennial i n 1939 (see painting listed 

below), and at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , the Carol Beck 

Frankli n Chenault Watkins Summer Fragrance 
Gold Meda l i n 1941, the Templ e Gold Meda l i n 1944, and the Gold Meda l 

of Hono r i n 1949. H e was given a one-man exhibition at the Museum of 

Moder n Art , New York, i n 1950, and a large retrospective exhibition at the 

Philadelphia Museum of Ar t i n 1964. I n i960, at the Second Interamerican 

Biennial Exhibition of Mexico i n Mexico City, he was awarded the Salon of 

Honor , showing twelve paintings. Watkins taught throughout most of his 

active career - at the Philadelphia Museum School and, after 1943, i n the 

Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts . H e served as Artis t i n Residence at 

the American Academy i n Rome from 1953 to 1954 under the Fulbright 

program. H e was a member of the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters and 

of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1951; Academician, 1957), and was 

elected a Life Membe r of the American Academy i n Rome i n 1957. His home 

was i n Philadelphia, but he often spent the summer months on the New 

Jersey coast. H e died on December 4, 1972 while traveling i n Italy . 

Summer Fragrance 1938 

39X50 | 

SIGNED , u.r.: Watkins/'38 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Sixteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1939, p. 49, no. 122, ill . (First Willia m A . Clar k Prize and Gol d Medal); F. Watson, 

American Painting Today, America n Federation of Arts , 1939, p. 53, ill. ; The Art Digest, 

vol. XIII , no. 13 (Apri l 1, 1939), p. 6, ill. ; Life, vol. 6, no. 18 (Ma y 1, 1939), p. 45, 

ill. ; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture and Other Art Objects, 1939, p. 97, 

no. 370, ill. ; Franklin C. Watkins, Th e Art s Clu b of Chicago, 1942, n.p., no. 11; 

"Paintings b y Arthu r B. Carles and Frankli n C. Watkins, " Philadelphia Museum 

Bulletin, vol. XLI , no. 208 (Marc h 1946), p. 47, no. 48; C.G.A. Handbook of the 

American Paintings, 1947, p. 87, ill. ; A . C. Ritchie , Franklin C. Watkins, Th e Museu m of 

Moder n Art , Ne w York , 1950, p. 46, no. 23; C.G.A. The Twenty Fifth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1957, "Th e Historica l Section, " p. 16, 

no. 16; H . Clifford, Franklin Watkins, Philadelphia Museu m of Art , 1964, p. 35, no. 23, 

ill. ; B. Wolf, Franklin C. Watkins, Portrait of a Painter, 1966, p. 80, no. 23, ill . 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1939 39.3 

Ben Wolf, i n his monograph on Watkins , quotes hi m as saying of this painting : 

"Jus t a simple still life of flowers and fruit. I painted this i n m y Philadelphia 

studio fro m flowers I bought at the seashore. 

" I don't kno w i f it's true or not, bu t I always feel tha t there's a special brilliance -

an extra color-flavor - to flowers tha t grow near the ocean, as though they had been 

stung b y the salt air . 

"Afte r this canvas wo n an award at the Corcoran, Mauric e Sterne, wh o had been 

a juror , stopped i n to see me. H e pai d me an interesting compliment. H e said: T 

don't thin k anyone bu t myself woul d understand ho w well tha t foreground was 

painted.' " 

Robert Philipp (1895- ) 

Rober t Philipp was born i n New Yor k on February 2, 1895. A t the age of 

fifteen he entered the Ar t Students League, studying for four years under 

Vincent DuMon d and George Bridgman, and, after a short period of worki ng on his own, continued his training wit h two years at the National 

Academy of Design under Douglas Vol k and George Maynard . H e has 

exhibited widely and has been a repeated award winner , having taken at 

least five prizes at the Nationa l Academy of Design since 1922, the First 

Logan Prize at the Chicago Ar t Institute i n 1936, and the Second Willia m A. 

Clark Prize and Silver Meda l i n the Corcoran Biennial i n 1939 (see painting 

listed below). H e has had a long career as a teacher at the Ar t Students 

League and the Nationa l Academy of Design, and has been Visiting Pro148 
fessor of Ar t at the University of Illinois . Philipp was elected an Associate of 

the Nationa l Academy i n 1935 and Academician i n 1945, and is a Fellow of 

the Royal Society of Art, London. H e keeps his home and studio i n New 

Nude c i 933 

41x29 ! 

SIGNED , l.r. : Philipp; on back of canvas, u.r.: Robert Philipp 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Sixteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1939, p. 51 , no. 163, ill . (Second Willia m A . Clark Prize and Silver Medal); Art 

Digest, vol. XIII , no. 13 (Apri l 1, 1939), p. 5, ill. ; Magazine of Art, vol. 32, no. 5 

(Ma y 1939), p. 295, ill. ; Life, vol. 6, no. 18 (Ma y 1, 1939), p. 45, ill . 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1939 39.4 

Alice Stanley Acheson (Mrs . Dean Acheson) was born on August 12, 1895, 

i n Charlevoix, Michigan. She is descended from a family of artists - her 

paternal grandfather, John Mi x Stanley, was a well-known painter who 

specialized i n scenes of India n life i n the West, and her mother , Jane Caroline 

Stanley, was a watercolorist who recorded her extensive travels i n Europe, 

Nort h Africa and Central America. Mrs . Acheson received her first ar t 

training at Wellesley College, and later studied at the School of the Museum 

of Fine Arts , Boston, the Phillips Gallery School i n Washington, and the 

Corcoran School of Art. She has lived and painted i n Washington for many 

years, exhibiting regularly i n Washington, New York, and i n other cities i n 

the Unite d States, Europe and the Near East. She has traveled widely, and 

her paintings reflect her many sojourns i n distant places as well as the familiar 

countryside of Virgini a and Maryland . The Corcoran has held two one-man 

exhibitions of her work, i n 1938 and i n 1954. Mrs . Acheson is a member of 

the Nationa l Association of Wome n Artists, the Society of Washington 

Artists, the Artists' Guil d of Washington, and the Washington Wate r Color 

Club, and has won prizes i n group exhibitions sponsored by these organizations. 

Cove, Maligne Lake 1948 

30x3 8 

SIGNED , l.r. : Alice Acheson 1948 

COLL . : the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Paintings by Alice Acheson (Contemporar y American Artists Series, no. 18), 

i954> n-P-> n o - 4°> il h 

GIFT : Alic e Stanley Acheson through the Women' s Committe e of the Corcoran, 

1956 56.12 

Maligne Lake is located i n Jasper Park i n the Canadian Rockies. 

York. 

Alice Stanley Acheson (1895- ) 

149 
Peppino Mangravite (1896- ) 

Peppino Mangravit e was born on June 28, 1896, on Lipari , an island off the 

coast of Sicily where his father, an Italian Nava l officer, was stationed at a 

penal colony for political prisoners. One of the prisoners, an artist, gave hi m 

his first painting lessons, and these were followed by classes i n the Scuole 

Techniche on the Italian mainland from 1903 to 1912. Whe n his father 

retired i n 1912, the family moved to New York. Here he continued his ar t 

training at Cooper Unio n and at the Ar t Students League under Rober t 

Henri , wit h a short period of study i n Europe. H e has lived and painted 

throughout his life i n New Yor k and at his farm i n the Adirondacks, winning 

i n national and international exhibitions such honors as the Gold Meda l i n 

the Sesqui-Centennial Exposition at Philadelphia i n 1926, a Silver Meda l at 

the Chicago Ar t Institute i n 1942, and the Eyre Meda l at the Pennsylvania 

Academy of the Fine Art s i n 1950. H e was awarded Guggenheim Fellowships i n 1932 and 1935, and was decorated by the Italian Government i n 

i960 for "his contributions to the American ar t communit y and for the 

Distinction he has brought to Italy. " Since 1926 Mangravit e has taught at 

Sarah Lawrence College, the Colorado Springs Fine Art s Center, Cooper 

Union , the Ar t Students League, the Chicago Ar t Institute, and from 1940 

to 1954 at Columbia University as Professor of Painting, from which position 

he retired as Professor Emeritus. H e has served as President and Trustee of 

the American Federation of Art s and as Trustee o f the American Academy 

i n Rome. H e has also contributed numerous articles on ar t and ar t education 

i n professional periodicals. Mangravit e now resides i n West Cornwall, 

Connecticut. 

Family Portrait 1930 

24^X30 ! 

SIGNED , l.r. : Mangravite/igjo 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : Recent Paintings by Peppino Mangravite, Dudensing Galleries, Ne w York , 1931, 

n.p., no. 1, ill. ; The Arts, vol. XVII , no. 5 (Feb. 1931), p. 352, ill . (entitled Mother 

and Daughter); Creative Art, vol. 9, no. 1 (Jul y 1931), p. 68, ill . (entitled Figure Group)', 

C.G.A. The Thirteenth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Dec. 1932-

Jan . 1933, p. 67, no. 164; Catalogue of a Century of Progress Exhibition of Paintings and 

Sculpture Lent from American Collections, Th e Ar t Institute , Chicago, 1933, p. 73, 

no. 596; Half a Century of American Art, Th e Ar t Institute , Chicago, 1939, p. 32, 

no. 108, ill. ; Paintings by Peppino Mangravite, Th e Playhouse Gallery, Sharon, Connecticut, 1958, n.p., no. 3; Paintings by Peppino Mangravite, Casa Italiana , Columbi a 

University , Ne w York , 1958, n.p., no. 4 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1932 32.10 

Thi s famil y group includes the artist's wife, his daughter , Nina , and thei r cat, Kiki . 

150 

Peppino Mangravit e Family Portrait 
Zsissly (Malvi n Mar r Albright) Deer Island, Maine 

Zsissly (Malvin Mar r Albright) (1897- ) 

Zsissly is the nom de plume of Malvi n Mar r Albright, the twi n brother of the 

painter Iva n Le Lorraine Albright. The y were born on February 20, 1897, 

i n Chicago, Illinois , sons of the painter Ada m Emery Albright. The y posed 

for their father throughout thei r childhood and had thei r first lessons i n ar t 

i n his studio. Iva n trained to be a painter, but Malvi n chose sculpture, and 

studied at the Chicago Ar t Institute, the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine 

Arts , the Nationa l Institute for Architectural Education i n New York, and 

the Ecole des Beaux Art s i n Nantes, France. After Worl d Wa r I the twins 

set up a studio wit h thei r father i n an abandoned church i n Warrenville , 

near Chicago, and as time went on, built separate studios adjoining the 

original structure. I n the late 20's Malvin , too, concentrated on painting, 

a nd i n subsequent years exhibited i n one-man as well as join t exhibitions 

wit h his brother , and has been represented i n national and international 

exhibitions at the Chicago Ar t Institute, the Pennsylvania Academy, the 

Carnegie Institute, the Nationa l Academy and the Corcoran. H e was 

awarded the Second Willia m A. Clark Prize and Silver Meda l i n the 

Corcoran's 19th Biennial i n 1945 (see painting listed below) and has been 

the recipient of many other honors. I n 1943 he collaborated wit h Iva n i n 

Hollywood on paintings to be used i n a fil m version of Oscar Wilde's story 

The Picture of Dorian Gray. Zsissly is a member of the Nationa l Sculpture 

Society and was elected Academician i n the Nationa l Academy i n 1952. H e 

still resides i n Warrenville, Illinois , and has homes i n Corea, Maine , and 

For t Lauderdale, Florida. 

Deer Island, Maine c. 1940 

28Jx62 j 

SIGNED , 1.1.: -ZSISSLTCOLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF. : Painting in the United States, Carnegie Institute , Pittsburgh, 1943, n.p., no. 93; 

C.G.A. The Nineteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1945, 

p. 31 , no. 162, ill . (Second Willia m A . Clark Prize and Silver Medal); Art Digest, 

vol. 19, no. 12 (Marc h 15, 1945), p. 5, ill. ; R. Frost, "Th e Corcoran Carries on, " 

Art News, vol. XLIV , no. 4 (Apri l 1, 1945), p. 18, ill. ; American Painting: Second 

Quarter of the 20th Century, Jacksonville Ar t Museum , Florida , 1956, n.p., no. 11 

PURCHASE : Ann a E. Clar k Fund , 1945 45.5 

l 5l 
Reginald Mars h Smoke Hounds 
Reginald Marsh (1898-1954) 

Reginald Marsh was born on Marc h 14, 1898, i n Paris where his parents, 

both artists, were studying. The y returned to the Unite d States two years 

later. Marsh attended The Lawrenceville School and Yale University, and 

after his graduation i n 1920 went to New York, working as a free-lance 

illustrator . Hi s first regular jo b was wit h the New Tork Daily News, and 

between 1922 and 1925 he turned out some four thousand drawings for that 

paper. Throughout the 20's he also designed curtains and stage sets for the 

theater. Durin g this period he studied at the Ar t Students League under 

John Sloan, George Luks, George Bridgman, and Kenneth Hayes Mille r 

a nd became identified wit h the group of Miller' s followers known as the 

14th Street School of Painters. Thi s group included the Soyer brothers, 

Morri s Kantor , Isabel Bishop and other young artists who were working i n 

the tradition of the Ash Can School. I n 1925 Marsh made the first of many 

visits to European cities to study the Ol d Masters, but for the most par t 

during subsequent years he remained i n Manhattan, painting the life of the 

teeming streets, the strippers of the burlesque theater, and the crowds on the 

beaches of Coney Island. H e was constantly studying and experimenting i n 

various media to improve his technique. I n 1935 he executed frescoes i n the 

Post Office Department Building i n Washington, and i n 1937 a series of 

murals i n the rotunda o f the Customs House i n New York. I n 1943 he was 

sent to South America as an artist war correspondent for Life magazine. H e 

taught at the Ar t Students League from 1935 unti l his death. After his first 

one-man show i n the Whitne y Studio Club i n 1924, Marsh exhibited annually 

i n New Yor k and i n the competitive exhibitions of the period, winnin g 

awards at the National Academy of Design, the Chicago Ar t Institute, the 

Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s and the Nationa l Institute of Art s 

a nd Letters, including the First Willia m A. Clark Prize and the Corcoran 

Gold Meda l i n the 19th Biennial held at the Gallery i n 1945. H e was a 

member of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1937; Academician, 1943), of 

the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters (1946), the Society of American 

Graphic Artists, and was a Fellow of the Roya l Society of Art s i n London. 

H e died on Jul y 3, 1954 whil e visiting friends i n Dorset, Vermont. A memorial 

exhibition of his works was held at the Whitne y Museum of American Ar t 

the following year, and a retrospective exhibition was hung i n the Gallery o f 

Moder n Art, New York, i n 1964. 

Smoke Hounds 1934 

36 X 30; egg tempera on masonite 

SIGNED , l.r. : REGINALD MARSH 1934 

COLL . : the artist's estate 

REF . : C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 10, no. 3 (June 1959), p. 7, ill. ; American Traditionalists of 

the 20th Century, Columbus Museu m of Art s and Crafts, Georgia, 1963, p. 15, no. 99 

GIFT : Felicia Meye r Marsh , 1958 58.26 

153 
Joh n McLaughli n No. 18 
John McLaughlin (1898- ) 

Joh n McLaughli n was born i n Sharon, Massachusetts, on Ma y 21 , 1898. H e 

attended the Roxbur y Gramma r School and Phillips Academy, Andover , 

a nd on the outbreak of Worl d Wa r I enlisted i n the Navy. H e afterwards 

engaged i n real estate business i n Boston and Chicago. I n 1935 he and his 

wife went to Japan to further thei r interest i n Japanese language and ar t 

and, after several years i n the Orient, returned to Boston where they dealt 

i n Japanese prints . Durin g this period he began to paint, but for the most 

par t he found the result of his efforts discouraging. I n Worl d Wa r I I he was 

assigned to the Militar y Intelligence Language School, spending two years 

i n the China-Burma-India theater. O n his return to the Unite d States after 

the war , he built a home i n Dana Point, California, where he has lived unti l 

recently. Hi s studio is now located at Laguna Beach, a few miles distant. 

Since 1946 McLaughli n has devoted full time to painting. Hi s wor k has been 

shown on the West Coast since 1952 i n group exhibitions at the Los Angeles 

County Museum, the San Francisco Museum of Art, the Pasadena Museum 

o f Ar t and other California museums. Hi s first one-man show was held i n the 

Long Beach Museum of Ar t i n 1960, and a retrospective was held i n the 

Pasadena Ar t Museum i n 1963. I n the meantime he was becoming known on 

the East Coast - his work was included i n the Twenty-fifth Corcoran 

Biennial i n 1957, i n the Whitne y Museum's exhibition, "Geometri c Abstraction i n America, " i n 1962, and i n the Museum of Moder n Art' s "Th e 

Responsive Eye " held i n New Yor k i n 1965. H e won the Thir d Willia m A. 

Clark Prize and Bronze Meda l i n the 1967 Corcoran Biennial and the Visual 

Art s Awar d from the Nationa l Endowment for the Art s and Humanities i n 

the same year. A large retrospective of his paintings covering the period 

from 1946 to 1967 was exhibited i n the Corcoran late i n 1968. 

No. 18 1966 

60 x 48 

SIGNE D O N BACK , u.l . quadrant: JOHN McLA UGHLIJV/ TITLE: #18, 1966/OIL ON 

CANVAS 160x48 

COLL . : acquired fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. John McLaughlin: Retrospective Exhibition 1946-1967, 1968/69, p. 27, 

n o. 52 

GIFT : Th e Women' s Committe e of the Corcoran, 1969 1969.23 

K a y Sage (Mrs . Yves Tanguy) was born i n Albany , New York, on June 25, 

1898. She spent most of her youth i n Europe, chiefly i n Italy , returning to 

the Unite d States for a private school education. After Worl d Wa r I she 

again lived i n Europe, remaining i n Ital y unti l 1937 and spending the 

following two years i n France. She drew and painted constantly, for the most 

par t untaught, although she studied for a few months i n 1924 at the Scuola 

Liberale delle Belle Art i i n Milan . She held her first one-man show i n Mila n 

i n 1936, and while i n Paris was included i n the Salon des Surindependants i n 

1938. A t this time she became acquainted wit h the leading painters i n the 

Surrealist movement and was greatly influenced by thei r work. She came to 

N ew Yor k i n 1939, was followed by Yves Tanguy who m she married i n 1940, 

a nd i n 1941 they settled i n Woodbury , Connecticut, which remained her 

home unti l her death on January 7, 1963. She was included i n the Inter -

national Surrealist Exhibition held i n New Yor k for the benefit of French 

K a y Sage (1898-1963) 

*55 
K a y Sage A Finger on the Drum 

children i n 1942, and from this time on she showed i n national exhibitions 

(at the Chicago Ar t Institute, the Carnegie Institute, the University of 

Illinois , and the Corcoran) as well as i n group Surrealist exhibitions i n the 

Unite d States and abroad. A year before Tanguy's death (in 1955), a join t 

retrospective of their work was held at the Wadsworth Atheneum i n Hartford, Connecticut. Miss Sage completed her last canvas i n 1958 when 

cataracts prevented her from continuing to paint. Thereafter she worked i n 

collage. 

A Finger on the Drum 1940 

15X21-ISIGNED , l.r. : Kay Sage '40 

COLL . : the artist 

GIFT : the Estate of the Artist, 1963 63.25.1 

Study for Third Paragraph 1953 

i 6 x 13 

COLL . : the artist 

GIFT : the Estate of the Artist, 1963 63.25.2 

Thi s study was made for the canvas Third Paragraph painted i n 1953 and shown i n the 

retrospective exhibition of Miss Sage's wor k i n i960 (Retrospective Exhibition 193J1958, Catherine Vivian o Gallery, Ne w York , Apri l i960, n.p., no. 39, ill.). The 

location of the finished painting is not known . 

156 
Alexander Brook Peggy Bacon 

Alexander Brook (1898- ) 

Alexander Brook, whose parents were Russian, was born on Jul y 14, 1898, 

i n Brooklyn, New York. A t the age of twelve he was bedridden wit h infantile 

paralysis, and during the months of convalescence he di d his first painting. 

Later he studied briefly at the Pratt Institute, and i n 1915 entered the Ar t 

Students League where he worked principally under Kenneth Hayes Mille r 

for four years. Shortly after leaving the League he married Peggy Bacon, the 

illustrator and satirist, and they held their first join t exhibition i n New Yor k 

i n 1922. Fro m 1924 to 1927 he served as Assistant Director of the Whitne y 

Studio Club and at this period di d considerable writin g of ar t criticism. 

After winning the Logan Meda l and Purchase Prize at the Chicago Ar t 

Institute i n 1929 and the Alber t C. Lehman Awar d and Purchase Prize i n 

the Internationa l Exhibition at the Carnegie Institute, Pittsburgh, i n 1930, 

he received nation-wide recognition. Hi s paintings were included i n all 

157 
Corcoran Biennials between 1930 and 1951, and his list of prizes awarded i n 

the large annual exhibitions held during his active career is prodigious. He 

has lived for the most par t i n New York, spending summers for many years 

i n Cross River , New York, but he has also painted i n Georgia, California and 

other areas i n the Unite d States. Hi s home is at present at Sag Harbor , 

Long Island. Brook has taught intermittentl y at the Ar t Students League and 

is a member of the Nationa l Academy and the Nationa l Institute of Arts and 

Letters. 

Peggy Bacon (formerly entitled My Wife) c.1932 

34iX26 i 

SIGNED , l.r. : A. Brook 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Thirteenth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Dec. 

1932-Jan. 1933, p. 73, no. 188, ill. ; C.G.A. Illustrated Handbook of Paintings, Sculpture 

and Other Art Objects, 1933, p. 29, no. 33, ill. ; An Exhibition of Paintings by Alexander 

Brook, Department of Fine Arts , Carnegie Institute , Pittsburgh, 1934, n.p., no. 39; 

American Magazine of Art, vol. XXVII , no. 3 (Marc h 1934), pp. 134 f., ill. ; "Paintings 

by Alexander Brook, " The Carnegie Magazine, Th e Carnegie Institute , Pittsburgh, 

vol. VIII , no. 1 (Apri l 1934), pp . 16 f., ill. ; E. Brace, "Alexande r Brook, " American 

Magazine of Art, vol. XXVII , no. 10 (Oct. 1934), pp . 521 ff., ill. ; A . Burroughs, 

Limners and Likenesses, 1936, p . 185, ill. ; Fine Art Reproductions: Old and Modern Masters, 

N e w Yor k Graphi c Society, 1946, p. 202, no. 5012 A , ill . (in color); Famous Paintings 

and Famous Painters, Dallas Museu m of Fine Arts , Texas, 1958, n.p., no. 14, ill. ; 

Inaugural Exhibition, Oklahoma Ar t Center, Oklahoma City , 1959, no. 12, ill. ; Tenth 

Annual Exhibition, Museu m of Art , Ogunquit, Maine , 1962, n.p., no. 4 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1932 32.12 

Peggy Bacon, Mr . Brook's former wife, was bor n i n Ridgefield, Connecticut, i n 1895. 

She is a painter , graphi c artist, illustrator , cartoonist and writer . Miss Bacon describes 

herself i n her book of caricatures, Off with Their Heads, thus : "Pinhead, parsimoniously 

covered wit h thi n dark hair , on a short, dump y body. Small features, prominent 

nose, chipmun k teeth and no chin, conveying the sharp, weak look of a littl e rodent. 

Absent-minded eyes wit h a half glimme r of observation. Prim , critica l mout h and 

faint coloring, Personality lifeless, retiring , snippy, quietl y egotistical, lacks vigor 

a nd sparkle. " 

George Picken (i 898-1971) 

George Picken was born i n New Yor k on October 26, 1898. Hi s father, a 

photographer, "dabbled " i n paint and was finally persuaded to allow his son 

to attend the Ar t Students League where he studied for four years. Picken 

was i n France during Worl d Wa r I , and the sketches of the wounded i n 

hospitals behind the lines drawn during this period are a vivi d record of his 

experiences. O n his return from Europe he settled i n Manhattan, making the 

docks and river life of the island his special milieu. H e was an etcher and lithographer as well as a painter and completed murals for the Unite d States Post 

Offices at Edward and at Hudson Falls, New York, and at Chardon, Ohio. 

H e began his long teaching career i n the 1930's at the Ar t Students League, 

and taught from 1943 to 1964 i n the School of Painting and Sculpture at 

Columbia University, as well as i n Cooper Union , the Brooklyn Museum 

A r t School and several colleges. H e exhibited annually i n New Yor k and i n 

national invitational shows for over forty years, and was included i n ten of 

the Corcoran Biennials after 1935, winnin g the Fourth Willia m A. Clark 

Prize i n 1943 on the painting listed below. Picken lived i n the Berkshires 

at Tyringham, Massachusetts at the time of his death on December 28, 1971. 

H e was a member of the Federation of Moder n Painters and Sculptors, the 

Society of American Graphic Artists, and the American Association of 

University Professors. 

158 
Convoy 1942/43 

I 5 f X40 I 

SIGNED , l.r. : George Picken 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artis t 

REF . : C.G.A. The Eighteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1943, p. 25, no. 64, ill . (Fourth Willia m A . Clark Prize and Honorabl e Mention); 

Art Digest, vol. 17, no. 12 (Marc h 15, 1943), p. 8, ill. ; Art News, vol. XLII , no. 4 

(Apri l 1, 1943), p. 19, ill. ; Magazine of Art, vol. 36, no. 4 (Apri l 1943), p. 137, ill . 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1943 43.5 

Thi s scene depicts a convoy passing Welfar e Island i n the East River , Ne w York , 

on the wa y to Lon g Island Sound durin g Worl d Wa r II . 

Stefan Hirsch (1899-1964) 

Stefan Hirsch was born of American parents i n Nuremberg, Germany, on 

January 2, 1899. H e lived i n Europe unti l he was eighteen, graduating from 

the University of Zurich and studying painting on his own i n the principa l 

museums on the continent. Soon after he came to the Unite d States he met 

Hamilto n Easter Field and worked wit h hi m both i n New Yor k and wit h 

Field's group of students i n Maine . H e exhibited wit h the Independents i n 

N ew Yor k i n 1919 and 1920 and wit h the Salons of America throughout the 

1920's. Hi s first one-man exhibition was held i n New Yor k i n 1927. H e was 

commissioned to execute a large mura l i n the auditorium of the Lenox Hil l 

Neighborhood Association, New York, i n 1934, and this work was followed 

by murals i n the Department of Justice Building i n Washington and i n 

Federal buildings i n South Carolina and Mississippi. Hirsch's paintings 

were shown wit h some regularity for over thirt y years i n the annuals held i n 

the Carnegie Institute, the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , the 

Whitne y Museum of American Ar t and the Chicago Ar t Institute. H e was 

also represented i n the group exhibition, "Precisionist Views i n American 

Art, " organized i n i960 by the Walke r Ar t Center, Minneapolis , and seen 

also at the Whitne y Museum, and at museums on the West Coast. Hirsch 

taught painting throughout most of his career - at Bennington College (1934-

1940), at the Ar t Students League, New Yor k (1940 to 1942), and at Bard 

College, Annandale, New York, from 1942 unti l his retirement as Professor 

J59 

George Picken Convoy 
Emeritus i n 1961. H e traveled repeatedly i n Mexico, and spent a year at the 

University of Baroda, India , on a Fulbright Fellowship i n 1956-1957. H e 

was a member of the Nationa l Society of Mura l Painters, and served actively 

wit h such professional groups as the American Ar t Congress, the American 

Association of University Professors, and the Committee on Ar t Education. 

H e died i n New Yor k on September 29, 1964. 

Resting Burros 1934 

49§ X 62 w ; masonite 

SIGNED , l.r. : Hirsch '34 

COLL . : Andre a Pietro Zerega, Washington, D.C. 

REF . : 32nd Annual Exhibition of Paintings, Department of Fine Arts , Carnegie Institute , 

Pittsburgh, 1934, n.p., no. 59, ill. ; Stefan Hirsch, Associated American Artists, New 

York , 1941, n.p., no. 1 

GIFT : Andre a Pietro Zerega, 1958 58.33 

Charles Wheeler Locke was born i n Cincinnati, Ohio, on August 31, 1899. 

H e studied at the Ohi o Mechanics Institute and the Cincinnati Ar t Academy 

before entering the Ar t Students League i n New York. H e worked principally 

i n graphics i n his early career, teaching as an assistant to Joseph Pennell at 

the Ar t Students League from 1922 to 1926 and as instructor i n lithography 

from 1926 to 1937. Hi s illustrations appeared i n the periodicals and publications of the period, and his print s were widely exhibited throughout the 30's. 

I t was not unti l the 40's that he began to concentrate on painting, and the 

first representative one-man show of his canvases and drawings was held i n 

N ew Yor k i n 1945. Hi s wor k is included i n the collections of such institutions 

as the Metropolitan Museum of Ar t and the Whitne y Museum of American 

A r t i n New York, i n the Cincinnati Ar t Museum and i n the Phillips Collection, Washington. Locke was elected an Academician of the National 

Academy i n 1951. H e has lived for many years i n Garrison, New York. 

Third Avenue E l 1943 

12 X 16; canvas board 

SIGNED , 1.1.: C LOCKE 1943 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Nineteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1945, p . 24, no. 24 

PURCHASE : Ann a E. Clar k Fund , 1945 45.8 

Raphael Soyer and his twi n brother , Moses, were born on December 25, 

1899 i n Borisoglebsk i n the province of Tambov , South Russia. Hi s father 

was a teacher of Hebrew literature, a writer , and an amateur artist. H e encouraged his children to draw from early childhood and, when the family 

was forced to leave Russia i n 1912 and settled i n New York, three of the 

brothers - Raphael, Moses and Isaac - continued thei r pursuit of art. 

Raphael left high school before graduating to help support the family, taking 

free evening classes at Cooper Unio n for three years, then entering the 

Nationa l Academy of Design where he remained through the spring of 1922. 

H e also studied intermittentl y at the Ar t Students League under Guy Pene 

d u Bois and Boardman Robinson. Throug h the 20's he was able to paint 

Charles Wheeler Locke (1899 

Raphael Soyer (1899- ) 

160 
Raphae l Soyer Waiting Room 

only i n his spare time. H e first exhibited i n the Salons o f America show i n 

1926 at which time he came to the attention of Alexander Brook, then 

Assistant Director of the Whitne y Studio Club. Throug h Brook he was 

introduced to the Club, and his paintings were included i n all its exhibitions 

and have since been shown i n most of the annuals and biennials of the 

Whitne y Museum of American Ar t which eventually evolved from the 

Whitne y Studio Club Galleries. Soyer held the first o f many one-man shows 

i n New Yor k i n 1929, and soon after was able to devote full time to painting 

and the making of prints, exhibiting regularly i n the important exhibitions 

held i n the Unite d States for over thirt y years. The Kohnstamm Prize 

awarded by the Chicago Ar t Institute i n 1932 has been followed by many 

honors, including the Templ e Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the 

Fine Art s (1943), the Thir d Willia m A. Clark Prize and Bronze Meda l 

(1943) and the First Willia m A. Clark Prize and Gold Meda l (1951) i n 

Corcoran Biennials (see paintings listed below). A large retrospective exhibition was hung i n the Whitne y Museum of American Ar t i n 1967 and traveled 

to six other museums across the country. New Yor k has remained Soyer's 

home since his childhood. H e has spent the summer months on the coast of 

N ew England and i n New Yor k State at Croton-on-Hudson or at South161 
ampton. Since 1935 he has often traveled i n Europe, studying the paintings 

i n museum collections i n more than thirteen countries. H e has taught almost 

constantly since 1930, i n his own classes and i n several schools, including the 

A r t Students League, the New School for Social Research and the National 

Academy of Design. H e has been a member of the American Society of 

Painters, Sculptors and Gravers and was elected a member of the National 

Academy (Associate, 1949; Academician, 1951) and of the Nationa l Institute 

of Art s and Letters (1958). 

Waiting Room c.1940 

34iX45i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: RAPHAEL/SO TER 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : Annual Exhibition of Contemporary American Painting, Whitne y Museu m of American Art , Ne w York , 1940/41, n.p., no. 149 (entitled A Railroad Station Waiting Room); 

52nd Annual Exhibition of American Paintings and Sculpture, Th e Ar t Institute , Chicago, 

1941/42, n.p., no. 192 (entitled Railroad Waiting Room); 138th Annual Exhibition of 

Painting and Sculpture, Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , Philadelphia, 1943, 

n.p., no. 126 (Templ e Medal); Art Digest, vol. 17, no. 9 (Feb. 1, 1943), p. 9, ill. ; 

C.G.A. The Eighteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1943, 

p. 26, no. 84, ill . (Thir d Willia m A . Clark Prize and Bronze Medal); Art Digest, 

vol. 17, no. 12 (Marc h 15, 1943), p. 8, ill. ; Magazine of Art, vol. 36, no. 4 (Apri l 

1943), p. 137, ill. ; Juliana Force and American Art, a Memorial Exhibition, Whitne y 

Museu m of American Art , Ne w York , 1949, p. 71, no. 116; O. W . Larkin , Art and 

Life in America, editions 1949, i960 and 1966, p. 433, ill. ; The Iron Horse in Art, For t 

Wort h Ar t Center, Texas, 1958, n.p., no. 101, ill. ; Paintings and Sculpture from the 

American National Exhibition in Moscow, Whitne y Museu m of American Art , New 

York , 1959, p . 11 (illustrated i n Russian ed. no. 24); W . H . Pierson and M . Davidson, 

Arts of the United States, a Pictorial Survey, i960, p. 360, no. 3388, ill. ; W . K . Gutman , 

J . Klei n and R. Soyer, Raphael Soyer, [1961], p. 78, ill . (entitled R.R. Station Waiting 

Room); L . Goodrich, Raphael Soyer, Whitne y Museu m of American Art , New York , 

1967. P- 77» n o - 4P> illPURCHASE : Willia m A . Clark Fund , 1943 43.4 

Thi s scene represents the interior of the 125th Street Station of the Ne w Yor k Central 

Railroad i n Ne w York . A lithograph entitled R.R. Waiting Room depicting the central 

figure i n this painting came to the Gallery i n the Frank B. Bristow Bequest. 

Waiting for the Audition c.1950 

30 X 24 i 

SIGNED , l.r. : Raphael Soyer 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Twenty Second Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1951, p. 34, no. 230, ill . (First Willia m A . Clark Prize and Gol d Medal); Art 

Digest, vol. 25, no. 14 (Apri l 15, 1951), p. 9, ill. ; C.G.A. Twenty Fifth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1957, "Th e Historica l Section, " p. 17, 

no. 22 

PURCHAS E : Willia m A. Clark Fund , 1951 51.16 

T h e artist has identified the figures i n this scene as the painter Joseph Floch, and 

Cynthi a Brown , a model. 

162 

Raphae l Soyer Waiting for the Audition 
Hobson Pittman (i 900-1972) 

Hobson Pittman was born near Tarboro, Nort h Carolina, on January 14, 

1900. Whe n his parents died i n 1918 he moved to Pennsylvania to live wit h 

a sister. H e attended the Rouse Ar t School i n Tarboro for four years, and 

later entered the Pennsylvania State College, transferring to Carnegie 

Institute of Technology i n 1924, and to Columbia University i n 1925. He 

traveled i n Europe i n 1928, and again i n 1930 and 1935, thoroughly studying 

museum collections. H e began his long teaching career i n 1931 at the 

Friends Central Da y School i n Philadelphia and today, forty years later, 

continues to lecture at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , the 

Philadelphia Museum School and the Pennsylvania State University. 

Pittman held his first one-man show i n Philadelphia i n 1928. Know n particularly for his interior views of homes i n the South and for his flower pieces, 

he exhibited over the years i n many national and international exhibitions, winning prizes and medals from such institutions as the Pennsylvania 

Academy of the Fine Arts , the Carnegie Institute, and the Butler Institute of 

American Art ; he was awarded a Guggenheim Foundation Fellowship i n 

1956. H e was represented i n twelve Corcoran Biennials between 1935 and 

1967, receiving the Fourth Willia m A. Clark Prize i n 1947 and the Second 

Willia m A. Clark Prize and Silver Meda l i n 1953 on the painting listed below. 

H e was a member of the International Institute of Art s and Letters and 

the Nationa l Academy (Academician, 1953). Pittman resided i n Bryn Mawr , 

Pennsylvania, unti l his death on Ma y 5, 1972. 

Veiled Bouquet 1948,1950/51 

29^x24 ! 

SIGNED , u.r.: Hobson Pittman 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Twenty Third Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Painting, 1953, 

n.p., no. 167, ill . (Second Willia m A . Clar k Prize and Silver Medal); American Painting: Second Quarter of the 20th Century, Jacksonville Ar t Museum , Florida , 1956, n.p., 

no. 8; Hobson Pittman, Retrospective Exhibition, His Work Since 1920, Nort h Carolina 

Museu m o f Art , Raleigh, 1963, p. 56, no. 39, ill . 

PURCHASE : Ann a E. Clar k Fund , 1953 53.3 

Thi s painting was first shown i n the Carnegie Institute' s Painting in the United States 

exhibition i n 1948 unde r the titl e Poppies in a Pink Vase. I n 1950/51 Pittma n made 

man y changes i n the painting , reconstructing the general design and assigning the 

titl e Veiled Bouquet. 

Fred Conway was born i n St. Louis, Missouri, on August 24, 1900. A t the 

age of eighteen he entered the St. Louis School of Fine Art s i n Washington 

University and, after four years, continued his training at the Julian Academy and the Academie Moderne i n Paris. H e spent four months i n Tuni s 

before returning to Missour i i n 1923 to teach drawing and painting i n the 

St. Louis School of Fine Arts , where he still holds the position of Professor of 

Art. Since the late 20's he has exhibited regularly i n local and national 

competitive exhibitions and has won such awards as the Sesnan Gold Meda l 

at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , First Prize i n the Hallmar k 

Competition i n 1949, and the Second Willia m A. Clark Prize and Silver 

Meda l i n the Corcoran's Twenty-firs t Biennial Exhibition (see painting 

listed below). H e has executed mura l paintings i n publi c buildings i n many 

Fred Conway (1900- ) 

163 

Hobson Pittman Veiled Bouquet 
cities of the Middl e West—i n the First Nationa l Bank, Tulsa, Oklahoma, 

the May o Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, the Barnes Hospital, St. Louis—and 

i n 1956 won the Gold Meda l for Mura l Painting from the Architectural 

League, New York. Conway resides i n St. Louis, Missouri. 

Witchery 1948 

3 7 J X 32^; encaustic on composition board 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Fred Conway 

REF . : C.G.A. The Twenty-first Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1949, p. 21 , no. 34, ill . (Second Willia m A. Clar k Prize and Silver Medal); D. 

Drummond , "Corcoran Biennial Presents Conglomerate Picture o f U.S. Painting, " 

Art Digest, vol. 23, no. 13 (Apri l 1, 1949), p. 9, ill. ; New Accessions USA, Colorado 

Springs Fine Art s Center, 1950, n.p., no. 22; C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 3, no. 4 (Ma y 

1950), p. 20, ill. ; C. E. Buckley, "Fou r Contemporaries, " C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 3, 

no. 3 (Jan. 1951), pp. 21 ff., ill. ; American Painting: Second Quarter of the 20th Century, 

Jacksonville Ar t Museum , Florida , 1956, n.p., no. 3 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clar k Fund , 1949 49.19 

T h e artist said o f this painting : "M y actors are always the same i n m y paintings 

though the scene changes. It' s magic, the supernatural, hypnotism and the occult. 

It' s not representational, it's inne r vision. Th e paintin g represents a fairy-tale cour t 

being hypnotized by a dancer " (The Sunday Star, Washington, D.C , Marc h 27, 

1949)-

Rico Lebrun (1900-1964) 

Rico Lebrun (christened Federico) was born i n Naples, Italy , on December 

10, 1900. Although both parents were born i n Italy , his father was of French 

descent and his mother , Spanish. Lebrun attended the Nationa l Technical 

School and the Nationa l Technical Institute i n Naples unti l 1917, and served 

one year i n the Italian army i n Worl d Wa r I , followed by two years i n the 

navy. H e studied at the Industria l Institute and the Naples Academy of Fine 

Art s and worked i n fresco painting until , i n 1922, he became a designer in a 

stained-glass factory i n Naples. Whe n this factory opened a branch i n 

Springfield, Illinois , i n 1924, Lebrun was made foreman and instructor. I n 

1925 he moved to New York, working principall y i n commercial illustration 

and, after a period of three years (1930-1933) i n Ital y concentrating on the 

study of fresco painting, returned to New Yor k to pursue this medium. He 

received Guggenheim Fellowships for two successive years (1935-1937) and 

taught mura l composition and fresco painting at the Ar t Students League. 

After a controversy wit h the WP A over the mura l he was commissioned to 

execute i n the Pennsylvania Station Post Office Annex i n New York, Lebrun 

moved to California i n 1938. H e made his home i n the Santa Barbara-Los 

Angeles area, and, except for a sojourn of a year and a half i n Mexico 

(1952-1954), a year as Visiting Professor of Ar t at Yale University (1958) 

and a year as artist-in-residence at the American Academy i n Rome (1959), 

he remained principally on the West Coast, teaching and exhibiting locally 

and, as time went on, nationally and internationally wit h increasing recognition. Hi s first one-man show was held i n Santa Barbara i n 1940; the first i n 

N ew Yor k i n 1944; and his work was included i n such group exhibitions as 

the Museum of Moder n Art' s Americans 1942: 18 Artists from 9 States and 

Romantic Painting in America, 1943, American Painting Today at the Metropolitan 

Museum of Ar t i n 1950, the Venice Biennale of 1950, and the 2nd, 3rd, and 

7th International Bienal at Sao Paulo, Brazil (1953, 1954 and 1963). I n 1961 

Lebrun was invited to participate i n the Tamarin d Lithographi c Workshop 

164 
Rico Lebru n Night Figures # 2 

program and executed several series of prints illustrating such texts as 

Dante's Inferno and Brecht's Threepenny Novel supplementing his vast output 

of drawings. Durin g the last two years of his life he worked also i n sculpture. 

H e was granted the Awar d of Merit by the American Academy of Art s and 

Letters i n 1952, was elected member of the Nationa l Institute of Art s and 

Letters i n i960, and was named Academician i n the Nationa l Academy i n 

1963. H e was awarded his thir d Guggenheim Fellowship i n 1962. Lebrun 

died i n his home at Malibu , California, on Ma y 9, 1964. 

Night Figures # 2 1961 

78f x 1 o8f 

SIGNED , l.r. : Lebrun '61 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Twenty Eighth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Painting, 1963, 

n.p., no. 81 , ill. ; C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 14, no. 1 (Jul y 1964), p. 18, ill. ; Rico Lebrun 

Memorial Exhibition, Th e America n Academy of Art s and Letters , Ne w York , 1965/66, 

n.p., no. 3, ill. ; Rico Lebrun {1900-1964), Los Angeles Count y Museu m o f Art , 1967, 

p. 43, no. 38 

GIFT : Th e Friends o f the Corcoran, 1963 63.1 

Dines Garlsen (i 901-1966) 

Dines Carlsen, son of the artist Emi l Carlsen (see p. 14), was born i n New 

Yor k on Marc h 28, 1901. A pupil of his father, he early showed great 

proficiency i n painting and was exhibiting i n large invitationa l shows when 

only fifteen years old. I n 1916 one of his still lifes was included i n the 91st 

Annua l Exhibition of the Nationa l Academy, and another i n the Sixth 

Biennial of the Corcoran (see painting listed below). H e won the Thir d Hallgarten Prize at the Nationa l Academy i n 1919, and the Second Hallgarten 

Prize i n 1923. Although best known for his still lifes, he also painted local 

scenes i n Maine , Mexico, and the Southwest, and exhibited regularly for 

165 
over thirt y years both i n group exhibitions and one-man shows. He was 

elected an Associate Membe r of the Nationa l Academy i n 1922, and Academician i n 1941. H e lived for many years i n Falls Village , Connecticut, and 

had a home i n Summerville, South Carolina. Carlsen died on October 1, 

1966, i n St. Luke's Hospital, New York. 

T he Bras s Kettle 1916 

20j X 24J 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Dines Carlsen/ig 16 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Sixth Exhibition: Oil Paintings by Contemporary American Artists, Dec. 

1916-Jan. 1917, n.p., no. 148 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1916 16.6 

T h e artist was fifteen years old when this was painted. 

Philip Evergood was born Philip Blaski i n the New Yor k studio of his artist 

father, Meyer Evergood Blaski, an Australian, on October 26, 1901. His 

mother came from a wealthy English family which undertook the responsibilit y of her son's education i n England. Prepared at Eton, he entered 

Trinit y Hal l College, Cambridge, which he left i n his second year to study 

a r t at the Slade School i n London. I t was during this period that his father 

legally assumed the surname Evergood. I n 1923 Philip rejoined his family i n 

N ew Yor k and continued his studies at the Ar t Students League. He went to 

Europe again i n 1924, studying briefly at the Julian Academy i n Paris and 

at the British Academy i n Rome, but working independently for the most 

par t unti l his return to America i n 1926. H e held his first one-man show i n 

N ew Yor k i n 1927. After further study i n France and Spain i n 1930 and 

1931, he settled permanently i n the environs of New York. Durin g the 30's 

he worked wit h the Public Works of Ar t Project and its successor the Federal 

A r t Project of the WPA. Evergood first exhibited i n the Whitne y Museum's 

Biennials i n 1934, and thereafter was included i n most of these shows. He 

was represented i n the important national and international competitive 

exhibitions of the 40's and 50's, winning such awards as the Carol H . Beck 

Gold Meda l at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s and the Second 

Prize at the Carnegie Institute i n 1949, the Second Willia m A. Clark Prize 

a nd Silver Meda l at the Corcoran Biennial i n 1951 (for Sunny Side of the 

Street, listed below), the Grant for Painting from the American Academy of 

Art s and Letters i n 1956, and the Pennsylvania Academy's Templ e Gold 

Meda l i n 1958. H e was given a comprehensive retrospective at the Whitne y 

Museum i n i960 which was subsequently shown i n six other museums. 

Evergood was a Fellow of the International Institute of Art s and Letters and a 

member of the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters, and was a founding 

member of the Artists Equit y Association. H e moved from New Yor k to 

Connecticut i n 1952, and resided i n Bridgewater at the time of his death 

on Marc h 11, 1973. 

Sunny Side of the Street 1950 

50 X 36J; egg-oil-varnish emulsion wit h marbl e dust and glass on canvas 

SIGNED , l.r. : Philip Evergood, 50 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Twenty Second Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1951, p. 18, no. 71 , ill . (Second Willia m A . Clar k Prize and Silver Medal); Art 

Philip Evergood (i901-1973) 

166 
Philip Evergood Sunny Side of the Street 
Digest, vol. 25, no. 14 (Apri l 15, 1951), p. 9, ill. ; Art News, vol. 50, no. 3 (Ma y 1951), 

p. 42, ill. ; New Accessions USA, Colorado Springs Fine Art s Center, 1952, n.p., no. 17, 

ill. ; C.G.A. Masterpieces of The Corcoran Gallery of Art, 1959, p. 63, ill. ; J . I . H . Baur , 

Philip Ever good, Whitne y Museu m of America n Art , Ne w York , i960, p. 67, no. 41 , ill . 

M r . Evergood wrot e the Gallery tha t this canvas "was painted over a period of 

six months . I t was developed out o f the impressions I got fro m a ding y Negro section 

i n Brooklyn not far fro m Pacific Street where I was temporaril y livin g i n the winte r of 

1949 and spring o f 1950. There , sick people, maime d people and sad people abounded. 

O n one side of the street there was generally a patch o f sunlight. A crippled woma n 

always sat at a windo w i n tha t patch and a blin d ma n at noon generally fumbled his 

w a y out of a dank odious hallwa y (scratched and chalk marked by kids) to the worl d 

of noise, aggression, sunlight and danger. Kid s were always everywhere on roller 

skates. Uncollected garbage was everywhere and gave off a sour smell. Withi n this 

framework people existed, smiled, laughed and were mostly kin d to one another . . . 

As to the titl e of m y picture . Th e words o f tha t earthy great folksong whic h gives us 

the 20th century America n rhyth m kept singing i n m y ears: 

' I f I never had a cent I' d be ric h as Rockefeller, 

Gol d dust at m y feet on the Sunny Side o f the Street'. " 

T he Letter i960 

30 X 24 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Philip Evergood; I.e.: LX\IV 

COLL . : Joh n Henr y Berne, Warrenton , Virgini a 

GIFT : Joh n Henr y Berne, 1965 65.41.2 

T h e artist said tha t the LX\IV painted on the thig h of the figure indicates the date of 

the paintin g - Apri l i960. 

Isabel Bishop (Mrs . Harol d G. Wolff) was born i n Cincinnati, Ohio, on 

Marc h 3, 1902. She spent her childhood i n Detroit, attending the Wicker Ar t 

School from 1917 to 1918. Fro m the age of fifteen she has lived i n New York, 

where she studied at the New Yor k School of Applied Design and at the Ar t 

Students League under Kenneth Hayes Mille r and Guy Pene duBois, taking 

occasional trips abroad. She established her studio on West 14th Street (later 

on Unio n Square) and was soon identified wit h the group of Miller' s students 

known as the 14th Street School of Painters, working closely wit h its members, Reginald Marsh, the three Soyer brothers, and Morri s Kantor . Since 

her first New Yor k show i n 1932 she has been represented i n the exhibitions 

of contemporary ar t organized by the Nationa l Academy, the Pennsylvania 

Academy of the Fine Arts , the Chicago Ar t Institute, the Whitne y Museum 

of American Art, and the Museum of Moder n Art, New York. She has been 

included i n twelve Corcoran Biennials since 1930, and was awarded the 

Thir d Willia m A. Clark Prize and Bronze Meda l i n 1945 on the painting 

listed below. A special exhibition of her drawings was held i n the Corcoran 

i n 1938. I n 1941 she studied engraving wit h Stanley Willia m Hayte r at the 

N ew School for Social Research and has achieved considerable recognition 

i n this medium. Miss Bishop is a member of the Nationa l Academy (Associate, 1940; Academician, 1941), the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters 

(1944), and the Society of American Graphi c Artists, and is a Fellow of the 

Roya l Society of Arts , London. She maintains her studio on Unio n Square, 

N ew York, and resides i n Fieldston, New York. 

PURCHASE : Ann a E. Clar k Fund , 1951 5i-! 7 

Isabel Bishop (1902 

168 
Isabel Bishop Two Girls Outdoors 

169 
T wo Girl s Outdoors 1944 

30 X 18; composition board 

SIGNED , l.r. : Isabel Bishop 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Nineteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1945, p. 25, no. 36, ill . (Thir d Willia m A . Clar k Prize and Bronze Medal); American 

Painting: Second Quarter of the 20th Century, Jacksonville Ar t Museum , Jacksonville, 

Florida , 1956, n.p., no. 1; 25th Anniversary Loan Exhibition, Midtow n Galleries, New 

York , 1957, n.p., no. 4 ; Paintings by Isabel Bishop I Sculpture by Dorothea Greenbaum, New 

Jersey State Museum , Trenton , 1970, p. 17, no. 8 

PURCHASE : Ann a E. Clar k Fund , 1945 45.6 

A pen and wash drawin g and an etching of this subject are i n the Corcoran's collection. Anothe r unrelated etching bearing the same titl e was issued i n 1958. 

Eric Isenburger was born on Ma y 17, 1902 i n Frankfur t am Main , Germany, 

where he studied i n the city ar t school unti l 1925. After a year i n Barcelona, 

he established a studio i n Vienna , supporting himself by painting stage sets 

for the Viln a Group Theatre. H e moved to Berlin around 1931. O n the last 

day of his first one-man exhibition there i n 1933 the Nazis took over, and, 

since his work was designated "degenerate art, " he was forced to escape to 

France. Here he remained for eight years, exhibiting i n the Paris Salons and 

i n other group shows as well as i n an invitational one-man exhibition i n 

Stockholm. H e and his wife were living i n their country home i n the south 

of France when they were interned i n a detention camp near Marseilles. 

Throug h the efforts of his brother i n America and Alfred H . Barr, Jr., then 

director of the Museum of Moder n Art, New York, they were released and 

came to the Unite d States i n 1941. Hi s first one-man show i n New Yor k a few 

months later was a decided success, and he has since exhibited regularly, 

winning three awards at the Nationa l Academy (1945, 1957 and 1963), the 

Thir d Prize at the Carnegie Institute (1947), the Meda l of Hono r i n the 

Pepsi Cola Ar t Competition (1948), and the First Willia m A. Clark Prize 

a nd Gold Meda l at the Corcoran Biennial i n 1949 (see painting listed below). 

H e has traveled i n Italy , Mexico and Guatemala, and has painted on the 

N ew England coast, although he has maintained his studio i n New York. 

Elected a member of the Nationa l Academy i n 1957, he has served on its 

Council since 1964 and is presently a member of its faculty. 

Romantic Figure 1948 

50 X 40 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Isenburger 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF. : Art News, vol. XLVII , no. 6 (Oct. 1948), p. 17, ill . (as Figure)', C.G.A. The 

Twenty-first Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1949, p. 27, 

n o. 77, ill . (First Willia m A . Clar k Prize and Gol d Medal); American Artist, vol. 13, 

n o. 1 (Jan. 1949), pp . 24-7, ill. ; D . Drummond , "Corcoran Biennial Presents 

Conglomerate Picture of U.S. Painting, " Art Digest, vol. 23, no. 13 (Apri l 1, 1949), 

p. 9, ill . (on cover); T . B. Hess, "Washington Sees the Census," Art News, vol. 

XLVIII , no. 2 (Apri l 1949), p. 28, ill. ; Britannica Book of the Tear, published by 

Encyclopedia Britannica, Chicago, 1950, p. 528, ill. ; C. E. Buckley, "Fou r Contemporaries, " C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 3, no. 3 (Jan. 1951), pp . 21 ff., ill. ; C.G.A. Twenty 

Fifth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1957, "Th e Historical 

Section, " p. 17, no. 21 

PURCHASE : Ann a E. Clar k Fund , 1949 49- 18 

Eric Isenburger (1902 

170 
Whe n interviewed at the time the artist received First Prize for this paintin g i n the 

Twenty-firs t Biennial, he said: " I tried to achieve a certain movement o f for m 

pattern and color and at the same time keep a feeling of rest and tranquilit y about the 

work. " Hi s wife, Jula , posed for the figure durin g June of 1948 i n Woodstock, Ne w 

York . 

Mim i DuBois Bolton (1902- ) 

Mim i DuBois Bolton was born on December 12, 1902 i n Gravlotte, AlsaceLorraine. She was brought to the Unite d States as a child and grew up i n 

Wisconsin where she studied journalism at Marquett e University. She 

worked for several years as reporter and feature write r i n Milwaukee , moving 

to New Yor k i n 1930 to writ e for Nomad Magazine. She began her studies i n 

ar t at this time at the Ar t Students League. Whe n she came to Washington 

i n 1934 she enrolled i n the Corcoran School of Ar t and worked under 

Richard Lahey, Kenneth Stubbs and Eugen Weisz unti l 1940, and later 

under Kar l Knaths at the Phillips Gallery. She has remained i n Washington 

and has taught i n the Corcoran and at her own studio. He r work has been 

included i n group exhibitions, and she has held one-man shows i n Washington, New York, Miam i and Baltimore. The Corcoran organized an exhibition of her paintings (Washington Artists Exhibition No. 20) i n the fall of 

1963-

The Cathedral 1955 

2ifX39 | 

SIGNED , l.r.: M D B '55 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Tenth Annual Area Exhibition, Dec. 1955-Feb. 1956, n.p., no. 7 

PURCHASE : Annua l Are a Exhibitio n Purchase Fund , 1955 56.9 

Adolph Gottlieb (1903- ) 

Adolp h Gottlieb was born i n New Yor k on Marc h 14, 1903. H e attended the 

A r t Students League i n 1920, studying under John Sloan and Rober t Henr i 

and, after about two years of study and travel i n Europe, he returned to New 

Yor k to continue his training at the Parsons School of Design, the Ar t 

Students League, Cooper Unio n and the Educational Alliance Ar t School. 

H e won the Dudensing Nationa l Competition i n 1929 and held his first onem an show i n New Yor k the following year. I n 1935 he was one of the foundi ng members of a group of New Yor k avant-garde artists known (somewhat 

confusingly) as "Th e Ten. " Thi s group, whose members changed from year 

to year but which regularly included Ily a Bolotowsky, Lee Gatch, Ear l 

Kerkha m and Mar k Rothko, exhibited together annually unti l 1940. H e 

worked for the WP A Federal Ar t Project during the 30's, principall y i n easel 

painting, leaving the Project i n 1937 to spend a year i n the desert near 

Tucson, Arizona. H e returned to New Yor k i n 1938. Durin g this period he 

first went to Gloucester, Massachusetts to paint wit h Milto n Avery during 

the summer. I n 1939 Gottlieb won the U.S. Treasury nationwide mura l 

competition and was commissioned to execute a mura l i n the Post Office at 

Yerrington, Nevada. H e began to paint i n his "pictograph" style i n the early 

40's, and developed the "Imaginar y Landscapes" i n the 50's. The first i n his 

"Burs t Series" was painted i n 1957. Gottlieb's exhibition record is prestigious 

not only i n this country but also i n Europe, South America and the Far East. 

171 
Adolp h Gotdieb Small Burst 

172 
T he catalogue accompanying the large retrospective exhibition organized 

jointl y by the Whitne y Museum of American Ar t and the Solomon R. 

Guggenheim Museum i n 1968 (shown later i n the Corcoran) publishes 

complete lists of his one-man shows and the group exhibitions and annuals 

i n which he participated up to that date, as well as a full bibliography 

covering his career. The first showing of his recent work i n the medium of 

sculpture was held i n the University of Marylan d Ar t Gallery i n 1970. H e 

now resides i n New York and i n East Hampton , Long Island. 

Small Burst 1961 

37 X 24; oil on paper mounted on canvas 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 16, no. 2 (Ma y 1967), p. 15, ill . (incorrectly illustrated 

upside-down) 

GIFT : Th e Women' s Committe e of the Corcoran, 1966 66.12 

Victo r Candell was born i n Budapest, Hungary , on Ma y 11, 1903. He came 

to the Unite d States at the age of eighteen. Largely self-taught, he began his 

career as a professional artist i n New Yor k i n 1924. H e resided i n Paris from 

1928 to 1931, joinin g the group of painters known as "Les Surindependants," 

exhibiting wit h them and wit h other experimental groups. O n his return to 

N ew York, he worked wit h the Whitne y Ar t Project and later wit h the Fine 

Art s Section of the WP A during the 30's, and was commissioned i n 1939 to 

paint an outdoor mura l for the Ira q building at the New Yor k World' s Fair. 

He received an award i n the Artist as Reporter exhibition organized by the 

Museum of Moder n Art, New York, i n 1940, and from that time to the 

present has been represented i n national competitive exhibitions and 

annuals and has regularly held one-man shows i n New Yor k and other cities 

(the first held i n New Yor k i n 1943). He has taught extensively - i n the 

Brooklyn Museum School of Ar t from 1946 to 1954 and at Cooper Unio n 

since 1954, as well as privately i n his own studio - and was a co-founder i n 

1959 and director of the Provincetown, Massachusetts, Workshop. Candell's 

work is included i n the collections of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, the 

Whitne y Museum of American Art, the Nationa l Institute of Art s and 

Letters, the Carnegie Institute, the Munson-Williams-Proctor Institute, 

among many others. H e maintains his home and studio i n New York. 

Forest Theme 1954 

36x4 2 

SIGNED , l.r. : Candell 54 

COLL . : acquired fro m the artist 

REF. : New Accessions USA, Colorado Springs Fine Art s Center, i960, n.p., no. 15 

GIFT : Helen Meredit h Norcross, 1959 59.8 

Victor Gandell (1903- ) 

173 
Mar k Rothk o Mulberry and Brown 

Mar k Rothko (1903-1970) 

Mar k Rothko was born Marcus Rothkovitch i n Dvinsk, Russia, on September 25, 1903. I n 1913 his family brought hi m to Portland, Oregon, where 

he spent his youth. H e entered Yale University i n 1921, but abandoned 

academic training to study painting i n 1923. Although he worked briefly 

wit h Ma x Weber at the Ar t Students League i n 1925, he can, on the whole, 

be considered self-taught. H e first exhibited i n 1929 when he was included i n 

a New Yor k group show selected by Bernard Karfiol. Hi s first one-man 

exhibition was held i n 1933, and during the 30's he exhibited wit h "Th e 

Ten " (of which he was co-founder) and wit h other avant-garde groups. He 

worked wit h the WP A Federal Ar t Project i n 1936 and 1937. After his first 

substantial one-man exhibition i n 1945 at Peggy Guggenheim's Ar t of Thi s 

Century gallery, New York, his reputation steadily climbed. H e was represented i n the annual exhibitions of the Whitne y Museum of American Ar t 

and i n such exhibitions at New York's Museum of Moder n Ar t as Abstract 

Painting and Sculpture in America (1951), / j Americans (1952), Modern American 

Painters and Sculptors (1954), Modern Art in the U.S. (1955/56) and The New 

American Painting (1958/59). The last three were circulated i n Europe. He 

also participated i n the Venice Biennale i n 1948 and 1958. Retrospectives 

have been held i n New Yor k and i n other cities i n the U.S. as well as i n 

London. Rothko di d considerable teaching throughout his career and, i n 

1948, was a co-founder, along wit h Willia m Baziotes, Adolp h Gottlieb, 

174 
Rober t Motherwell and Barnett Newman, of the "Subjects of the Artists " 

school i n Greenwich Village, New York. A bibliography covering his career 

a nd work, complete through 1961, can be found i n the catalogue Mark 

Rothko by Peter Selz, published by the Museum of Moder n Art, New York, 

i n that year. Rothko committed suicide i n his Manhatta n studio on February 

25, i97° -

Mulberry and Brown 1958 

66fx6i f 

SIGNE D O N BACK , u.r.: MARK ROTHKO/1958 #7 7 

COLL . : Charles and Susan Buckwalter , Ne w Yor k 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1966 66.17 

Thi s paintin g was included i n the exhibition The Disappearance and Reappearance of the 

Image circulated i n Europe throughout 1969 b y the Smithsonian Institution . I t was 

shown i n six museums i n Rumania , Czechoslovakia and Belgium, accompanied b y 

an illustrated catalogue printe d i n the language o f each country . 

Balcomb Greene was born i n Niagara Falls, New York, on Ma y 22, 1904. 

Son of a Methodis t minister, he at first thought of following i n his father's 

footsteps, but on graduation from Syracuse University he went to Europe to 

study abnormal psychology i n Paris and at the University of Vienna under 

Freud. H e took further graduate work at Columbi a University i n 1927 and 

taught English at Dartmout h College from 1928 to 1931. I t was at the close 

of this period that he began to paint seriously, working for a year i n Paris 

where he held his first one-man show i n 1932. O n his return to New Yor k i n 

1933 he continued his painting, for some time supporting his family by 

writing . H e worked wit h the Federal Ar t Project of the WP A i n the middl e 

30's. I n 1936 he was elected chairman of the newly formed group of painters, 

the American Abstract Artists, an office to which he was re-elected i n 1938 

a nd 1940. A t this time he began graduate wor k i n ar t history at New Yor k 

University, receiving his M.A . degree i n 1943, after which he taught history 

of ar t at the Carnegie Institute of Technology, Pittsburgh, unti l 1959. Greene 

held his first one-man exhibition i n New Yor k i n 1947, although he had 

been seen i n many large group exhibitions earlier, such as the Whitne y 

Museum's Abstract Painting in America i n 1935. H e was included i n the 

Venice Biennale i n 1948, and i n New Images of Man, organized by the 

Museum of Moder n Art , New York, i n 1959. The Whitne y Museum held a 

retrospective of his work i n 1961 which was later circulated by the American 

Federation of Art s throughout the country. H e divides his time between the 

home and studio he built overlooking the sea at Montau k Point, Long 

Island, and his apartment and studio i n New York. 

T he Window 1961/62 

45X5 2 

SIGNED , l.r. : Balcomb Greene; O N STRETCHER , u.c.: THE WINDOW 1961-62 

COLL . : Ro y C. Markus , Los Angeles, California 

GIFT : the Estate of Ro y C. Marku s through Th e Friends of the Corcoran, 1965 

A n earlier version of this subject was painted i n 1949/50 and is presently i n the 

artist's collection. 

Balcomb Greene (1904- ) 

65.18.2 

175 
Edmund Mino r Archer (1904- ) 

Edmun d Mino r Archer was born i n Richmond, Virgini a on September 28, 

1904. H e studied ar t i n Richmond and later attended the University of 

Virginia . I n 1922 he left the university to study at the Ar t Students League i n 

N ew Yor k under Allen Tucker , Kenneth Hayes Mille r and Boardman 

Robinson. The years 1925 and 1926 were spent abroad i n travel and study, 

and, on his return to the Unite d States, he established his studio i n Richmond, accepting commissions for portraits and developing his own personal 

style. I n 1930 he was appointed assistant curator of the newly organized 

Whitne y Museum of American Ar t i n New York, resigning as associate 

curator i n 1940 to devote full time to painting. H e served wit h the United 

States Arm y during Worl d Wa r I I from 1942 to 1944, and on his discharge 

came to Washington as instructor i n the Corcoran School of Ar t and as a 

member of the faculty of The George Washington University, positions he 

held unti l his retirement i n 1968. Archer's first one-man show was held i n 

Boston i n 1929, and from that time he has been represented consistently i n 

the major local and national exhibitions i n the country. H e was awarded the 

Thir d Willia m A. Clark Prize and Bronze Meda l i n the Twelfth Corcoran 

Biennial i n 1930. H e served for a brief time i n the 20's on the Board of 

Control of the Ar t Students League and is a Fellow of the International 

Institute of Art s and Letters. H e now resides i n Richmond, Virginia . 

Waiting for the Departure 1932 

32iX37 i 

SIGNED , l.r. : Edmund Archer 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : 128th Annual Exhibition, Pennsylvania Academy o f the Fine Arts , Philadelphia, 

1933, p. 22, no. 154 (listed as At the Window); Edmund Archer, Warwic k Galleries, 

1933, n.p., no. 13 (listed as At the Window); Century of Progress Exposition, Chicago Ar t 

Institute , 1934, p. 73, no. 518, ill. ; American Magazine of Art, vol. XXVII , no. 1 

(Jan. 1934), p. 14, ill . (listed as Waiting for the Procession); Edmund Minor Archer, 

Virgini a Artis t Series No . 4, Virgini a Museu m of Fine Arts , Richmond , 1938, n.p., 

n o. 8, ill. ; A . Locke, The Negro in Art, 1940, pp . 140 and 169, ill. ; C.G.A. Artists of 

Washington and Vicinity, 1947, p. 6, no. 2 (Honorabl e Mention ) 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clar k Fund , 1951 51*27 

Thi s scene, painted i n Richmond , Virginia , depicts the commo n pastime of watching 

the streets fro m windo w sills. I t was awarded the Firs t Prize and Popular Prize when 

exhibited at the Norfol k Museu m o f Art s and Sciences i n 1950. 

M a x Kah n was born i n Russia i n 1904. H e was brought to Peoria, Illinois , 

i n 1907 where he spent his youth. H e received a B.S. degree from Bradford 

College i n Peoria and soon after went to Paris, studying sculpture wit h 

Emil-Antoine Bourdelle and Charles Despiau and drawing wit h Othon 

Friesz. O n his return to this country he continued his work i n sculpture at the 

Beaux Arts , New York, and later took up lithography under Francis Chapin 

at the Chicago Ar t Institute. Durin g the 30's he was connected wit h the 

Federal Ar t Project of Illinois . H e has taught throughout his career, especially i n the field of graphics: at the Joh n Herron Ar t Institute, Indianapolis, 

the Escuela Universitaria de Bellas Artes i n Mexico, the Chicago Ar t 

Institute (1944-1959), and at the University of Chicago (1959 to the present). 

H i s first one-man show was held i n the Chicago Ar t Institute i n 1943, and he 

M a x Kah n (1904- ) 

176 
has since exhibited widely, both nationally and internationally. Kah n has 

been awarded many prizes for his lithographs and woodcuts, and won the 

Thir d Willia m A. Clark Prize and Bronze Meda l i n the Corcoran Biennial 

of 1959 on the oil listed below. H e maintains his studio and home i n Chicago. 

We Gather Together 

32x4 2 

SIGNED , l.r. : Max Kahn 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Twenty Sixth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Painting, 1959, 

n.p., no. 92, ill . (Thir d Willia m A . Clar k Prize and Bronze Medal) 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clar k Fund , 1958 58.35 

Anto n Refregier was born i n Moscow, Russia, on Marc h 20, 1905. H e 

studied sculpture wit h Mari e Wassilieff i n Paris before coming to the Unite d 

States i n 1920. Prior to beginning his professional career i n New Yor k i n 

1928, he studied at the Rhode Island School of Design from 1921 to 1925 and 

worked i n drawing wit h Hans Hofmann i n Munich . H e designed stage 

settings i n New Yor k and worked i n the mura l program of the WP A during 

the 30's. Hi s career was well launched i n 1941 when he won a national 

competition to design twenty-seven murals for the Rincon Hill s Post Office 

i n San Francisco. Thi s project wit h its controversial subject matter was 

finally completed i n 1948 after much political interference and criticism. 

Refregier held his first one-man exhibition i n New Yor k i n 1942, and, 

although he is best known for his murals, his easel paintings have achieved 

widespread recognition. H e is represented i n the Metropolitan Museum of 

Art, the Whitne y Museum of American Art, the Museum of Moder n Art, 

N ew York, the Walke r Ar t Center, Minneapolis , and the Museum of 

Moder n Western Ar t i n Moscow. Hi s works have been included i n group 

exhibitions at the Carnegie Institute, the University of Illinois , the Corcoran 

Gallery and i n other national and international competitive and invitational 

exhibitions. Refregier was one of the founders of the American Artists' 

School i n New Yor k i n 1946 and has taught there as well as i n several 

universities as visiting instructor. H e served as Associate Professor of Ar t at 

Bard College from 1962 to 1964. H e has lived i n Woodstock, New York, for 

many years. 

Children in Tree i960 

40 X 20; casein on masonite 

SIGNED , u.r.: A. Refregier I960 

COLL . : Joh n Henr y Berne, Warrenton , Virgini a 

GIF T : Joh n Henr y Berne, 1965 65.41.3 

Thi s painting is based on sketches made o f the artist's children, Brigit and Aleksandre, 

when they were young and rompin g i n thei r favorite tree i n his orchard at Wood -

stock. 

Anton Refregier (1905- ) 

177 
Jessalee Blane Sickman (1905- ) 

Jessalee Blane Sickman was born i n Denver, Colorado, on August 17, 1905. 

After she was graduated from the University of Colorado, she came East, 

studying wit h Richard Lahey at Goucher College and later at the Corcoran 

School of Art. She has taught for many years - at the University of Colorado, 

the Warren ton Countr y School i n Virginia , and from 1943 to 1963 at the 

Corcoran School as instructor of painting and drawing. He r work was 

exhibited i n the Corcoran Biennials and Area Exhibitions throughout the 

40's and 50's, and she has held numerous one-man shows i n the Washington 

area. Mrs . Sickman's pen and ink portraits have been published i n the 

Forum and Golden Book magazines. She resides i n Washington, D.C. 

The Landlady 1945 

20 X 13J 

SIGNED , l.r. : JBS 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : "Th e Seventh Annua l Are a Exhibition, " C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 5, no. 4 (Nov. 

1952), n.p., no. 97, ill . (The Art s Clu b Purchase Prize); The Corcoran School of Art, 

1961-1962, n.p., ill . 

PURCHASE : 7th Annua l Are a Exhibitio n Purchase Fund , 1952 52.32 

Lois Mailou Jones (1905- ) 

Lois Mailo u Jones (Mrs . Vergniaud Pierre-Noel) was born i n Boston, 

Massachusetts, on November 3, 1905. She studied at the School of the 

Museum of Fine Arts , Boston, from 1923 to 1927, supplementing her training 

there wit h work at the Boston Norma l Ar t School and wit h summer classes 

at Harvar d and Columbia Universities, finally earning an A.B. Degree i n 

A r t Education at Howar d University i n Washington, D.C. O n a traveling 

fellowship, she studied at the Julian Academy and L a Grande Chaumiere i n 

Paris during 1937 and 1938. He r exhibition record has been very active; her 

work was first shown i n the Paris Salons of 1938 and 1939, and since then she 

has been included i n many of the principa l competitive group exhibitions i n 

this country - the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , the National 

Academy of Design, the Institute of Moder n Art, Boston, and the Baltimore 

Museum of Art. Fro m its inception i n 1942, she has been included i n the 

Negro Ar t Annua l held i n Atlant a University, Georgia, winning at least six 

prizes i n these exhibitions. The Corcoran selected her work for the Biennials 

held i n 1939 and 1951, and she has been represented i n several of its Washington Area exhibitions. As first Negro member of the Society of Washington 

Artists, she has exhibited regularly wit h this group. She has held over 

twenty-five one-man shows i n the Unite d States, Europe, South Africa and 

the West Indies. Miss Jones has received consistent recognition for her 

achievement i n art. She was chosen as "Woma n of the Year " by the National 

Council of Negro Women i n 1946; was awarded the Diplome de l'Ordr e 

National au grade de Chevalier i n 1954 by the Government of Haiti where a 

number of her paintings have been acquired for the collection of the Palais 

National; was elected to the Roya l Society of the Arts , London ; received an 

Honorable Mentio n citation i n the Paris Salon of 1966; and has recently been 

given a research grant by Howar d University (where she has served as 

professor of design and watercolor painting since 1930) to study and record 

contemporary visual Black Arts , covering Afro-American ar t and the work 

178 
of artists i n Haiti and i n eleven countries i n South Africa. Miss Jones makes 

her home i n Washington, D.C. 

Pont Louis Philippe, Pari s 1958 

2ifX39 j 

SIGNED , l.r. : Lois M J ones I Paris '58 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : "Th e Thirteent h Annua l Are a Exhibitio n of Wor k by Artist s o f Washington & 

Vicinity, " C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 10, no. 2 (Nov . 1958), n.p., no. 41 

PURCHASE : 13th Are a Exhibitio n Purchase Fund , 1958 58.37 

George L. K. Morris (1905- ) 

George Lovett Kingsland Morri s was born i n New Yor k on November 14, 

1905. After preparing at the Groton School, he entered Yale University, 

taking extra-curricular courses i n drawing and painting at the Yale School 

George L . K . Morri s Indian Composition 
of Art. Durin g the summer of 1927 he attended the Fontainebleau School of 

A r t i n France, and, after graduation from Yale i n 1928, studied at the Ar t 

Students League i n New Yor k under John Sloan and Kenneth Hayes Mille r 

a nd later at the Academie Moderne i n Paris under Fernand Leger and 

Amedee Ozenfant. A t this time he met many of the leading artists of the 

School of Paris who strongly influenced his work. H e held his first one-man 

show i n New Yor k i n 1933. A founding member of the American Abstract 

Artists i n 1936, he has exhibited regularly wit h this group as well as i n the 

annuals of the Whitne y Museum of American Art, the Carnegie Institute, the 

Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Art s (winning the Temple Gold Meda l i n 

1967) and i n Corcoran Biennials. The Corcoran held a large restrospective 

exhibition of his paintings and sculpture i n 1965. Morri s has done considerable writin g and has served as editor for a number of periodicals such as 

the Bulletin of the Museum of Moder n Art, New York, the French art 

magazine Plastique, and the Partisan Review. I n 1957, while president of the 

American Abstract Artists, he edited The World of Abstract Art, describing the 

significance of the movement. H e taught at the Ar t Students League from 

1943 to 1944 and held the post of artist-in-residence at St. John's College i n 

Annapolis from 1960 to 1961. Whe n not traveling abroad, he divides his time 

between homes i n New Yor k and Lenox, Massachusetts. 

Indian Composition 1942/1945 

63iX49 i 

SIGNED , l.r. : Morris; on back, u.l. : George L . K. Morris I Indian Composition 1942-5 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. George L . K. Morris, a Retrospective Exhibition of Paintings and Sculpture, 

1930-1964, 1965, p. 19, no. 24; C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 16, no. 1 (Sept. 1966), p. 13, 

ill . 

GIFT : Th e Friends of the Corcoran, 1965 65.21 

Morri s painted a series o f canvases entitled Indian Composition. H e wrot e to the Gallery 

of this version, "Thi s I considered the clima x to a long and obstinate series ... " 

Burgoyne Diller (i 906-1965) 

Burgoyne Dille r was born i n New Yor k on Januar y 13, 1906. H e spent his 

youth i n Michigan where for two years he attended Michigan State College. 

I n 1928 he went to New Yor k to study at the Ar t Students League, and it was 

there that he later worked wit h Hans Hofmann who became a close friend 

a nd greatly influenced his painting. Dille r was a dedicated abstractionist 

w ho painted i n successive styles from Expressionism, Cubism, Neoplasticism 

to Hard-Edge. Hi s contribution to the development of abstract ar t i n the 

Unite d States was not fully recognized unti l late i n his career. Hi s influence 

on and support of such artists as Stuart Davis, Arshile Gorky and Wille m 

de Kooning during the years when he was active i n local relief programs and 

later when he served as head of the mura l division of the WP A Federal Ar t 

Project i n the middl e and late 30's cannot be minimized. Durin g Worl d 

W a r I I he acted as State supervisor of the New Yor k WP A Wa r Services Ar t 

Uni t unti l he joined the Unite d States Navy. I n 1946 he was appointed to 

the faculty of Brooklyn College, a post he held unti l his death on January 

30, 1965. Hi s work was shown regularly i n Europe as well as i n this country. 

I n 1962 he was awarded a Ford Foundation Purchase Prize i n the Twentyeighth Corcoran Biennial (see painting listed below). H e built a studio i n 

1945 at Atlanti c Highlands , near Sandy Hook, New Jersey, where he spent 

as much time as his heavy schedule i n New Yor k allowed. 

180 
Burgoyne Dille r First Theme 

I 8 I 
Firs t Theme c. 1962 

95|X3 8 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Twenty Eighth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Paintings, 1963, 

n.p., no. 36, ill . (Ford Foundation Purchase Award) ; C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 13, no. 2 

(Ma y 1963), p. 31 , ill. ; New Accessions USA, Colorado Springs Fine Art s Center, 

1964, n.p., no. 12 

GIFT : Th e For d Foundation, 1962 62.32 

Umbert o Romano was born i n Salerno, Italy , on February 26, 1906. He 

came to the Unite d States i n 1914 and subsequently studied i n the National 

Academy of Design i n New Yor k (1922-1926). A Pulitzer Traveling Fellowship granted i n 1926 made possible a year of work at the American Academy 

i n Rome. H e held his first one-man show i n New Yor k i n 1928, and i n 1930 

was awarded both the Peabody Prize at the Chicago Ar t Institute and the 

Louis Comfor t Tiffany Foundation Meda l i n New York. I n the following 

years he has received honors repeatedly i n national and international 

competitions. Although best known for his figure and portrait painting, he 

has also been active as an illustrator and mura l painter. H e began his long 

teaching career i n the summer of 1933 when he opened the Romano School 

of Ar t i n East Gloucester, Massachusetts, which he still heads. Fro m 1934 to 

1940 he served as director of the Ar t School of the Worcester Ar t Museum, 

b ut since 1941 he has operated his own winter school i n New York. Elected 

Academician i n the Nationa l Academy i n 1957, he has been a member of the 

Academy's Council and served as first vice-president i n 1967. Romano lives 

i n New Yor k during the winte r and spends his summers i n Provincetown, 

Massachusetts. 

Creation 1958/59 

84x49 ! 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Umberto Romano 

COLL . : Mr . and Mrs . Joh n Henr y Berne, Warrenton , Virgini a 

REF . : Contemporary American Painting - The Arts Around Us, Birmingha m Museu m of 

Art , Alabama , 1962, p. 9; New Accessions USA, Colorado Springs Fine Art s Center, 

1962, n.p., no. 14, ill . 

GIFT : Mr . and Mrs . Joh n Henr y Berne, i960 60.31 

Ludwi g Sander was born i n New Yor k on Jul y 18, 1906. H e graduated from 

N ew Yor k University wit h a B.A. degree and studied at the Ar t Students 

League from 1928 to 1930. H e worked i n Europe i n 1931 and 1932, first i n 

Paris, followed by two semesters wit h Hans Hofmann i n Munich . I n 1932 

he went wit h his friend Vaclav Vytlacil to Positano, Italy , where they joined 

a group of American painters who were experimenting wit h non-objective 

art. W7hen he returned to New Yor k the following winte r he found other 

artists working i n the same direction and settled i n the 10th Street area 

where Reuben Nakian, the de Koonings, Arshile Gorky and their friends 

were developing wha t was later named "Abstrac t Expressionsim" and 

"Actio n Painting. " Although his first one-man show was held i n 1930, his 

most significant exhibitions have been held i n New Yor k i n the 6o's, and his 

Umberto Romano (1906 

Ludwi g Sander (1906- ) 

182 
Ludwi g Sander Manitou VI 

work has been included i n important group exhibitions i n the Unite d States, 

France and Germany i n recent years. Five of his paintings were exhibited i n 

the Corcoran's Thirtiet h Biennial i n 1967. Sander was the recipient of the 

Longview Foundation Awar d i n 1959, the Nationa l Council of Art s Awar d 

i n 1967, and a Guggenheim Foundation Fellowship i n 1968. H e has taught 

intermittentl y - at Colorado College from 1951 to 1953; at Bard College 

from 1956 to 1958; and at the University of Pennsylvania Graduate School 

i n 1966. H e keeps his studio i n New York, but spends at least half the year at 

Sagaponack, Long Island. 

Manitou V I 1967 

60 x 66 

SIGNE D O N BACK , u.r . i Sander 1967/"MANITOU VI" 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : Arts Magazine, vol. 43, no. 5 (Marc h 1969), p. 68 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1968 68.11 

Gyorgy Kepes was born i n Selyp, Hungary , on October 4, 1906. H e studied 

at the Royal Academy of Fine Ar t i n Budapest from 1924 to 1928 and was a 

member of the Hungarian avant-garde group, Munka, unti l 1930 when he 

gave up painting to work wit h Lazlo Moholy-Nag y i n Berlin and London on 

film, stage and exhibition design. H e came to the Unite d States i n 1937 to 

head the Light and Color Department of the Institute of Design i n Chicago. 

After teaching subsequently at Nort h Texas State Teachers College i n 

Gyorgy Kepes (1906- ) 

183 
Denton and at Brooklyn College i n New York, he was appointed professor of 

Visual Design at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, i n 

1946, a position he still holds. Kepes held his first one-man show i n the 

Unite d States i n Chicago i n 1939 and has since exhibited regularly i n Boston, 

N ew York, Chicago, San Francisco and i n Italy , Germany and Holland. Hi s 

work has been included i n national and international group exhibitions held 

at the Whitne y Museum of American Art, the Museum of Moder n Art, New 

York, the Chicago Ar t Institute, the Carnegie Institute, the University of 

Illinoi s and the Corcoran as well as i n Europe. Kepes has published extensively i n magazines and periodicals and is the author of Language of Vision 

(1944), and The New Landscape (1956); he is the editor of several publications 

i n the Vision and Value Series, including Visual Arts Today (i960) and the 

three volumes of 1965 entitled The Education of Vision, Structure in Art and 

Science, and The Nature and Art of Motion. H e was the recipient of a Guggenheim Foundation Fellowship i n 1960-1961 and is a Fellow of the American 

Academy of Art s and Sciences and a member of the Nationa l Institute of 

Art s and Letters. He lives i n Cambridge, Massachusetts. 

Nature Fabric 1961 

59iX59i 

SIGNE D O N BAC K O F CANVAS, u.r . : Gy. Kepes; O N STRETCHER , u.r.: Gy. Kepes Roma 1961 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF. : New Accessions USA, Colorado Springs Fine Art s Center, 1962, n.p., no. 13 

GIFT : Th e Friends of the Corcoran, 1961 61.41 

Robert Franklin Gates (1906- ) 

Rober t Franklin Gates was born i n Detroit, Michigan, on October 6, 1906. 

H e studied at the Detroit School of Art s and Crafts, at the Ar t Students 

League of New York, and from 1930 to 1932 at the Phillips Gallery Ar t 

School, Washington, under C. La w Watkins . Durin g the summer of 1938 

he worked wit h Henr y Varnu m Poor at the Colorado Springs Fine Art s 

Center. H e has been active i n the teaching field since 1934, serving as 

assistant director of the Phillips Gallery Ar t School from 1938 to 1942 and as 

a member of the faculty of American University since 1946. Hi s watercolors 

a nd paintings have been included i n national exhibitions such as American 

Painting Today organized by the American Federation of Art s i n 1939, the 

American section of the New Yor k World' s Fai r exhibition i n 1939/40, the 

competitive contemporary American painting exhibition i n the Metropolitan 

Museum of Ar t i n 1950, and i n the University of Illinoi s annuals. H e has 

been represented i n seven Corcoran Biennials since 1947, and one-man 

exhibitions were hung i n the Gallery i n 1954 and 1962. Gates has traveled 

a nd painted i n the Virgi n Islands and the Far West as well as i n the mountains of West Virginia . H e resides i n Washington. 

T he Chair 1961 

66x51 ! 

SIGNED , 1.1.: R Gates I'61 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Fifteenth Area Exhibition of Works by Artists of Washington & Vicinity, 

1962, n.p., no. 29, ill . (The Corcoran Galler y o f Ar t Prize) 

PURCHASE : 15th Are a Exhibitio n Purchase Fund , 1962 62.10 

184 

Gyorg y Kepes Nature Fabric 
Richard Haines (1906- ) 

Richard Haines was born on a farm near Marion , Iowa , on December 29, 

1906. As a young man, he apprenticed i n a greeting card company i n 

Minneapolis , studying painting, drawing and mura l design as time allowed 

i n the Minneapoli s School of Art. H e won the Vanderlipp Traveling 

Scholarship i n 1933 which made possible a period of study at the Ecole des 

Beaux Art s i n Fountainebleau. O n his return to Minneapoli s he again 

worked i n commercial ar t unti l he joined the WP A program, winning , 

between 1935 and 1941, nine mura l competitions i n publi c building projects. 

Durin g Worl d Wa r I I he worked i n camouflage and i n plaster patternmaking at the Douglas Aircraft Corporation i n California, combining his war 

work wit h teaching mura l painting at the Chouinard Ar t Institute. H e has 

remained i n California, leaving Chouinard to serve as director of the Otis Ar t 

Institute at Los Angeles i n 1954. Haines held his first one-man show i n Los 

Angeles i n 1948. H e has been a consistent exhibitor on the West Coast and 

has also been represented i n the East i n group exhibitions at the Metro -

politan Museum of Art, the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , the 

Carnegie Institute and the Corcoran, receiving the Thir d Willia m A. Clark 

Prize and Bronze Meda l i n the Twenty-second Biennial i n 1951 (see painting 

listed below). Whil e best known as a muralis t and a painter i n oils, he has 

also worked i n the field of graphics and has made cartoons for tapestries 

which were woven i n Aubusson, France. Haines lives i n Santa Monic a 

Canyon where he maintains two studios, one for mura l work and the other 

for easel painting. 

Prodigal Son 1949 

30x4 0 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Haines 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF. : Painting in the United States, 1949, Carnegie Institute , Pittsburgh, 1949, n.p., 

no. 216, ill. ; C.G.A. The Twenty Second Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American 

Oil Paintings, 1951, p. 21 , no. 92, ill . (Thir d Willia m A . Clar k Prize and Bronze 

Medal); Art Digest, vol. 25, no. 14 (Apri l 15, 1951), p. 10, ill. ; New Accessions USA, 

Colorado Springs Fine Art s Center, 1952, n.p., no. 18, ill . 

T h e artist provides the following information about this work : "Th e theme of this 

painting , Prodigal Son, concerns the retur n of a person to his communit y after a long 

period of absence. Th e structure of the paintin g is intended to supply the emotional 

background for this idea, and the arrangement and gestures of the figures are comments that furthe r develop the dramati c situation o f the story. Th e color is selected 

a nd related so as to give body to the structure and meaning to the theme. " Haines 

also printe d a lithograph of the same subject whic h wo n the Artists ' Council Prize i n 

the Twelft h Annua l Drawin g and Print Exhibitio n of the San Francisco Ar t Association i n 1948. 

I . Rice Pereira (1907-1971) 

I . Rice Pereira was born Irene Rice on August 5, 1907, i n Chelsea, Massachusetts, a suburb of Boston. He r family moved to New Yor k when she was 

still a child. She studied dress design at the Traphagen School while attendi ng high school, and, i n 1927, enrolled i n the Ar t Students League where, 

along wit h fellow students Davi d Smith and Burgoyne Diller , she was 

strongly influenced by Jan Matulka . I n Paris i n 1931, she studied for a short 

time at the Academie Moderne under Amedee Ozenfant, but soon left to 

185 
I . Rice Pereira The Circumnavigation of the Sphering of the Poles 

travel i n Switzerland, Ital y and Nort h Africa, spending some time i n the 

Sahara Desert. She returned to New Yor k i n 1932, and by 1935 was occupied 

wit h the Design Laboratory of the WPA' s Federal Ar t Project where she 

taught painting, composition and design synthesis. I n the late 30's she began 

to experiment wit h various media, using metals, glass, parchment and even 

phosphorescent paint to achieve her geometric abstractions i n light and 

space. She held over fifty one-man exhibitions after her first i n 1933 (at the 

Museum of Moder n Art, New York, i n 1946; at the Whitne y Museum of 

American Ar t i n 1953; at the Corcoran Gallery i n 1956), and her work is 

well known i n Great Britain, Europe and South America, as well as i n the 

Unite d States. Five of her paintings were included i n the Corcoran Biennial 

i n 1969. Durin g the fifteen years before her death, Mrs . Pereira published 

extensively i n the fields of aesthetics and metaphysics although she also 

actively pursued her painting. I n December of 1970 she moved from her 

home i n New Yor k City to Spain where she died i n Marbell a on January 11, 

I97I -

T he Circumnavigation of the Sphering of the Poles 1964 

56 X 50 

SIGNED , l.r. : /. RICE PEREIRA 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

186 
REF . : C.G.A. 31st Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Painting, 1969, n.p., 

no. 49, ill . (in color) 

GIFT : Th e Associates o f the Corcoran, 1969 1969.24 

Walter Tandy Murc h (1907-1967) 

Walte r Tand y Murc h was born i n Toronto, Canada, on August 17, 1907. H e 

attended the Toronto Technical Hig h School, where he was initiated into 

woodworking and machine-shop techniques and i n architectural drawing. 

I n 1925, he entered the Ontario College of Art. Tw o years later he took a 

j o b as designer of stained glass i n New Yor k and continued his ar t training at 

night i n the Ar t Students League for a year and, for another semester, at the 

Grand Central School of Ar t under Arshile Gorky. Gorky became a close 

personal friend and two additional years of study i n his studio greatly in -

fluenced Murch' s direction. Fro m 1931 unti l the early 50's, Murc h supported his family wit h free-lance illustration and commercial art, painting 

decorative murals for publi c and private buildings, executing advertising 

commissions, designing covers for periodicals - all this time, however, 

painting on his own as time permitted. Eventually, critical recognition made 

commercial work unnecessary, although he taught at Pratt Institute, at New 

Yor k and Boston Universities, and finally at Columbia University. H e held 

his first professional one-man show i n New Yor k i n 1941 and was included i n 

important annuals and biennials from the mid-40's on (his work appeared 

i n nine Corcoran Biennials between 1945 and 1963). H e was shown i n 

special group exhibitions such as Twentieth Century Still Life at the Museum 

Walte r T . Murc h The Birthday 
of Moder n Art, New York, i n 1950, i n American Painting, 1754-1954 at the 

Metropolitan Museum of Ar t i n 1954, i n The New Decade, Thirty-Jive American 

Painters and Sculptors at the Whitne y Museum of American Ar t i n 1955, and 

i n Forty Key Artists of Mid-Twentieth Century at the Detroit Institute of Arts i n 

1965. A large retrospective was organized by the Rhode Island School of 

Design i n 1966 whic h was exhibited i n eight major museums, including the 

Corcoran i n 1967. Murc h died on December 11, 1967 i n New Yor k where 

he had lived throughout his career. 

T he Birthday 1963 

27 X 29; canvas board 

COLL . : Ro y C. Markus , Los Angeles, California 

REF . : Annual Exhibition of Contemporary American Painting, Whitne y Museu m of Am -

erican Art , New York , 1964, n.p., no. 89, ill. ; Vogue, vol. 142, no. 8 (Nov. 1, 1963), 

p p. 72 ff., ill . (in color); C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 16, no. 1 (Sept. 1966), p. 17, ill. ; 

Walter Murch, a Retrospective Exhibition, Museu m o f Art , Rhode Island School of 

Design, Providence, 1966, n.p., no. 54, ill . 

GIFT : Th e Estate of Ro y C. Marku s through Th e Friends of the Corcoran, 1965 

65.18.3 

A study for this painting i n mixe d medi a on paper is i n the collection of the Whitne y 

Museu m of America n Art , Ne w York . 

Marjoree Deo (Mrs . M . Rober t Deo) was born Marjoree Nee i n Escanaba, 

Michigan, on August 27, 1907. After graduating from the University of 

Wisconsin wit h a B.A. degree, she studied painting at the Phillips Gallery 

under Kar l Knaths and at American University under Jack Tworko v and 

Boris Margo . She held her first one-man show i n Chicago i n 1942 and has 

since exhibited regularly i n Washington, New Yor k and Florida as well as i n 

the Middl e West. He r wor k has been included i n both regional and national 

jurie d exhibitions - at the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , the 

Detroit Institute of Arts , the Butler Institute of American Art, Youngstown, 

Ohio, and at the Corcoran (the Biennial of 1963 and twelve Washington 

Area Exhibitions i n which she was awarded prizes i n 1947, 1951 and 1958). 

She has traveled extensively, and her paintings reflect her experiences i n 

Caribbean and Mediterranean countries and, most recently, i n Spain and 

Portugal. Although long a resident of Washington, D.C , Mrs . Deo now 

divides her time between homes i n Tamworth , New Hampshire, and Sarasota, 

Florida. 

Foliage 1962 

48 X 40^; masonite 

SIGNED , l.r. : Deo 

COLL . : acquired fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Twenty-eighth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Painting, 1963, 

n.p., no. 34 

PURCHASE : 1963 (exchanged for an earlier work ) 63.10 

Marjoree Deo (1907- ) 

188 
Aaro n Bohrod Wilmington Evening 

Aaron Bohrod (1907- ) 

Aaron Bohrod, son of emigrants from Bessarabia, was born i n Chicago on 

November 21 , 1907. H e has spent much of his life i n Chicago, studying there 

at Crane College, followed by two years at the Ar t Institute (1927-1929). H e 

attended the Ar t Students League of New Yor k from 1930 to 1932, working 

under Boardman Robinson, Richard Lahey and Joh n Sloan, and returned 

to Chicago i n the early 30's determined to present that area i n the same 

manner as Sloan painted the life of New Yor k and its environs. Tw o Guggenheim Fellowships awarded i n 1936 and 1937 provided the opportunit y for 

extensive travel throughout the Unite d States. H e was engaged i n the 

Federal Ar t Project of the WPA, and, during Worl d Wa r II , worked as 

artist correspondent i n the South Pacific and i n Germany and France 

(1943-1945). Bohrod held his first one-man exhibition i n New Yor k i n 1935. 

Durin g his long career he has won many awards including eight from the 

Chicago Ar t Institute between 1933 and 1947, and from the Carnegie 

Institute, the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , the Metropolitan 

Museum of Art , the Nationa l Academy of Design, and the American 

Academy of Art s and Letters. H e was awarded the Second Willia m A. Clark 

Prize and Silver Meda l at the Corcoran Biennial i n 1943 (see painting listed 

below). I n 1953 he began to develop his precise trompe-V ceil technique, a style 

i n which he is still painting. H e was elected an Associate Membe r of the 

Nationa l Academy i n 1951; Academician i n 1953. Since 1948 Bohrod has 

served as artist-in-residence at the University of Wisconsin and maintains 

his home and studio i n Madison, Wisconsin. 

Wilmington Evening 1942 

24 X 32; gesso panel 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Aaron Bohrod 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : 46th Annual Exhibition by Artists of Chicago and Vicinity, Chicago Ar t Institute , 

1942, n.p., no. 19; C.G.A. The Eighteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American 

18g 
Oil Paintings, 1943, p. 29, no. 159, ill . (Second Willia m A . Clar k Prize and Silver 

Medal); Art Digest, vol. 17, no. 12 (Mar . 15, 1943), p. 8, ill. ; Art News, vol. XLII , 

n o. 4 (Apri l 1, 1943), p. 19, ill. ; Magazine of Art, vol. 36, no. 4 (Apri l 1943), p. 137, 

ill. ; American Painting: Second Quarter of the 20th Century, Jacksonville Ar t Museum, 

Florida , 1956, n.p., no. 2; Aaron Bohrod, a Retrospective Exhibition, 1929-1966, Madison 

A r t Center, Wisconsin, 1966, n.p., no. 41 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clar k Fund , 1943 43.3 

Prentiss Taylor was born on December 13, 1907 i n Washington, D.C. H e 

studied at the Nationa l School of Ar t i n Washington, wit h Charles W . 

Hawthorne i n Provincetown, Massachusetts, at the Ar t Students League o f 

N ew York, and at the Corcoran School of Art. H e early became interested i n 

the field of graphics and has attained international recognition for his work 

i n lithography. H e held his first one-man show i n 1927 at the Art s Club, 

Washington, and has been represented i n national exhibitions at the 

Carnegie Institute, the Chicago Ar t Institute, the Pennsylvania Academy o f 

the Fine Arts , the Metropolitan Museum of Art, the Whitne y Museum of 

American Ar t and the Corcoran Gallery, as well as i n international traveling 

exhibitions. Hi s watercolors and lithographs were shown i n the Corcoran i n 

1935. Taylor has done considerable work and has published i n the field of ar t 

therapy, serving i n the psychotherapy department at St. Elizabeth's Hospital, 

Washington, from 1943 to 1954, and i n recent years at Chestnut Lodge, 

Rockville, Maryland . H e has lectured and instructed i n painting at American 

University since 1955. H e is an Associate Membe r of the Nationa l Academy 

a nd member of the Society of American Graphi c Artists and the Society of 

Washington Printmakers (president). Taylor lives i n Arlington, Virginia . 

L a Parapluie de m a Tante 1951 

23i><36 i 

SIGNED , l.r. : Prentiss Taylor 1951 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : "Th e Sixth Annua l Are a Exhibition, " C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 5, no. 1 (Nov. 1951), 

n.p., no. 190 (Honorabl e Mention); American Painting: Second Quarter of the 20th 

Century, Jacksonville Ar t Museum , Florida , 1956, n.p., no. 10 

PURCHASE : 6th Annua l Are a Exhibitio n Purchase Fund , 1951 51.60 

T h e setting of this paintin g is a demolition area i n Ne w Orleans across the street fro m 

the St. Loui s Cemetery No . 1. I n the artist's words , "Wit h the title , La Parapluie de 

ma Tante (M y Aunt' s Umbrella ) I have had the pleasure o f giving a text-book phrase 

to an untext-book, though perhaps Biblical, allegory .. . an allegory of sin, death and 

the orderl y carrying on of routine . One side of the street is walled by the cemetery, 

a nd by a slight double vision one sees those pigeon holes of indefinit e rest i n peace, the 

'ovens,' as such tombs are know n i n Ne w Orleans. Th e wome n ru n franticall y dow n 

the perspective to the vanishing point of the unknow n as they flee the scourge that 

has befallen them. Th e telephone lineman, wit h male detachment, goes on wit h his 

repai r work. " 

Prentiss Taylor (1907- ) 

190 
Herman Mari l (1908- ) 

Herma n Mari l was born Herma n Becker i n Baltimore on October 13, 1908. 

A t the age of eighteen he took his mother's maiden name, Maril , i n the belief 

that, since there was an already established American painter named 

Mauric e Becker, he could better establish his own artistic identity by this 

action. H e was graduated i n 1926 from the Baltimore Polytechnic Institute, 

a nd i n 1928 from the Marylan d Institute College of Art , thereupon establishi ng his studio i n Baltimore. Durin g the Depression years he worked wit h the 

Federal Public Works of Ar t Project. Hi s first assignment, a mura l depicting 

the historic por t of Baltimore, was selected for the national exhibition of 

W P A work held i n the Corcoran Gallery and the Museum of Moder n Art, 

N ew York, i n 1934. H e held his first one-man show i n 1934 i n Washington, 

a nd that year he also spent his first summer on Cape Cod. H e has since 

summered annually on the Cape at Provincetown. H e began his long 

teaching career i n 1936 i n the summer courses at the Cummington School of 

the Arts , Massachusetts. After service i n the Arm y from 1942 to 1945, he 

taught at the King-Smith School and the Washington Workshop of the Arts. 

I n 1946 he was appointed instructor i n painting at the University of Mary -

land where he is still a member of the faculty. H e continues to exhibit 

regularly i n both New Yor k and Washington. H e was represented i n ten 

Corcoran Biennials between 1935 and 1961, and a one-man exhibition of his 

work was held i n the Gallery i n 1961. A comprehensive retrospective 

exhibition was organized by the Baltimore Museum of Ar t i n 1967. Mari l 

maintains his home and studio i n Baltimore. 

L ow Tide 1958 

24x4 0 

SIGNED , l.r. : HERMAN MARIL 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : "Th e Fourteenth Annua l Are a Exhibition, " C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 11, no. 1 

(Nov . 1959), n.p., no. 73; New Accessions USA, Colorado Springs Fine Art s Center, 

i960, n.p., no. 16, ill . 

PURCHASE : 14th Annua l Are a Exhibitio n Purchase Fund , 1959 59-63 

John Edward Heliker (1909- ) 

John Edward Heliker was born on Januar y 17, 1909, i n the rura l section of 

Yonkers, New York. A t the age of fourteen he dropped out of high school to 

pursue a course of self-instruction i n ar t by commuting daily to New Yor k to 

copy masterpieces i n the Metropolitan Museum of Art. I n January of 1927 

he enrolled i n the Ar t Students League, studying drawing wit h Kimo n 

Nicolaides, Thomas Har t Benton and Boardman Robinson and painting 

wit h Kenneth Hayes Mille r - the extent of his formal ar t training which was 

interrupted by his family's move to a farm i n Stormville, New York, near 

Poughkeepsie, i n early 1929. Heliker held a one-man show o f his drawings i n 

N ew Yor k i n 1936, and of his paintings i n 1940. Wit h the winning of the 

First Willia m A. Clark Prize and Gold Meda l i n the Seventeenth Corcoran 

Biennial i n 1941 (see painting listed below) came financial independence and 

invitations to participate i n such group exhibitions as Artists for Victory at the 

Metropolitan Museum of Ar t (1942) and Painters under Forty at the Whitne y 

Museum of American Ar t (1943), and subsequent annual exhibitions held at 

the Chicago Ar t Institute, the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , the 

191 
Joh n E. Helike r Vermont Farm 

University of Illinois , the Nationa l Academy and the Whitne y Museum. H e 

has been represented i n seven Corcoran Biennials. A large retrospective 

exhibition of his work was held i n the Whitne y Museum i n 1968. His 

awards have included the Obri g Prize at the Nationa l Academy i n 1948, the 

University of Illinois ' purchase award i n 1949, the Prix de Rome from the 

American Academy i n Rome for 1948/49, a Guggenheim Fellowship i n 1951, 

a grant from the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters i n 1957, and the 

Awar d of Merit from the American Academy of Art s and Letters i n 1967. 

Since his first year of painting i n Ital y i n 1948/49 he has made many trips to 

Europe, spending long sojourns i n Ital y and Greece. Heliker has vacationed i n 

Maine since his teens and i n 1958 purchased a summer home on Cranberry 

Island near Mt . Desert. H e has taught painting at Columbi a University 

since 1947 and lives during the academic season i n New York. 

Vermont Far m 1940 

16 X 20J 

SIGNED , l.r. : J. E. HELIKER./40. 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Seventeenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1941, p. 49, no. 117, ill . (First Willia m A . Clar k Prize and Gol d Medal); Art Digest, 

vol. 15, no. 13 (Apri l 1, 1941), p. 12, ill. ; Art News, vol. XL , no. 4 (Apri l 1, 1941), 

p. 39, ill. ; C.G.A. Handbook of the American Paintings, 1947, pp . 90 f., ill. ; C.G.A. 

Twenty Fifth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 1957, "Historica l 

Section, " p. 16, no. 17 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clar k Fund , 1941 41.86 

Thi s far m is located i n the Winoosk i Valle y i n north-centra l Vermon t where Helike r 

spent seven summers and one winter , workin g the far m as wel l as painting . 

192 
Lee Jackson (1909- ) 

Lee Jackson was born i n New Yor k on February 2, 1909. H e studied at the 

A r t Students League and wit h John Sloan and George Luks. After his first 

one-man show i n New Yor k i n 1941, which brought hi m critical acclaim, he 

exhibited regularly i n national group exhibitions - at the Pennsylvania 

Academy of the Fine Arts , the Chicago Ar t Institute, the University of 

Illinois , the Whitne y Museum of American Ar t and the Nationa l Academy 

of Design where he won the Thomas B. Clarke Prize i n 1951 and the Prize 

for Painting i n Oi l i n 1961. H e was represented i n six Corcoran Biennials i n 

the 40's and 50's. A Guggenheim Fellowship was awarded to hi m i n 1941 

4

' to continue painting the life of his native New Yor k City. " H e taught i n the 

School for Ar t Studies i n New Yor k from 1947 to 1948 and i n the College of 

the Cit y of New Yor k from 1948 to 1954. Jackson's paintings are located i n 

collections across the country, including those of the Metropolitan Museum 

of Art , the Butler Institute of American Art , Youngstown, Ohio, the 

Walke r Ar t Center, Minneapolis , and the Los Angeles Museum of Art. He 

kept his home and studio i n New Yor k for many years, but after a period of 

painting i n Spain, he has settled i n Wate r Mill , New York, which wil l be his 

permanent address i n the Unite d States between further sojourns i n Spain. 

Fall Practice 1943 

15X22 ; composition board 

SIGNED , l.r. : JACKSON 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Nineteenth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1945, p. 26, no. 62; Sport in Art from American Collections Assembled for an Olympic Tear, 

Sports Illustrated and the America n Federation of Arts , Ne w York , 1955, n.p., 

n o. 59, ill. ; Sports in Art, Gran d Centra l Ar t Galleries, Ne w York , 1965, n.p., no. 18 

PURCHASE : Ann a E. Clar k Fund , 1945 45.7 

T h e scene depicts Fordha m football players at practice wit h the university buildings 

i n the background. 

Loren Maclve r was born Loren Newman i n New Yor k on February 2, 

1909. I n later years she adopted her mother's maiden name for professional 

use. Except for attendance during a season of weekend classes i n the Ar t 

Students League at the age of ten, she has had no formal ar t training. Painti ng has always been her driving interest, however, and after her marriage to 

the poet Lloy d Frankenberg i n 1929 she has pursued it seriously. I n the 30's 

she painted i n Nort h Trur o on Cape Cod as well as i n New York, and from 

1936 to 1939 worked wit h the Federal Ar t Project of the WPA. He r first 

publi c recognition came at this time when her wor k was hung i n group 

exhibitions i n New Yor k and the Museum of Moder n Ar t purchased a painti ng for its collection. She held her first one-man exhibition i n New Yor k i n 

1938. After a year's sojourn i n Ke y West, Florida (1939/40), she returned to 

N ew York, and, during the 40's, as her wor k became known through further 

one-man shows and participation i n group exhibitions, she received lucrative 

commercial commissions - designing the lighting and decor for four Museum 

of Moder n Ar t Coffee Concerts i n 1941, illustrating for magazines, executing 

greeting cards, posters, and mura l decoration for steamship lines. One-man 

exhibitions have been held i n the M . H . DeYoung Memoria l Museum, San 

Loren Maclve r (1909- ) 

193 
Lore n Maclve r The Street 

Francisco (1950), the Phillips Collection, Washington (1951 and 1965), 

the Whitne y Museum of American Ar t (a retrospective i n 1953 which was 

shown also i n Dallas, DesMoines and San Francisco), and the Corcoran 

Gallery (1958). He r work was represented i n six Corcoran Biennials between 

1947

a n d I C ;63, winning i n 1958 the First Willia m A. Clark Prize and Gold 

Meda l on the painting listed below. She received a Ford Foundation Grant 

in i960, the Frank G. Logan Meda l at the Chicago Ar t Institute i n 1962, and 

the Urbana Purchase Prize at the University of Illinoi s i n 1963. She was 

elected member of the Nationa l Institute of Art s and Letters i n 1959. Since 

her first extended travels i n Europe i n 1948, Miss Maclve r has returned often 

to France. He r home and studio have remained for many years i n Greenwich 

Village, New York. 

The Street 1956 

24}x8 i 

SIGNED , 1.1.: Maclver 

REF . : C.G.A. Twenty Fifth Biennial Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, 

1957, p. 31 , no. 153, ill . (First Willia m A . Clar k Prize and Gol d Medal); The American 

Vision, America n Federation o f Arts , Wildenstein, Ne w York , 1957, n.p., no. 54, ill. ; 

Time, vol. LXIX , no. 3 (Jan. 21 , 1957), P- 54> iU- ( m color); A . Eliot, Three Hundred 

Tears of American Painting, 1957, pp . 220 ff., ill . (i n color); C.G.A. Loren Maclver 

(Contemporar y America n Artist s Series No . 31), 1958, n.p., no. 17, ill. ; Ameryka, 

n r . 9, cena 5, 1959, pp . 32-3, ill . (in color) 

PURCHASE : Willia m A . Clar k Fund , 1957 57.7 

William Howard Galfee (1909- ) 

Willia m Howar d Calfee was born i n Washington, D.C , on February 7, 

1909. A t first interested principall y i n sculpture, he studied at the Ecole des 

Beaux-Arts i n Paris under Paul Landowski and at the Cranbrook Academy 

of Ar t i n Bloomfield Hills , Michigan, under Car l Milles . After teaching 

briefly i n Tennessee i n 1935, he worked on projects i n the Fine Art s Section of 

the Unite d States Treasury Department (1936-1941) painting murals and 

executing sculpture for publi c buildings. I n spite of an exacting teaching 

career - chairman of the Department of Sculpture and Painting at American 

University from 1945 to 1954 and still adjunct professor of sculpture there; 

visiting instructor i n mura l painting i n Por t au Prince, Haiti ; instructor of 

painting at Hoo d College, Frederick, Maryland , and at the University of 

California, Berkeley; teacher of sculpture at the Phillips Collection, Washington, D. C - he has had an active exhibition record, both i n one-man 

shows and participation i n national group exhibitions, including those of the 

Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts , the Metropolitan Museum of Art, 

the Whitne y Museum of American Ar t and the Corcoran Gallery. A n 

194 
exhibition of his sculpture was held at the Corcoran i n 1962. Calfee has 

homes i n Washington and i n Dorset, Vermont. 

Fates 1949 

28 J X 46! ; tempera 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : An Exhibition of Paintings by William H. Calfee, Th e Baltimor e Museu m o f Art , 

1950, n.p., no. 13; "Th e Sixth Annua l Are a Exhibition, " C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 5, 

no. 1 (Nov. 1951), n.p., no. 34 

PURCHASE : 6t h Annua l Are a Exhibitio n Purchase Fund , 1951 51.58 

Davi d Silvette was born i n Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, on Ma y 28, 1909. H e 

studied wit h his artist-father, Ellis M . Silvette, and wit h Charles W . Hawthorne and Cecilia Beaux. Hi s first publi c recognition came wit h the winning 

of the Thir d Willia m A. Clark Prize and Bronze Meda l i n the Corcoran's 

Thirteenth Biennial (1932/33) on the painting listed below. H e worked wit h 

the WP A Federal Ar t Project i n the late 30's and has since followed a career 

of portrait painting i n Richmond, Virginia . Hi s wor k is i n many private 

collections and i n publi c collections such as the Valentine Museum, Richmond, the Virgini a State Capitol, Yale University, the University of 

Virginia , and the Virgini a Militar y Institute. H e has lived for many years 

i n Richmond. 

Thornton Nye of Wytheville 1931 

77X3 7 

SIGNED , l.r. : David Silvette/-1931 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. Thirteenth Exhibition of Contemporary American Oil Paintings, Dec. 1932-

Jan . 1933, p. 39, no. 51 , ill . (Thir d Willia m A . Clar k Prize and Bronze Medal); Art 

Digest, vol. VII , no. 5 (Dec. 1, 1932), p. 3, ill. ; Art and Archaeology, vol. XXXIV , 

no. 1 (Jan. 1933), pp . 35 f., ill. ; American Magazine of Art, vol. XXVI , no. 2 (Feb. 

1933), p. 64, ill. ; Creative Art, vol. XII , no. 2 (Feb. 1933), p. 139, ill . 

PURCHASE : Gallery Fund , 1932 32.8 

Thornto n Ny e of Wytheville , Virginia , was almost a dwar f and his head was so huge 

tha t he ha d to wal k slowly for fear of over-balancing. O n his death i n 1935 his body 

went to the Boston Medica l Institut e for scientific examination. 

Willia m Walto n was born on August 20, 1909 i n Jacksonville, Illinois . H e 

graduated from the University of Wisconsin School of Journalism i n 1931 

a nd subsequently worked as a staff write r for various newspapers and 

magazines. As a war correspondent he served wit h the Unite d States forces 

i n England, Normand y and Germany and after the war continued to work 

for the press i n Paris, Vienna, Prague and other European capitals. I t was 

n ot unti l 1949 that Walto n turned from writin g to painting which he had 

practiced sporadically throughout his journalistic career. Hi s total formal ar t 

training has consisted of a year i n a college ar t course and a mont h of 

criticism wit h Kar l Knaths i n 1950. H e held his first one-man exhibition i n 

the Corcoran i n 1952 and has since shown i n Washington and New Yor k and 

i n a numbe r of national group exhibitions including three Corcoran Biennials. Hi s work is represented i n publi c and private collections such as the 

David Silvette (1909- ) 

William Walton (1909- ) 

195 
Fogg Ar t Museum and the Phillips Collection i n Washington. H e was a 

member of President Kennedy's Council on Pennsylvania Avenue i n 1962 

a nd was appointed Chairman of the Unite d States Commission of Fine Art s 

i n 1963. H e resides i n Washington. 

Eclipse 1964 

58x58 ; polyme r on cotton duck 

SIGNED , l.r. : Walton; on back, t.c. of stretcher: Eclipse Walton 1964 

COLL . : the artist 

GIFT : Anonymous , 1965 65.23 

Richard W . Dempsey was born i n Ogden, Utah , on September 14, 1909. 

H i s youth was spent i n Oakland, California, where he attended the Sacramento Junio r College (1929-1931), the California School of Art s and Crafts 

(1932-1934) and the Students Ar t Center (1935-1940). H e held his first 

one-man show i n Oakland i n 1935, followed by three i n San Francisco before 

he left for Washington, D.C , i n 1941 to take a position as draughtsman wit h 

the Federal Power Commission. H e has since carried on a double career: 

that of an independant creative artist combined wit h an active career as a 

commercial artist. H e has served as chief of the Graphics Branch of the 

General Services Administration and continues wit h the same agency as 

Visual Information Specialist. H e has exhibited widely i n both one-man and 

group exhibitions i n the Unite d States and i n Haiti , Jamaica, South America 

a nd South Africa, winning such honors as a medal i n the Golden Gate 

Exposition at San Francisco i n 1940, a Julius Rosenwald Fellowship for a 

series of paintings of outstanding American Negroes i n 1946, an invitation 

from the Government of Hait i to visit and paint i n Hait i i n 1951, a Purchase 

Awar d at the Atlant a University Gallery of Art , Georgia, i n 1951, and a 

Purchase Awar d i n the Corcoran Gallery's Tent h Annua l Area Exhibition 

i n 1959 (see painting listed below). A retrospective exhibition of fifty-six oils 

a nd watercolors was held at Howar d University, Washington, i n 1968. 

Dempsey maintains his home and studio i n Takoma Park, Maryland . 

Lands End 1959 

4^x58 ^ 

SIGNED , 1.1.: dempsey 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : "Th e Fourteenth Annua l Are a Exhibitio n o f Wor k by Artist s of Washington & 

Vicinity, " C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 11, no. 1 (Nov . 1959), n.p., no. 2 2 

PURCHASE : 14th Annua l Are a Exhibitio n Purchase Fund , 1959 59-58 

Thi s was painted whil e Dempsey was vacationing on Cape Cod , a favorite area for 

his summer holidays. 

Richard W. Dempsey (1909- ) 

196 
Jacob Kainen (1909- ) 

Jacob Kainen was born i n Waterbury , Connecticut, on December 7, 1909. 

H e studied at the Ar t Students League wit h Kimo n Nicolaides and at the 

N ew Yor k School of Industria l Ar t before graduating from the Pratt Institute 

School o f Ar t i n 1930. H e attended the New Yor k University School of 

Architecture from 1936 to 1938 and George Washington University from 

1944 to 1946. H e was awarded the American Philosophical Society Grant i n 

1955 for study i n Europe. Kainen began his career i n the Graphi c Division 

of the WP A i n New Yor k and has since won wide-spread recognition i n the 

field of graphics as well as painting. H e has exhibited i n the Carnegie 

Institute, the Chicago Ar t Institute, the Detroit Institute of Art s and the 

Metropolitan Museum of Art, among many other institutions. Hi s prints 

have been shown i n government sponsored exhibitions i n Italy , and his 

paintings were similarly circulated throughout Lati n America i n 1961/62 as 

par t of a contemporary American painting exhibition. The Corcoran Gallery 

has held three exhibitions of his work : etchings and lithographs i n 1949; a 

group of his works i n conjunction wit h three Washington artists i n 1956; and 

seventeen of his oils i n 1963. H e was on the staff of the Smithsonian Institution for many years, serving as Curator of the Division of Graphic Arts 

from 1946 to 1966 and as Curator of the Department of Prints and Drawings 

i n the Nationa l Collection of Fine Art s from 1966 to 1969. H e still acts as 

Special Consultant to the collection. I n 1970 and 1971 he taught at the 

University of Maryland . H e was formerly a member of the Editoria l Board 

of the Smithsonian Journal of History and since 1950 has authored a number of 

publications, the most recent being The Etchings of Canaletto (1967). Kainen 

keeps his home and studio i n Washington. 

Here and Now 1958 

28 X 36 

SIGNED , l.r. : Kainen 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : "Th e Thirteent h Annua l Are a Exhibitio n o f Wor k by Artist s o f Washington & 

Vicinity, " C.G.A. Bulletin, vol. 10, no. 2 (Nov . 1958), n.p., no. 42, ill . 

PURCHASE : 13th Annua l Are a Exhibitio n Purchase Fund , 1958 58.21 

Mother and Children 1965 

43i><55 

SIGNED , u.r.: Kainen 

COLL . : purchased fro m the artist 

REF . : C.G.A. The Seventeenth Area Exhibition: Artists of Washington and the Adjacent 

Area, 1965, n.p., no. 22 (The Ann a Hyat t Huntingto n Prize) 

GIFT : Th e Friends of the Corcoran, 1966 66.2 

197 

Jacob Kaine n Mother and Children 
This page intentionally left blank 
Index of Paintings and Artists 

* indicates illustration 

Abbey , Edwi n Austin, 7 

Abstraction No. 4a, G. S. Price, 94* 

Acheson, Alic e Stanley, 149 

Adirondacks, Rockwell Kent, 115* 

Adirondack Winter, James N . Rosenberg, 

95 

After Lunch, Mauric e Sterne, 102* 

Albers , Josef, 128 

Albright, Malvi n Mar r (see Zsissly) 

Charles Sheeler and Nina Allender, Morto n 

Livingston Schamberg, 108 

Anshutz , Thoma s Pollock, 2 

Apollo and Daphne, Joh n Singer Sargent, 

28 

Apples and Roses, Henr y Bainbridge 

McCarter , 63 

April Landscape, Danie l Garber , 106 

Archer , Edmun d Minor , 176 

Artist and His Family, The, Joh n 

Christen Johansen, 97* 

Artist's Mother and Father, The, Irvin g 

Ramsay Wiles , 48* 

At Ticino's, George Biddle , 122* 

Autumn, Julia n Alde n Weir , 9* 

Avery , Milton , 139 

Peggy Bacon, Alexander Brook, 158* 

Baker, Samuel Burtis , 112 

Banana Tree, E. Ambros e Webster, 77 

Barnard, Edwar d Herbert, 18 

Bartlett, Frederic Clay, 88 

Bartlett, Paul Wayland , 64 

Beach, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 64 

Beaux, Cecilia, 57 

Before Sunrise, Arthu r Bowen Davies, 51 

Bellows, George Wesley, 109 

Benson, Frank Weston, 56 

Berlin Abstraction, Marsden Hartley , 99* 

Betts, Louis , 89 

Biddle , George, 120 

Birthday, The, Walte r Tand y Murch , 

188* 

Bishop, Isabel, 168 

Black Ice on Calabaugh Pond, George 

Biddle , 121 

Boathouse, Winter, Harlem River, Ernest 

Lawson, 88* 

Boats in Harbor, Theodor e Robinson, 7 

Bohrod, Aaron , 189 

Bolton, Mim i DuBois , 171 

Book of Verse, A, Alle n Tucker , 68* 

Borie, Adolphe , 98 

Brass Kettle, The, Dines Carlsen, 166 

Brook, Alexander , 157 

Bruce, Edward , 104 

Bruce, Patrick Henry , 108 

Brush, George de Forest, 21 

Budding Oak, The, Willar d Lero y 

Metcalf, 34* 

Building by the Water, Paul Waylan d 

Bartlett, 64 

Bundy , Joh n Elwood , 16 

Burroughs , Bryson, 76 

Calfee, Willia m Howard , 194 

Camellias, Adolph e Borie, 98 

Candell, Victor , 173 

Canton Street, Frederic Cla y Bartlett, 89 

Cape Porpoise, Chauncey Foster Ryder , 

75 

Carlotta, Richar d Lahey , 141* 

Carlsen, Dines, 165 

Carlsen, Emil , 14 

Carlson, Joh n Fabian, 95 

Cascade Falls, James N . Rosenberg, 94 

Cathedral, The, Mim i DuBoi s Bolton, 

171 

Chair, The, Rober t Frankli n Gates, 184 

Chase, Harry , 11 

Children in Tree, Anto n Refregier, 177 

Choir Practice, Laure n Ford , 131 

Chrysanthemums II , Na n Watson, 98 

Cikovsky, Nicolai , 146 

Circumnavigation of the Sphering of the 

Poles, The, I . Ric e Pereira, 186* 

City by the Sea, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 

64 

Cityscape, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 64 

Cliff, The, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 64 

Cliffs, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 64 

Cliff Shadows, Walte r Elme r Schofield, 

72 

Coastal Village, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 

64 

Composition with Forms of the Head, Ear l 

Kerkam , 132* 

Convoy, George Picken, 159* 

Conway , Fred , 163 

Corner of a Room, Henr y Lee McFee , 

125* 

199 
Cornish Landscape, Charles Adams Piatt, 

4 6 

Cottage on the Creek, Paul Waylan d 

Bartlett, 64 

Counterpoint, Marjori e Acke r Phillips , 

145* 

Cove, Maligne Lake, Alic e Stanley 

Acheson, 149 

Cows in Pasture, Yasuo Kuniyoshi , 143* 

Cox, Kenyon , 22 

Creation, Umbe r to Romano , 182 

Creek, The, Hobar t Nichols , 78 

Dahlias and Asters, Charles Sheeler, 117* 

Davey, Randall , 126 

Davies, Arthu r Bowen, 50 

Davis , Charles Harold , 28 

Dawn, (Richard) Hayle y Lever , 96 

Dawn Over Pacific, Del Mar, California, 

Loui s Miche l Eilshemius, 62* 

Dearth , Henr y Golden, 60 

De Camp , Joseph Rodefer, 32 

Deer Island, Maine, Zsissly, 151* 

Demeter and Persephone, Bryson 

Burroughs , 76 

Dempsey, Richar d W. , 196 

Deo, Marjoree , 188 

Dewing , Thoma s Wilmer , 3 

Dickinson, Edwi n Walter , 133 

Dickinson, Sidney Edward , 131 

Diller , Burgoyne, 180 

Disagreement, Loui s Charles Moeller , 

2 1 * 

Dougherty , Paul, 100 

Dove, Arthu r Garfield, 105 

Dressing Room, Frederick Car l Frieseke, 

92 

Dutch Landscape, George Hitchcock , 1 

Early Morning, Joh n Noble , 90* 

Eclipse, Willia m Walton , 196 

Eilshemius, Loui s Michel , 61 

Eisenhower, Dwigh t David , 130 

Evergood, Philip , 166 

Fall Practice, Lee Jackson, 193 

Family Portrait, Peppino Mangravite , 

150* 

Fantasy, Henr y Golden Dearth , 60 

Fates, Willia m Howar d Calfee, 195 

Fields and Pastures, Edwar d Herber t 

Barnard, 19 

Figures on the Beach, Paul Waylan d 

Bartlett, 64 

Finger on the Drum, A, Ka y Sage, 156* 

First Theme, Burgoyne Diller , 182* 

Fisherman9s Daughter, The, Charles 

Webster Hawthorne , 86* 

Fishing Boats, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 64 

Flood, Bror Julius Olsson Nordfeldt, 101 

Flowers in Luster Vase, Marjori e Acker 

Phillips , 145 

Flying Shadows, Kenyo n Cox, 23* 

Foliage, Marjore e Deo, 188 

Folinsbee, Joh n Fulton , 137 

Ford , Lauren , 131 

Forest, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 64 

Forest Theme, Victo r Candell, 173 

Forms, Patrick Henr y Bruce, 109* 

Forty-two Kids, George Wesley Bellows, 

109* 

Foster, Ben, 11 

Frankincense, Arthu r Bowen Davies, 51 

Fries, Charles Arthur , 18 

Frieseke, Frederick Carl, 91 

Fruit Bowl, Harol d Weston, 144 

Galley is Leaving, A, Charles Walte r 

Stetson, 32 

Garber , Daniel, 106 

Gates, Rober t Franklin , 184 

Gaul , Willia m Gilbert, 19 

Gay, Walter , 29 

Girl in Brown, James Jebusa Shannon, 

50 

Girl on a High Chair 

Milto n Avery , 140* 

Girl with Red Hair, Alfre d Henr y 

Maurer , 75 

Giverny Landscape, Frederick Car l 

Frieseke, 92 

Glackens, Willia m James, 81 

Charles C. Glover, Edmun d Charles 

Tarbell , 55 

Golden Blaze, Hans Hofmann , 107* 

Gottlieb, Adolph , 171 

Grabach, Joh n R., 125 

General Ulysses S. Grant, Adolf o 

Muller-Ury , 63 

Gray Thaw, Joh n Fulto n Folinsbee, 137 

Great Mother, The, Arthu r Bowen 

Davies, 51 * 

Greene, Balcomb, 175 

Griffin, Walter , 46 

Groll , Alber t Lorey , 68 

Ground Swell, Edwar d Hopper , 113* 

Group of Friends, Rober t Lee 

MacCameron , 67 

Haines , Richard , 185 

Hallowell , George Hawley , 83 

Terae Hara, George Biddle , 120 

Harbor, The, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 64 

Harbor of New Tork, The, Harr y Chase, 

12 

Harbor Scene, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 64 

2 0 0 
Harbor Scene, (Richard) Hayle y Lever , 

9 6* 

Hartley , Marsden, 99 

Hassam, Childe , 37 

Hawthorne , Charles Webster , 86 

Heliker , Joh n Edward , 191 

Henri , Robert, 64 

Here and Now, Jacob Kainen , 197 

Hill to Hill, Arthu r Bowen Davies, 51 

Hirsch , Stefan, 159 

Hitchcock, George, 1 

Hofmann , Hans , 107 

Homage to the Square: " Yes", Josef Albers , 

128* 

Hopper , Edward , 112 

Housatonic in Winter, The, Hobar t 

Nichols , 78 

House Maid, The, Willia m McGrego r 

Paxton, 78* 

Indian Composition, George L . K . Morris , 

180* 

Indian Girl in White Ceremonial Blanket, 

Rober t Henri , 66* 

Interior with Figure, Samuel Burti s 

Baker, 112 

In the Land of Promise — Castle Garden, 

Charles Frederic Ulrich , 31 * 

Isenburger , Eric , 170 

Jackson, Lee, 193 

Johansen, Joh n Christen, 96 

John G. Johnson, Leopold Goul d 

Seyffert, 126 

Jones, Loi s Mailou , 178 

Josephine and Mercie, Edmun d Charles 

Tarbell , 54* 

Josephine Knitting, Edmun d Charles 

Tarbell , 54* 

Kahn , Max , 176 

Kainen , Jacob, 197 

Karfiol , Bernard, 122 

Kent, Rockwell, 114 

Kepes, Gyorgy , 183 

Kerkam , Earl , 132 

Kitty, Abra m Poole, 111 

Knaths , Karl , 135 

Lucy Krohg, Jules Pascin, 120* 

Kuniyoshi , Yasuo, 142 

Lady with a Mask, Thoma s Wilme r 

Dewing , 3* 

Lahey, Richard , 140 

Land and the Sea, The, Paul Dougherty , 

100 

Landlady, The, Jessalee Blane Sickman, 

178 

Landscape, Joh n Francis Murphy , 14 

Landscape, Joh n Francis Murphy , 14 

Landscape, James N . Rosenberg, 95 

Landscape, Charles Sheeler, 118 

Landscape with Figures, Mauric e Brazil 

Prendergast, 37* 

Lands End, Richar d W . Dempsey, 196 

Lane in Winter, Sidney Laufman , 137 

Laufman , Sidney, 136 

Lawson, Ernest, 87 

Layette, The, Theodor e Robinson, 4* 

Lebrun , Rico , 164 

Letter, The, Phili p Evergood, 168 

Letter, The, Gar i Melchers , 41 

Lever , (Richard) Hayley , 96 

Levinson, A . F., 115 

Lie , Jonas, 104 

Life on the East Side, Jerome Myers , 71 * 

Lily Pond, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 64 

Linton , Frank Benton Ashley, 83 

Locke, Charles Wheeler , 160 

Low Tide, Herma n Maril , 191 

Luks , George Benjamin, 68 

Luxembourg Gardens, Willia m James 

Glackens, 82* 

MacCameron , Rober t Lee, 67 

Maclver , Loren , 193 

Mangravite , Peppino, 150 

Manitou VI, Ludwi g Sander, 183* 

Maril , Herman , 191 

Marsh , Reginald, 153 

Match-Me-If-You-Can, E. Ambros e 

Webster , 77* 

Maternity, Gar i Melchers , 43* 

Mattson , Henr y Elis, 127 

Maurer , Alfre d Henry , 72 

May Night, Willar d Lero y Metcalf, 34

s

* 

McCarter , Henr y Bainbridge , 63 

McFee , Henr y Lee, 123 

McLaughlin , John , 155 

Meditation, Loui s Miche l Eilshemius, 

6 1 * 

Melchers , Gari , 40 

Meryman , Richar d S., 111 

Metcalf, Willar d Leroy , 33 

Mill in Winter, The, Edwar d Willi s 

Redfield, 80 

Mimosa Tree, Walte r Griffin, 46 

C. Powell Minnigerode, Joh n Christen 

Johansen, 97 

Moeller , Loui s Charles, 20 

Moffett, Ross E., 129 

2 0 1 
Monadnock, Charles Herber t Woodbury , 

61 

Moonlight on a Calm Sea, Emi l Carlsen, 

15* 

Morning Haze, Joh n Fabian Carlson, 95 

Morris , George L . K. , 179 

Moser , James Henry , 17 

Mother and Child, George de Forest 

Brush, 21 * 

Mother and Children, Jacob Kainen , 197* 

Mother Reading, George de Forest Brush, 

22 

Mulberry and Brown, Mar k Rothko , 175* 

Muller-Ury , Adolfo, 63 

Murch , Walte r Tandy , 187 

Murphy , Joh n Francis, 13 

My Daughter, Frank Weston Benson, 

57* 

My Wife, Alexander Brook (see Peggy 

Bacon) 

Myers , Jerome, 70 

Myself, Leopold Goul d Seyffert, 126 

Nature Fabric, Gyorg y Kepes, 184* 

Net Menders, Kar l Knaths , 136* 

New Mexico, Loui s Miche l Eilshemius, 

62 

New York Window, The, Childe Hassam, 

4 0* 

Nichols , Hobart, 78 

Night Attack, Charles Green Shaw, 138* 

Night Figures, Ric o Lebrun , 165* 

No. /<9,John McLaughlin , 155* 

Noble , John , 89 

No-Man's Land, Arizona, Alber t Lore y 

Groll , 68 

Nordfeldt, Bror Julius Olsson, 100 

Northeast Headlands - New England 

Coast, Childe Hassam, 39* 

Notre Dame de Paris, Rober t Willia m 

Vonnoh , 36* 

November Autumn, Alle n Tucker , 68 

Nude, Rober t Philipp , 149 

Obweebetuck, Julia n Alde n Weir , 9 

Jeremiah O'Connor, Richar d S. 

Meryman , 111 

Old House at Easthampton, Childe 

Hassam, 40 

Old Sea Captain, Randal l Davey, 127 

On the French Coast, Paul Waylan d 

Bartlett, 64 

On the Ohio, Thoma s Pollock Anshutz , 

Open Sea, The, Frederick Jud d Waugh , 

48 

Open Window, The, Frank Weston 

Benson, 57 

Edmund Burke Osborne, Charles Webster 

Hawthorne , 86 

Overlooking the Valley, Edwar d Willi s 

Redfield, 80 

Oyster Gatherers of Cancale, The, Joh n 

Singer Sargent, 24* 

Paddock No. 1, Randal l Davey, 127 

Madame Edouard Pailleron, Joh n Singer 

Sargent, 26* 

Parapluie de ma Tante, La, Prentiss 

Taylor , 190 

James Parmelee, Gar i Melchers , 44 

Pascin, Jules, 119 

Path by the River, Joh n E l wood Bundy , 

16 

Paxton, Willia m McGregor , 77 

Peace, Frederick Car l Frieseke, 92* 

Penelope, Gar i Melchers , 41 * 

Pereira, I . Rice, 185 

Pet Bird, The, Julia n Alde n Weir , 10 

Edith Pettit, Adolph e Borie, 98* 

Philipp , Robert, 148 

Phillips , Marjori e Acker , 145 

Picken, George, 158 

Picking Cotton, Willia m Gilber t Gaul, 

2 0* 

Picking Poppies, Rober t Willia m 

Vonnoh , 36 

Picknell, Willia m Lamb , 16 

Picturefrom Thibet, The, Emi l Carlsen, 

16 

Pile Driver and Docks, Paul Waylan d 

Bartlett, 64* 

Pink Tablecloth, Nicholas Vasilieff, 139 

Pittman , Hobson, 163 

Piatt, Charles Adams , 45 

Pompton Plains, New Jersey, Julia n 

Walbridg e Rix , 1 

Pont Louis Philippe, Paris, Loi s Mailo u 

Jones, 179 

Poole, Abram , 111 

Portrait of the Artist, Sidney Edwar d 

Dickinson, 131 

Portrait of Miss de L. , Julia n Alde n 

Weir , 10* 

Portrait of Mrs. V., Nicholas Vasilieff, 

139 

Bessie Potter, Rober t Willia m Vonnoh , 

36 

Prendergast, Mauric e Brazil, 37 

Price, C. S., 93 

Prodigal Son, Richar d Haines , 185 

Provincetown Wharf, Ross E. Moffett, 

129 

Railway Yards - Winter Evening, Charles 

Reiffel, 55 

2 0 2 
Red Boat, The, Rober t Spencer, 103* 

Redfield, Edwar d Willis , 79 

Red House and Barn, Henr y Bainbridge 

McCarter , 63 

Refregier, Anton , 177 

Reiffel, Charles, 55 

Resting Burros, Stefan Hirsch , 160 

River Landscape, Willar d Lero y Metcalf, 

34 

Sara Rivers, Eugene Speicher, 116* 

Rix , Julia n Walbridge , 1 

Road to Center Bridge, The, Edwar d 

Willi s Redfield, 81 * 

Road to Concarneau, The, Willia m Lam b 

Picknell, 17* 

Road to Lumberville, Edwar d Willi s 

Redfield, 80 

Robinson, Theodore , 4 

Rocks, Henr y Elis Mattson, 128* 

Rockwell, Norman , 143 

Romano , Umberto , 182 

Romantic Figure, Eri c Isenburger , 170 

Rosenberg, James N , 94 

Rothko , Mark , 174 

Runaway Train, Norma n Rockwell, 143 

Ryder , Chauncey Foster, 75 

Sage, Kay , 155 

Sails on the Bay, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 

64 

St. Fere, Edwar d Bruce, 104* 

Salon in the Musee Jacquemart-Andre, 

Walte r Gay, 29* 

Sander, Ludwig , 182 

Helene Sardeau, George Biddle , 121* 

Sargent, Joh n Singer, 24 

Sawyer, Well s Moses, 59 

Schamberg, Morto n Livingston, 108 

Schofield, Walte r Elmer , 72 

Seascape, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 64 

Seamstress, The, Joseph Rodefer De 

Camp , 32* 

Seated Nude, Rober t Henri , 66 

Self Portrait, Rober t Willia m Vonnoh , 

36* 

Self Portrait, Eugen Weisz, 130 

Seyffert, Leopold Gould , 125 

Shannon, James Jebusa, 50 

Shaw, Charles Green, 137 

Sheeler, Charles, 117 

Charles Sheeler and Nina Allender, Morto n 

Livingston Schamberg, 108 

Sickman, Jessalee Blane, 178 

Silver Grey - Misty Autumn View, Rober t 

Willia m Vonnoh , 36 

Silvette, David , 195 

Simplon Pass, Joh n Singer Sargent, 28 

Sita and Sarita, Cecilia Beaux, 59* 

Sloan, John , 84 

John Sloan, Rober t Henri , 66* 

Small Burst, Adolp h Gottlieb, 173* 

Smithy, The, Gar i Melchers , 42 

Smoke Hounds, Reginald Marsh , 153* 

South Room - Green Street, Danie l Garber , 

107* 

Soyer, Raphael, 160 

Speicher, Eugene, 116 

Spencer, Robert, 103 

Spring Landscape, Edwar d Willi s 

Redfield, 81 

Spring Landscape, Joh n Henr y 

Twachtman , 12 

Spring Melody, Nicola i Cikovsky, 146* 

Stars and Dews and Dreams of Night, 

Arthu r Bowen D a vies, 51 * 

Sterne, Maurice , 101 

Stetson, Charles Walter , 31 

Still Life, Frank Weston Benson, 57 

Still Life, Edmun d Charles Tarbell , 55 

Still Life with Microscope, Edwi n Walte r 

Dickinson, 135* 

Storm, The, Jonas Lie , 105 

Street, The, Lore n Maclver , 194* 

Student, The, Irvin g Ramsay Wiles , 49 

Study for Third Paragraph, Ka y Sage, 156 

Study of Two Trees, Walte r Griffin, 46 

Sub-Zero, Hobar t Nichols , 78* 

Summer, Bernard Karfiol , 123* 

Summer Fragrance, Frankli n Chenault 

Watkins , 148* 

Summer Pastoral, Charles Harol d Davis, 

28 

Summer Sky, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 64 

Sunny Side of the Street, Phili p Evergood, 

166* 

Sunset in the Litchfield Hills, Ben Foster, 

11 

Sylvia, Edwi n Austin Abbey , 8* 

Symons, George Gardner,44 

Tarbell , Edmun d Charles, 53 

Taylor , Prentiss, 190 

Third Avenue El, Charles Wheeler 

Locke, 160 

Thornton Nye of Wytheville, Davi d 

Silvette, 195 

Three Nudes in Woods, Loui s Miche l 

Eilshemius, 62 

Tirca, Milto n Avery , 140 

Too Late, Charles Arthu r Fries, 18 

Trees, Paul Waylan d Bartlett, 64 

Trial of Queen Katharine, The, Edwi n 

Austin Abbey , 7 

203 
Tucker , Allen , 67 

Twachtman , Joh n Henry , 12 

Two Girls Bathing, Loui s Miche l 

Eilshemius, 62 

Two Girls Outdoors, Isabel Bishop, 170* 

Two Heads, Alfred Henr y Maurer , 75* 

Ulrich , Charles Frederic, 30 

Umbrella Mender, James Henr y Moser , 

18* 

Umbrian Mountains, The, Arthu r Bowen 

Davies, 53* 

U.S.A., Arthu r Garfield Dove, 106* 

Valley of the Seine from Giverny Heights, 

Theodor e Robinson, 6* 

Vasilieff, Nicholas , 139 

Veiled Bouquet, Hobson Pittman , 163* 

Vermont Farm, Joh n Edwar d Heliker , 

192* 

Villa St. Pierre in Marnes-La-Coquette, 

Dwigh t Davi d Eisenhower, 130 

Vonnoh , Rober t William , 35 

Waiting for the Audition, Raphae l 

Soyer, 162* 

Waiting for the Departure, Edmun d 

Mino r Archer , 176 

Waiting Room, Raphae l Soyer, 162* 

Edward C.Walker, Gar i Melchers , 41 

Walton , William , 195 

Warshawsky, Abe l George, 116 

Waterfall, The, Joh n Henr y 

Twachtman , 12* 

Waterfront - New York, Joh n R. 

Grabach,125 

Watkins , Frankli n Chenault, 147 

Watson, Nan , 97 

Waugh , Frederick Judd , 47 

Webster, E. Ambrose, 76 

We Gather Together, Ma x Kahn , 177 

Weir , Julia n Alden , 9 

Weisz, Eugen, 129 

Western Industrial, Charles Sheeler, 

118* 

Weston, Harold , 144 

Where Long Shadows Lie, George 

Gardne r Symons, 45 * 

Mrs. Henry White, Joh n Singer Sargent, 

2 6* 

White Jug, The, Emi l Carlsen, 15 

Wild Weather, Frederick Jud d Waugh , 

47* 

Wiles , Irvin g Ramsay, 48 

Mabel Linton Williams, Frank Benton 

Ashley Linton , 83 

Wilmington Evening, Aaro n Bohrod, 

189* 

Window, The, Balcomb Greene, 175 

Winter at Snug Rock, Well s Moses 

Sawyer, 60 

Winter Landscape, Rober t Willia m 

Vonnoh , 36 

Wissatoquoik River Drive, George 

Hawle y Hallowell , 83 

Witchery, Fred Conway, 164 

Woman ofFinistere, Abe l George 

Warshawsky, 117 

Woman with a Veil, Theodor e Robinson, 

4* 

Woman with Black Cat, George Benjamin 

Luks , 70* 

Woodbury , Charles Herbert, 60 

Woods and Pasture, Paul Waylan d 

Bartlett, 64 

Woods in Winter, Joh n Fabian Carlson, 

95 

Woodstock Snow Landscape, A . F. 

Levinson, 115* 

Yeats at Petitpas, Joh n Sloan, 84* 

Yoke of Oxen, George Biddle , 121 

Young Woman in Kimono, Alfred Henr y 

Maurer , 74* 

Yvonne, Loui s Betts, 89 

Zsissly (Malvi n Mar r Albright), 151 

204 
The Board of Trustees of The Corcoran Gallery of Ar t 1973 

Mrs . Phili p Amra m 

James Biddl e 

Frederick M . Bradley 

Mrs . J . Garter Brow n 

Chester Carter 

Rober t B. Eichhol z 

Davi d E. Finle y 

Lee M . Folger 

Charles C. Glover , Jr. , Emeritus 

Gordo n Gray , Emeritus 

Joh n H . Hall , Jr . 

George E. Hamilton , Jr. , President 

Hug h N . Jacobsen 

Freeborn G. Jewett, Jr . 

Mrs . Graeme Korf f 

Davi d Lloy d Kreeger 

Mrs . Joh n A . Logan 

Mrs . Walte r S. Salant 

B. Francis Saul, I I 

Adolp h J . Slaughter 

Corcoran Thorn , Jr . 

Mrs . Wynan t Vanderpool , Jr . 

Mrs . Brainar d H . Warner , II I 

J . Burke Wilkinso n 

Stanley Woodwar d 

Niles W . Bond, Secretary 

Rober t L . Walsh, Jr. , Treasurer 
This page intentionally left blank